GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS

First/Second SemesterDiploma
APPLIED SCIENCE (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

CURRICULAUM contact Hours -5Hrs/week

Unit No Name of the chapter No of Hr
01 Units, Dimensions & Measurements 06 Hrs
02 Basics of Dynamics 06 Hrs
03 Basics of Statics 06 Hrs
04 Properties of solids & liquids 10 Hrs
05 Heat & Properties of gases 05Hrs
06 Wave Motion 12 Hrs
07 Physical Optics 12 Hrs
08 Modern Physics 09 Hrs
09 Engg. Chemistry 08 Hrs
Test & Assignments 06 Hrs
TOTAL 80 Hrs

Note: For setting of question paper,

Unit No. 01, 02 and 03 ------------- Section A

Unit No.04, 05 and 06 --------------- Section B

Unit No.07, 08 and 09 ---------------- Section C

Also refer table of specification

 APPLIED SCIENCE (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

CONTENTS
Unit No 01

Units, Dimensions & Measurements : ( 6 Hrs)

Physical quantity, Fundamental & derived Physical quantities, Unit of physical quantity, systems
of units, fundamental & derived units, S.I units, Basic quantities , their S.I units, & symbols,
supplementary quantities, their S.I units & symbols, Prefixes for multiples & sub multiples with
their symbols, Advantages of S.I units.

Dimensions of a physical quantity examples:- Steps to write dimensions, Dimensional formula

Dimensional equation, Applications of dimensional equation, Limitations
( Disadvantages) of dimensional equations ( analysis).

Measurement:- Principle of vernier, Neat diagram of slide calipers & its parts, Zero error & its
correction, Least count, Reading MSR & VSR (CVD), use of vernier calipers for measurements,
problems on vernier calipers.
Principle of screw & nut ( Micrometer principle ), Neat diagram of screw gauge & its parts,
Zero error, zero correction, Pitch, least count, reading PSR & HSR, use of screw gauge for
measurements, problems on screw gauge.

Unit No 02

Basics of Dynamics ( 6 Hrs)

Recapitulation of equations of motion, Newton’s Ist law of motion, Force, basic forces in motion,
gravitational force, electrostatic force, electromagnetic force, nuclear force, Difference between
strong interaction & weak interaction, Inertia, types of inertia ( inertia of rest, inertia of motion,
inertial of direction ), Momentum, Newton’s IInd law of motion, measurement of force using
second law, simple problems on F = ma and equations of motion, Impulse of force, Impulse as the
product of force and time, also impulse as the difference of momentum, examples of impulse,
simple problems on impulse, Newtons IIIrd law of motion and its examples. Law of conservation
of momentum, Statement, proof of this law using Newton’s laws, simple problems

Friction:- Cause of friction, types of friction, static friction, limiting friction, kinetic friction,
rolling friction, sliding friction,, laws of limiting friction ,coefficient of friction advantages and
disadvantages of friction, preventive methods of friction,
Unit No 03

Basics of Statics ( 6 Hrs):-

Scalar & Vector quantities with examples, geometrical representation of a vector, concurrent &
parallel vectors, Resultant, equilibrium & equilibrant of vectors,
Law of parallelogram of vectors:- Statement, explanation, expressions for magnitude & direction
of the resultant of two concurrent vectors, simple problems, resolution of vectors, explanation,
simple problems, Law of triangle of vectors, explanation, converse of law of triangle of vectors,
law of polygon of vectors, explanation.
Lami,s theorem -Explanation, Experiments to verify law of parallelogram of forces, converse of
law of triangle of forces, & Lami’s theorem. Problems on above laws.
Moment of a force, positive & negative moments, parallel forces, Like & unlike parallel
forces, couple, moment of a couple, practical examples of couple, work done by a couple
( equation only), Resultant of two like & unlike parallel forces, condition of equilibrium of
coplanar parallel forces, Experiment to verify the conditions of equilibrium of co-planar parallel
forces. Problems

Unit No 04

Properties of Solids and Liquids ( 10 Hrs):-

Plasticity and Elasticity, examples, Deformation in bodies by the action of external forces,
Stress, Types of stress, Tensile stress, example, Compressive stress, example, Shear stress,
example, Strain, Types of strain, Tensile strain-examples, Volume strain-examples, Shear strain-
examples, Hooke’s Law, Stress-strain graph with explanation.., Elastic co-efficient Modulus of
elasticity, Young’s modulus of elasticity-formula, Bulk modulus of elasticity-Formula, Rigidity
modulus of elasticity-formula, Explanation of factor of safety Compressibility, Poisson’s ratio
,Experiment to determine Young’s modulus of elasticity by Searle’s method, problems.
Properties of Liquids: Liquid thrust, Pressure, Expression for pressure at a point inside a liquid,
simple problems, Cohesion, Adhesion, nature of meniscus and angle of contact – examples,.
Surface Tension-Explanation, formula unit and dimension, practical examples of surface tension,
applications of surface tension,
Factors affecting surface tension, capillarity and its applications, expression for surface tension in
case of capillary rise, Determination of surface tension by capillary rise method, simple problems.
Viscosity- Explanation with example, viscous force, factors affecting viscosity of gasses and
liquids, co-efficient of viscosity , SI unit and dimensions, Experiment to determine co-efficient of
viscosity by Poisulle’s method, Applications of viscosity, simple problems.
Unit No 05

Heat and properties of gases (5 Hrs):-

Heat, temperature, S.I units, difference between heat and temperature, calorie.
Modes of transform of heat:- Conduction, Convection, Radiation examples, good conductors of
heat & insulators, examples, Applications of conduction, convection & radiation.
Specific heat of a substance S.I unit, Heat capacity ( thermal capacity or specific heat capacity
of body)

Boyle’s law, statement & mathematical form, Gay-Lussac’s law Statement and expression,
Charles law, Statement and expression, Absolute (Kelvin) scale of temperature, conversion
formula to Celsius scale from absolute scale,
Perfect gas equation (combined gas equation), Specific heat of gas at constant volume
(C v ) Specific heat of gas at constant pressure (C p ), relation between C p & C v
[ (i) ratio of specific heat (ii) Meyer’s relation ( no derivation) ]
Thermodynamics Isothermal process, Adiabatic process. Laws of thermodynamics. Problems on
gas laws.

Unit No 06

Wave motion (12 Hrs)

Vibratory motion, periodic motion, definitions of period, frequency, and amplitude for a vibrating
particle, Simple Harmonic Motion, Explanation of SHM(motion of the foot of the
perpendicular),Obtaining expression for displacement, velocity and acceleration of a body
executing SHM,

Wave Motion- Explanation of a wave and wave motion with examples, definitions of wave
velocity, wave period, wave frequency, and wave length, derivation of V = nλ problems. Types of
waves transverse and longitudinal waves with examples, mechanical and non mechanical waves
with examples. Mode of transfer of longitudinal waves
( sound wave) in air. Velocity sound in a gas, Newton’s assumptions and formula Laplace’s
assumptions and corrected formula. Effect of temperature, pressure and humidity on the velocity of
sound, problems. Stationary waves with examples, characteristics of stationary waves.
Resonance. Explanation of free, forced vibrations with examples. Explanation of resonance,
practical examples of resonance. Experiment to determine velocity of sound in air by resonance air
column method. Problems.

Beats, Beat frequency, applications of beats, problems.

Laws of transverse vibrations of stretched strings statements of the laws with relevant formula.
Experiments to determine frequency of the tuning fork using sonometer by
(i)Absolute method and (ii) Comparison method. Problems

Musical note and Noise:- examples , characteristics of musical note.

Acoustics of buildings Echo, Reverberation, Interference, resonance. Reverberation time.

Sabine’s formula and explanation, absorption coefficient of materials. Remedies for defects.
Unit No 07

Physical Optics (12 Hrs)

Introduction to theories of light, Newton’s corpuscular theory, Huygens wave theory,

Maxwell’s electromagnetic theory, Planck’s quantum theory, Dual nature of radiation.

Interference, theory of interference, Amplitude of resultant wave, condition for constructive

interference, condition for destructive interference, condition for sustained interference, Young’s
double slit experiment, expressions for path difference and fringe width, intensity distribution in
interference fringe, simple problem on fringe width & path difference.

Diffraction, classification diffraction, Fresenel’s diffraction, Fraunhoffer diffraction, difference

between them, Huygen’s principal, wave front, diffraction with white light, difference between
Interference and Diffraction, Concept of resolving power of an optical instrument, Rayleigh
criteria, Resolving power of a microscope, and its expressions in terms of wave length, resolving
power of telescope, expression for resolving power of in terms of wave length, simple problems.

Polarisation:-Introduction, experiment to demonstrate the transverse nature of light.

Representation of polarized and un-polarized light. Plane of vibration and plane of polarization.
Methods of producing plane polarized light. Polarization by reflection, Brewster’s law, Brewster’s
angle, formula for refractive index in terms of Brewster’s angle. Polarization by refraction.
Polaroids, uses of polaroids .

Unit No 08

Modern physics (9Hrs)

Methods of electronic emission

Thermo ionic emission, photoelectric emission, field emission, and secondary emission.
Experiment to study photoelectric effect, Experimental results ( four results). Four laws of
photoelectric emission, Einstein’s photoelectric equation.
Photoelectric cells, Photo emissive cells, Photo voltaic cells, Photo conductive cells. Applications
of photo electric cells. Electron microscope Principal of electron microscope, focusing by
magnetic lens, construction and working, uses of electron microscope, Atomic forced microscope
simple working of atomic forced microscope, advantages of atomic forced microscope over
electron microscope

Scattering of light:- Coherent scattering and incoherent scattering. Explanation of scattering.

Blue color of the sky. Blue color of water. Red color of sun during sun rise and sun set. White
color of clouds. Raman effect. Applications of Raman effect .
Lasers:- Induced absorption, spontaneous emission, stimulated emission. Principal of laser,
population inversion, optical pumping. Properties of lasers. Applications of lasers.
Radio activity:- Introduction, experiment to demonstrate three types of radiations. Properties
of three types of radiations. Applications of radio activity in the field of agriculture, medicine,
biology and geology.
Unit No 09

Engineering chemistry (8 Hrs)

Pollution:- Air pollution, air pollutants ( SO 2 , H 2 S,HF,NO 2 , CO, dust), harmful effects. Acid
rain and its effects ( basic ideas). Other effects of air pollution, Green house effect, global
warming, effects of global warming, basic ideas, ozone layer, importance , causes of depletion of
ozone layers (no equation). Effects of ozone layer depletion control of air pollution
Water pollution, causes ( sewage, effluents, algae, micro organisms), their harmful effects. Their
control. Sewage problem and disposals
Corrosion, electrochemical theory of corrosion, formation of galvanic cells, concentration cells.
Methods of prevention of corrosion-Alloying, surfaced coating, galvanizing , electroplating,
anodizing, cathodic protection.

PH of a solution, water as weak electrolyte, Hydrogen ions, hydroxyl ions. Acidic solution, basic
solution and neutral solution, concentration of H+ ions. Ionic product of pure of water, ionic
product of acidic, basic and neutral solution. PH scale. PH for neutral acidic and basic solution, PH
values of some important solutions. Applications of PH
 First/Second Semister
Subject:APPLIED SCIENCE
code no:
Contact Hours:05Hrs/week Contact Hrs/Semister:80

Unit No.01 UNITS,DIMENSIONS AND MEASUREMENTS (6 Hrs)

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

1.1 To understand the concept of Physical Quantities and their units.

1.2 To understand the characteristics of different physical quantities.
1.3 To use appropriate measuring instruments

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVESS

1.1.1 Define a physical quantity

1.1.2 Distinguish between fundamental and derived physical quantity.
1.1.3 Define unit of a physical quantity.
1.1.4 List different system of units.
1.1.5 List the fundamental units .
1.1.6 List the derived units.
1.1.7 Define S.I units.
1.1.8 List the basic quantities.
1.1.9 Write the basic units and symbols for them.
1.1.10 List the supplementary units and symbols for them.
1.1.11 Write the supplementary units and symbols for them.
1.1.12 Write the prefix for multiples and submultiples in S.I system.
1.1.13 State the advantages of S.I units.
1.2.1 Define dimensions of physical quantity.
1.2.2 Write the examples of dimensions of physical quantities.
1.2.3 State the steps used for writing the dimension of a physical quantity.
1.2.4 Define dimensional equation (dimensional formula) for a physical quantity.
1.2.5 State the advantages of dimensional equation.
1.2.6 State the disadvantages (limitations) of dimensional equation.
1.3.1 Define measurement
1.3.2 List the instruments used to measure accurately.
1.3.3 Define the Least Count of measuring instruments.
1.3.4 Define principle of vernier.
1.3.5 Identify the parts of a slide calipers.
1.3.6 Explain about zero error and its correction in the case of slide calipers.
1.3.7 Define least count of vernier calipers.
1.3.8 Describe the measurement of MSR and VSR (CVD).
1.3.9 State the uses of vernier calipers
1.3.10 Solve measurement problems on vernier calipers.
1.3.11 Define principle of screw and nut (micrometer principle). .

1.3.12 Identify the parts of screw gauge and label its parts.
1.3.13 Explain for writing zero error and zero correction
1.3.14 Define pitch of a screw
1.3.15 Define least count of a screw gauge
1.3.16 Explain measurement of PSR and HSR for screw gauge.
1.3.17 Solve measurement problems on screw gauge..

Unit No.02 BASICS OF DYNAMICS 06 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

2.1 To revise equation of motion learnt in high school classes and to apply them to
Solve problems.
2.2 To comprehend Newton’s laws of motion.
2.3 To understand friction.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

2.1.1 Review four equations of motion

2.1.2 State the meaning of the quantities involved in equations
2.1.3 Solve problems on equations of motion
2.2.1 State Newton’s First law
2.2.2 Define force
2.2.3 Define gravitational force.
2.2.4 Define electrostatic force.
2.2.5 Define electromagnetic force.
2.2.6 Define nuclear force.
2.2.7 Differentiate between strong and weak interaction.
2.2.8 Define inertia.
2.2.9 Define intertia of rest.
2.2.10 Give examples for inertia of rest.
2.2.11 Define inertia of motion.
2.2.12 Give examples of inertia of motion.
2.2.13 Define inertia of direction.
2.2.14 Give examples of inertia of direction.
2.2.15 Define momentum.
2.2.16 State Newton’s Second law of motion.
2.2.17 Review F= ma
2.2.18 Solve problems on F= ma
2.2.19 Define impulse as a product of force and time.
2.2.20 Write S.I unit and dimensions of impulse.
2.2.21 Obtain impulse as a difference of momentum.
2.2.22 Write examples for impulse.
2.2.23 Solve problems on impulse.
2.2.24 State Newton’s Third law
2.2.25 Give examples for Third law.
2.2.26 State law of conservation of momentum.
2.2.27 Prove the law of conservation of momentum using Newton’s laws.
2.2.28 Solve simple problems.
2.3.1 Define friction.
2.3.2 Point out the causes of friction.
2.3.3 List the types of friction.
2.3.4 Define static friction.
2.3.5 Define limiting friction.
2.3.6 Define kinetic friction.
2.3.7 Define rolling friction.
2.3.8 Define sliding friction.
2.3.9 State four laws of limiting friction.
2.3.10 Define coefficient of friction.
2.3.11 Write the advantages of friction.
2.3.12 Write the disadvantages of friction.
2.3.13 Discuss the preventive method of friction.

Unit No. 03 BASICS OF STATICS 06 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

3.1 To understand the composition, resolution and equilibrium of vectors.

3.2 To understand moment of a force , couple and parallel coplanar forces.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

3.1.1 Define a scalar quantity with examples.

3.1.2 Define a vector quantity with examples.
3.1.3 Represent a vector quantity geometrically.
3.1.4 Define concurrent and nonconcurrent vectors.
3.1.5 Define resultant of a two or more concurrent vectors (forces).
3.1.6 Define equilibrium of vectors.
3.1.7 Define equilibrant.
3.1.8 Write the relation between resultant and equilibrant .
3.1.9 State and explain the law of parallelogram of vectors.
3.1.10 Obtain expressions for the magnitude and direction of the resultant of two vectors acting at
a point.
3.1.11 Explain resolution of vectors.
3.1.12 Solve problems on parallelogram law and resolution of vectors.
3.1.13 State and explain the converse of the law of triangle of vectors.
3.1.14 State and explain the law of polygon of vectors.
3.1.15 State and explain Lami’s theorem .
3.1.16 Describe experiments to verify the law of parallelogram of vectors and the converse of the
law of triangle of vectors and Lami’s theorem.
3.1.17 Solve problems on law of triangle of vectors,Lami’s theorem.
3.2.1 Define moment of force.
3.2.2 Write S I unit and dimensions of it.
3.2.3 Define positive and negative moment of force.
3.2.4 Define couple and moment of a couple.
3.2.5 Write practical applications of couple.
3.2.6 Define like and unlike parallel forces.
3.2.7 Explain the resultant of like parallel forces.
3.2.8 Explain the resultant of unlike parallel forces.
3.2.9 Explain the condition of equilibrium of number of coplanar parallel forces.
3.2.10 Describe an experiment to verify the conditions of equilibrium of parallel coplanar forces.
3.2.11 Solve problems on parallel forces.

Unit No.04 PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS 10 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

4.1 To understand the properties of solids.

4.2 To understand the properties of liquids.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

4.1.1 Explain solid as a state of matter.

4.1.2 Explain meaning of “deformation “ with examples.
4.1.3 Define elasticity with examples.
4.1.4 Explain the meaning of elastic limit.
4.1.5 Define plasticity with examples.
4.1.6 Define stress.
4.1.7 Write S.I unit and dimensions of stress.
4.1.8 Define Tensile stress with examples.
4.1.9 Define Volume stress with examples.
4.1.10 Define Shear stress with examples.
4.1.11 Define strain.
4.1.12 Define Tensile strain with examples.
4.1.13 Define Volume strain with examples.
4.1.14 Define Shear strain with examples.
4.1.15 State Hooke’s law.
4.1.16 Explain limitations of Hooke’s law.
4.1.17 Draw stress versus strain graph.
4.1.18 Explain the features of the graph.
4.1.19 Define coefficient of elasticity,(Modulus of elasticity)
4.1.20 Write formula of modulus of elasticity.
4.1.21 Define Young’s modulus and write its formula.
4.1.22 Write its S.I unit and dimensions.
4.1.23 Define Bulk modulus and write its formula .Write its SI unit and dimensions.
4.1.24 Define Rigidity modulus and write its formula.
4.1.25 Write its SI unit and dimensions.
4.1.26 Define factor of safety.
4.1.27 Write its formula.
4.1.28 Describe an experiment to determine Young’s modulus of a material using Searle’s
apparatus.
4.1.29 Solve problems.
4.2.1 Explain liquid as a state of matter.
4.2.2 Define Thrust and write its SI unit.
4.2.3 Define pressure and write its SI unit.
4.2.4 Derive an expression for the pressure at a point inside a liquid at rest.
4.2.5 Solve problems.
4.2.6 Define adhesive forces with example.
4.2.7 Define cohesive forces with an example.
4.2.8 Explain the nature of meniscus with examples.
4.2.9 Define angle of contact with examples.
4.2.10 Explain surface tension on the basis of molecular theory.
4.2.11 Define surface tension.
4.2.12 Write the formula,SI unit and dimensions of it.
4.2.13 Give examples for the existence of surface tension.
4.2.14 Explain the factors affecting the surface tension.
4.2.15 Write the applications of surface tension.
4.2.16 Define capillary rise and capillarity.
4.2.17 Obtain an equation for surface tension in case of capillary rise.
4.2.18 Describe an experiment to determine surface tension of water by capillary rise method.
4.2.19 Solve problems.
4.2.20 Explain the concept of friction in a liquid flow
4.2.21 Explain viscous force.
4.2.22 Define viscosity.
4.2.23 Explain the factors affecting viscous force.
4.2.24 Define coefficient of viscosity.
4.2.25 Write SI unit and dimensions of coefficient of viscosity.
4.2.26 Discuss the effect of temperature on viscosity of liquids and gases.
4.2.27 List the applications of viscosity.
4.2.28 Describe an experiment to determine viscosity of water by poissulle’s method.

Unit No.05 HEAT AND PROPERTIES OF GASES 05Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

5.1 To understand Heat and Temperature.

5.2 To study modes and Transmission of heat and their applications.
5.3 To study the specific heat of a substances.
5.4 To study gas laws and specific heat of gas.
5.5 To understand laws of Thermodynamics.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

5.1.1 Define heat.

5.1.2 List the sources of heat.
5.1.3 Define temperature.
5.1.4 Explain different scales of temperature.
5.1.5 Write the differences between heat and temperature.
5.1.6 Define calorie.
5.1.7 Define SI unit of heat - joule.
5.2.1 List the different modes of transmission of heat.
5.2.2 Define conduction.
5.2.3 List the applications of conduction.
5.2.4 Define good conductors of heat and insulators.
5.2.5 List the uses of good conductors and insulators,
5.2.6 Define convection.
5.2.7 Explain two types of convection.
5.2.8 List the applications of convection.
5.2.9 Define radiation.
5.2.10 List the applications of radiation.
5.3.1 Define and explain specific heat of substance.
5.3.2 Obtain the equation for specific heat of substance and write its SI unit.
5.3.3 List the values for specific heats of few materials commonly used.
5.3.4 Solve simple numerical problems on equation for specific heat.
5.4.1 State Boyle’s law.
5.4.2 Write the expressions of Boyle’s law.
5.4.3 State Charle’s law and write its mathematical expression.
5.4.4 State Gay-Lussac’s law and write its mathematical expression.
5.4.5 Explain the Absolute scale of temperature on the basis of Charle’s law ,give its graphical
representation.
5.4.6 Obtain combined gas equation and perfect gas equation.
5.4.7 Solve problems
5.4.8 Define specific heat of a gas at constant volume( Cv).
5.4.9 Define specific heat of a gas at constant pressure (Cp).
5.4.10 Write the relation between Cp and Cv ( i)ratio of specific heat. (ii) Meyer’s relation ( no
derivation.)
5.5.1 Define Isothermal process and Adiabatic process with reference to gas.
5.5.2 State First law of thermodynamics.
5.5.3 Write the mathematical expression of First law of thermodynamics.
5.5.4 State the Second law of thermodynamics.
5.5.5 List the application of Second law of thermodynamics.

Unit No.06 WAVE MOTION 12 Hrs

GNERAL OBJECTIVES

6.1 To understand Simple Hormonic Motion.

6.2 To understand wave motion.
6.3 To understand stationary waves ,resonance and beats.
6.4 To study transverse vibrations of stretched strings.
6.5 To know musical note and noise.
6.6 To study acoustics of buildings.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

6.1.1 Define vibratory motion with examples.

6.1.2 Define periodic motion with examples.
6.1.3 Explain and define Simple Hormonic Motion.
6.1.4 Obtain an expression for displacement,velocity and acceleration or a particle executing
SHM
6.1.5 Define period,frequency,amplitude in the case of vibrating particle.
6.2.1 Explain wave and wave motion with example.
6.2.2 Explain mechanical waves and electromagnetic waves with examples.
6.2.3 Define transverse waves with example.
6.2.4 Define longitudinal waves with example.
6.2.5 List the differences between transverse waves and longitudinal waves.
6.2.6 Define wave frequency,wave period,wave length,wave velocity,wave amplitude for a
wave.
6.2.7 Derive the relation V=nλ
6.2.8 Solve problems on the relation.
6.2.9 Explain propagation of sound in air.
6.2.10 Explain Newton’s assumptions for the velocity of sound in air (gas) and write formula.
6.2.11 Explain Laplace’s assumption for velocity of sound in air.
6.2.12 Write Newton - Laplace formula for the velocity of sound in a gas.
6.2.13 Discuss the effect of pressure ,temperature, humidity on the velocity of sound.
6.2.14 Solve problems on Newton - Laplace formula.
6.3.1 Define stationary waves.
6.3.2 List the characteristics of stationary waves.
6.3.3 Define free vibrations with examples.
6.3.4 Define forced vibrations with examples.
6.3.5 Define resonance with examples.
6.3.6 Describe an experiment to determine the velocity of sound in air at room temperature and
zero degree celsius by resonance air column method.
6.3.7 Solve problems.
6.3.8 Define beats,beat frequency.
6.3.9 State applications of beats. Solve problems.
6.4.1 Explain the transverse vibrations of stretched strings.
6.4.2 State the three laws of transverse vibration of stretched strings with relevant formula.
6.4.3 Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of tuning fork by comparison method
using sonometer.
6.4.4 Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of tuning fork by absolute method
using sonometer.
6.4.5 Solve problems.
6.5.1 Define musical note,noise.
6.5.2 List the differences between musical note and noise.
6.5.3 List the characteristics of musical note.
6.6.1 Explain acoustics with regards to buildings.
6.6,2 List the different types of defects of acoustics in buildings.
6.6.3 Define Echo,Reverberation,Intereference,Resonance.
6.6.4 Define Reverberation time.
6.6.5 Define absorptive coefficients of materials.
6.6.6 Write Sabine’s formula and explain the notations.
6.6.7 List the different remedies for defects.
6.6.8 Solve problems on Sabine’s formula.

Unit No.07 PHYSICAL OPTICS 12Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

7.1 To understand various theories of light.

7.2 To understand the concept of Interference.
7.3 To understand the concept of Diffraction .
7.4 To understand the concept of Polarisation.
 SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

7.1.1 Explain Newton’s corpuscular theory.

7.1.2 Explain Huygen’s wave theory.
7.1.3 Explain Maxwell’s Electromagnetic theory.
7.1.4 Explain Planck’s quantum theory.
7.1.5 Explain dual nature of radiation (light).
7.2.1 Define interference.
7.2.2 Obtain the equation for resultant displacement.
7.2.3 Derive the equation for amplitude of the resultant wave.
7.2.4 Discuss the conditions for constructive interference.
7.2.5 Discuss the conditions for destructive interference.
7.2.6 List the conditions of sustained interference.
7.2.7 Explain Young’s double slit experiment.
7.2.8 Obtain expression for path difference.
7.2.9 Obtain expression for fringe width.
7.2.10 Explain the intensity distribution in interference fringe.
7.2.11 Solve simple problems on fringewidth and path difference.
7.3.1 Define diffraction.
7.3.2 Define Fresenel diffraction and Fraunhoffer diffraction.
7.3.3 Differentiate Fresenel diffraction and Fraunhoffer diffraction.
7.3.4 Explain Huygen’s principle related to wavefront.
7.3.5 Explain diffraction with white light.
7.3.6 Differentiate between interference and diffraction.
7.3.7 Explain the concept of resolving power of an optical instrument.
7.3.8 Explain Rayleigh’s criteria on resolving power.
7.3.9 Define limit of resolution and resolving power of a microscope.
in terms of wave length.
7.3.10 Define resolving power of a Telescope.
7.3.11 Write the formula for resolving power of Telescope interms of wavelength.
7.3.12 Solve simple problems.
7.4.1 Define Polarisation.
7.4.2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate the transverse nature of light.
7.4.3 Represent unpolarised and polarized light geometrically.
7.4.4 Define plane of vibration.
7.4.5 Define plane of polarization,..
7.4.6 Explain the method of polarization by reflection.
7.4.7 State Brewster’s law. Define Brewster’s angle.
7.4.8 Obtain equation for refractive index interms of Brewster’s angle.
7.4.9 Explain the method of polarization by refraction.
7.4.10 Explain the method of polarization by double refraction.
7.4.11 Explain polaroids.
7.4.12 List the use of polaroids.
Unit No.08 MODERN PHYSICS 09 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

8.1 To understand the emission of electrons.

8.2 To know the scattering of light.
8.3 To understand Lasers.
8.4 To understand radio-activity.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

8.1.1 Explain thermionic emission.

8.1.2 Explain photoelectric emission.
8.1.3 Explain Field emission.
8.1.4 Explain secondary emission.
8.1.5 Define photoelectric effect.
8.1.6 Describe an experiment to study photoelectric effect. Explain experimental results.
8.1.7 State four laws of photoelectric emission.
8.1.8 Write photoelectric equation.
8.1.9 Explain the quantities involved in it.
8.1.10 Explain photoemissive cell.
8.1.11 Explain photovoltaic cell.
8.1.12 Explain photoconductive cell.
8.1.13 List the applications of photoelectric cells.
8.1.14 Explain the principle of electrons microscope.
8.1.15 Explain the method of focusing by magnetic lens.
8.1.16 Explain the construction and working.
8.1.17 List the uses of electron microscope.
8.1.18 Explain the working of Atomic Focus Microscope.
8.1.19 Write the advantages of Atomic Focus Microscope.
8.2.1 Explain coherent scattering.
8.2.2 Explain incoherent scattering.
8.2.3 Explain the blue colour of the sky and blue colour of water.
8.2.4 Explain the red colour of sun during sunrise and sunset.
8.2.5 Explain the white colour of cloud.
8.2.6 Explain Raman Effect.
8.2.7 Write the applications of Raman Effect
8.3.1 Define laser .
8.3.2 Explain Induced absorption.
8.3.3 Explain spontaneous emission and stimulated emission.
8.3.4 State the principle of Laser.
8.3.5 Explain population inversion and optical pumping.
8.3.6 List the properties of laser.
8.3.7 Write the applications of laser.
8.4.1 Explain radioactivity with examples.
8.4.2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate three types of radiations.
8.4.3 Write the properties of alpha,beta and gamma rays.
8.4.4 List the agricultural ,medical,biological and geological applications of lasers.
Unit No.09 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 08 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

9.1 To understand pollution, its harm full effects and preventive measures.
9.2 To comprehend water pollution, its harm full effects and preventive measures.
9.3 To understand different types of corrosion and preventive measures.
9.4 To comprehend pH of solution , pH scale and applications of pH.
.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

9.1.1 Define pollution.

9.1.2 List air pollutants.
9.1.3 Write the harmfull effects of air pollution.
9.1.4 Explain acid rain and its effects.
9.1.5 Explain green house effect.
9.1.6 Explain global warming.
9.1.7 List the effects of global warming.
9.1.8 Explain ozone layer and its importance.
9.1.9 List the cause of depletion of ozone layer(without any equation).
9.1.10 List the effects of ozone layer.
9.1.11 Discuss the control of air pollution.
9.2.1 Explain water pollution,
9.2.2 Discuss the causes of water pollution.(seweage,effluents,algai,micro-organisms).
9.2.3 Explain methods of control of sewage problems and disposals.
9.3.1 Define corrosion.
9.3.2 Explain the causes of corrosion.
9.3.3 Describe different types of corrosion.(i)electrochemical theory of corrosion.
(ii) Formation of galvanic cells.(iii)concentration cells
9.3.4 Explain the preventive measures of corrosion.
i.by alloying ii.by surface coating iii.by galvanizing iv.by electroplating
v.by anodizing vi.by cathodic protection.

9.4.1 Explain water as a weak electrolyte.

9.4.2 Explain nature of solution on the basis of (H+) ion and (OH¯) ion concentrations.
9.4.3 Explain ionic product of pure water.
9.4.4 Define neutral,basic and acidic solutions.
9.4.5 Define pH of a solution.
9.4.6 Define neutral basic and acidic solution by using pH.
9.4.7 Give the pH values some solutions
9.4.8 Write the applications of pH solution.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Applied Science –By W.R. Neelakanta , Sapna Publications

2. Applied Science –By N N Banavasi, S Chand Publications
3. First PUC and Second PUC Physics Text Books – by different authors..
4. Text book of physical chemistry by P.L.Soni publisher S.Chand and Co.
 5. Essentials of physical chemistry by B.S.Bhal and G.B.Tuli,
6. Text bookof physical chemistry by K.K.Sharma and L.K.Sharma, Vikas publication house.
7. Applied Science for polytechnics- by different authors.

APPLIED SCIENCE

TABLE OF SPECIFICATION FOR QUESTION PAPER SETTING

Unit No No Hrs in No of Total No of Total

curriculum subdivisions marks to subdivisions marks
of 5 marks be of 5 marks to be set
each to be answered to be set
answered
Section 01 06
A 02 06 05 25 07 35
03 06
Section 04 10
B 05 05 07 35 11 55
06 12
07 12
Section
08 09 08 40 12 60
C
09 08
Total 20 100 30 150

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION- KARNATAKA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

APPLIED SCIENCE
Time:3Hrs Max Marks:100

Note: 1) Answer any 05 subdivisions from Section A, any 07 sub divisions

from Section B and any 08 subdivisions from Section C
2) Each subdivision carries 5 marks.

Section A (Answer any 05 subdivisions)

1. a) What is meant by Least count of a measuring instrument
Write dimensions of density
Write the S.I. unit of a acceleration 2+2+1

b) State and prove the law of conservation of momentum 2+3

 c) State Newton’s Second law of motion.
A body of mass 2kg is moving with a velocity of 2m/s. If its velocity changes to
5m/s in 10 seconds on application of a constant force, calculate the acceleration of
the body & Impulse on it. 2+3

2. a) Write a neat diagram of screw gauge & name its parts 3+2

b) State the law of parallelogram of vectors.

Obtain an expression for the magnitude of the resultant of two
Vectors acting at a point. 2+3

3. a) Describe an experiment to verify Lami’s theorem 5

b) Define Moment of a force.

Three forces 3kgwt, 7kgwt & 15kgwt, acting at a point are in equilibrium.
Calculate the angle between first two forces. 2+3

Section B (Answer any 07 subdivisions)

4. a) Define stress.
Differentiate between plasticity and elasticity with examples. 2+3

b) Define Young’s Modulus

Write 3 applications of capillarity 2+3
c) Describe an experiment to determine surface tension of water by
capillary rise method 5

5. a) Distinguish between specific heat of a substance & heat capacity of a body.

Write two applications of convection. 2+3

b) Define surface tension and angle of contact.

Write 3 applications of viscosity. 2+3

c) Derive PV = mRT with usual notations 5

6. a) Define SHM
Obtain an expression for the velocity of a vibrating body executing SHM 2+3

b) Describe an experiment to determine velocity of sound in air at room temperature,

using Resonance Air Column apparatus. 5

c) What is resonance?
Write 3 practical examples of resonance. 2+3

7. a) Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of the tuning fork

using sonometer by comparison method. 5
 b) The frequency of a sonometer wire is doubled when the tension is increased
by 12 kgwt. Calculate the original tension of the wire. 5

Section C (Answer any 08 subdivisions)

8. a) What is interference of light?

Write three differences between Interference & diffraction. 2+3
b) Obtain an expression for the path difference in Young’s double slit experiment.
5
c) In a double slit experiment light of wave length 5500 Å is used. Find the
path difference & phase difference for the fourth dark fringe from the
centre of the pattern. 5

9. a) State Brewster’s law.

Obtain an expression for the refractive index of a material in terms of
Brewster’s angle. 2+3

b) What is polarization?
Explain the method of polarization by refraction 2+3

c) What is photoelectric emission?

Write any three experimental results on the study of photoelectric effect.
2+3

10. a) Explain the focusing the magnetic lens in an Electron microscope

Write 3 uses of Electron microscope. 2+3

b) What is Raman effect.

Explain stimulated emission in Laser. 2+3

c) What is radio activity?

Describe an experiment to demonstrate 3 types of radiations. 2+3

11. a) What is an acid rain? Write 3 harmful effects of it. 2+3

b) What are the causes of water pollution?

Explain any one method of controlling sewage problem. 2+3

c) How does a “ Concentration cell” work?

Write three applications of PH. 2+3

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0
 GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA
BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS
First/Second SemesterDiploma
APPLIED SCIENCE LAB (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

Group A
Experiment No Aim of the experiment
01 To determine the volume of the given solid cylinder using Slide calipers
02 To determine the volume of the given Hollow cylinder using Slide calipers
03 To determine the thickness of the glass and metal plate using Screw gauge
04 To determine the volume of thin wire using Screw gauge & sample wire
05 To determine the volume of small rigid ball using Screw gauge
06 To verify the law of Parallelogram of vectors
07 To verify the converse of law of triangle of vectors
08 To verify the Lami’s theorem
09 To verify two conditions of equilibrium of coplanar parallel forces
Group B
10 To determine Young’s Modulus of the material of the wire using Searle’s App
11 To determine Surface Tension of water by capillary rise method
To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork using sonometer by
12
comparison method
To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork using sonometer by
13
absolute method
To determine velocity of sound in air at room temperature & at 0°C a by
14
Resonance Air Column method
15 To determine coefficient of Viscosity of water by Poisulle’s method

Most Important instructions to examiners

i) While setting two experiments in the examination for each candidate, one experiment
should be chosen from group A and another must be from group B
ii) While setting two experiments, large number of combinations to be made covering
most of the experiments
iii) The scheme of valuation given below must be strictly followed.

Scheme of valuation

Record 05 Marks
Oral 15 Marks
Planning ( Includes observation, Tabular column, Formula) 20 Marks ( 10 marks x 2 expt)
Conducting ( Includes skill in arrangement, handling of app, 40 Marks ( 20 marks x 2 expt)
& readings)
Calculation and result 20 Marks ( 10 marks x 2 expt)
Total 100 Marks
 bcs topics

All Diploma Courses

I Semester
Subject: Basic Computer Skills

Contact hrs/Week: 06 Total Contact Hrs / SEM:96

Course Content
1 Concept of Hardware & Software……………………….. 05 Hrs

2 Word processing (M S Word)……………………………… 18 Hrs

3 Spreadsheet and Charts (M S Excel)……………………… 18 Hrs

4 Dataprocessing (M S Access)……………………………… 10 Hrs

5 Presentation (M S Power Point)…………………………… 08 Hrs

6 Internet Basics……………………………………………. 05 Hrs

Total 64 Hrs

Page 1 of 6
 bcs_geos_sios

Diploma Course in Textiles Engineering

I Semester
Subject: Basic Computer Skills
Contact hrs/Week: 06 Total Contact Hrs / SEM:96

General Educational Objectives :

After the completion of the study of this subject students should be able to
1. Recognize the various models of computer system
2. Recognize the various parts, physical components of a computer
3. Understand the cable connections and booting steps
4. Know the various I/O devices
5. Understand the need of Operating System
6. Use the various DOS commands
7. Understand the use of mouse buttons
8. Appreciate working under windows environment
9. Appreciate the use of Windows Explorer
10. Create any document
11. Know to format the document and take a printout
12. Create a worksheet in
13. Use functions and formulas
14. Know to format the worksheet and take a printout
15. Create a database
16. Create view,form,table,query and report
17. Know to take the printout of the report
18. Create a presentation using Powerpoint
19. Know to Insert Slides into the presentation
20. Understand various slide transitions
21. Demonstrate the slide show
22. Know to print the handouts
23. Understand the basics of Internet
24. Create an e-mail account
25. Know to send and receive mails
26. Use search engine while browsing
27. Use any Kannada Software package

Specific Instructional Objectives:

1 Concepts of Hardware and Software

1.1 Identify the models of computers - Tower, Desktop, Laptop, Palmtop
1.2 Identify and understand front panel switches and back panel connectors of
a computer system.
1.3 Identify and Understand the physical components of computer :
1.3.1 Motherboard (System Board)
1.3.2 Processor chip
1.3.3 Memory
1.3.4 HDD
1.3.5 FDD
1.3.6 CDD(R/W)
1.3.7 SMPS
1.3.8 Ports (Serial,Parallel & USB)
1.3.9 VGA/SVGA/AGP
1.3.10 Sound card
1.3.11 Network Card
1.3.12 MODEM Card (internal and External)

Page 2 of 6
 bcs_geos_sios

1.3.13 Input devices - Keyboard,Mouse,Scanner,Joystick,Floppy,Compact Disk,etc

1.3.14 Output devices - Monitor, Printer, Plotter, etc.
1.4 Understand the need of an Operating system
1.5 Differences between command line and graphical user interface
1.6 Understand the meaning of the following terms :
1.6.1 Single user single tasking
1.6.2 Single user multi tasking
1.6.3 Multi user multi tasking
1.6.4 Batch processing
1.6.5 Real time Processing
1.6.6 Distributed processing
1.7 Do the connections of the system, switch on and understand the booting steps
1.8 Understand the concept of file and directory, naming rules for files / directories,
types of files
1.9 Basic DOS commands - CLS,DIR, Date, Time, Version, MD,CD,RD,Del,
Copy,Ren,Volume; Use of wild characters,Format,Path, Type
1.10 Getting started with
1.10.1 Windows
1.10.2 Desktop
1.10.3 Icons
1.10.4 Mouse operations - single click, double click, click & drag
1.10.5 Shortcuts
1.10.6 Popup Menus
1.10.7 Start button
1.10.8 Keyboard operations in window
1.10.9 Task Bar
1.10.10 Customizing the desktop

1.11 Exposure to Windows Operating System

1.11.1 Logging on to Windows
1.11.2 Starting and closing a program
1.11.3 Switching between programs,documents
1.11.4 Re-sizing windows - Maximize, Minimize and restore
1.11.5 Find - file, folders, etc.
1.11.6 Run - starting a program using run command
1.11.7 Shutdown - shutdown / restart computer
1.12 Practice Windows Explorer - through My computer, Icon and shortcut entry
1.13 Creating/opening a document
1.14 Understand clipboard concept for copy,cut and paste
1.15 Editing and saving the document in Floppy/ Hard disk
1.16 Study and understand Windows utilities -notepad, wordpad, paint, calculator,etc
1.17 Study and understand Windows system tools - scandisk,backup,system info, winzip,
etc

Page 3 of 6
 bcs_geos_sios

2 Utilities
2.1 WORD PROCESSING
2.1.1 Invoking word application and understand the different parts -
titlebar,Menubar,Toolbar,Scrollbar,Control button, etc
2.1.2 Create a new document - edit, save, close
2.1.3 Page setup (Layout)
2.1.4 Text formatting - Selection of Fonts, fontsize, alignments, line spacing, paragraph
alignment, indents & tabs
2.1.5 Creating documents with Multiple columns
2.1.6 Inserting symbols,file, hyperlink,cliparts and pictures into the document
2.1.7 Page formatting - Inserting page numbers, date,time, fields,header and
footer,footnote, comments,etc
2.1.8 Practicing the utilities like find, replace, goto, spell check, grammer check,
thesaurus, wordcount,autotext and autocorrect
2.1.9 Creating drawings and charts using drawing toolbar
2.1.10 Creating tables and borders
2.1.11 Creating templates, envelopes & labels
2.1.12 Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)
2.1.13 Taking printout of the document
2.1.14 Mail-merging
2.1.15 Creating Macros and customizing Word
2.1.16 Exiting Word
2.2 SPREADSHEET AND CHARTS
2.2.1 Invoking Excel application and understand the different parts - titlebar, Menubar,
Toolbar, Scrollbar, control window, etc
2.2.2 Creating an excel book
2.2.3 Understanding the excel sheet,cell,rows&columns, sheet size, navigating the
workbook
2.2.4 Entering data - numeric, text and formula
2.2.5 Formatting a cell - number, date,time,text, alignment, border, font,pattern, protection,
etc.
2.2.6 Formatting rows and columns
2.2.7 Understand Filling series
2.2.8 Selecting cells, rows or columns
2.2.9 Clearing contents and formats of the cells selected
2.2.10 Creating different types of graphs for given data
2.2.11 Formatting charts
2.2.12 Dealing with formulas, functions related with text, logical, mathematical, etc
2.2.13 Manipulating Data - Sorting, filtering, validation, importing & exporting data
2.2.14 Working with windows - Splitting, freezing and setting the print area
2.2.15 Creating an excel report
2.2.16 Printing an excel sheet/part of an excel sheet
2.2.17 Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)
2.2.18 Creating Macros and customizing Excel
2.2.19 Exiting Excel
2.3 DATAPROCESSING
2.3.1 Starting Access and understanding the concept of data,field, record, table and
database
2.3.2 Creating a database,tables,view,forms,query,report,index,etc
2.3.3 Use of wizards to create tables
2.3.4 Create a report and take the printout
2.3.5 Creating Macros and customizing Access
2.3.6 Exiting Access
2.4 PRESENTATION
2.4.1 Invoking Powerpoint application and understand -
titlebar,Menubar,Toolbar,Scrollbar,control window, etc

Page 4 of 6
 bcs_geos_sios

2.4.2 Creating a presentation using auto context wizard, Design Templates and Blank
presentation
2.4.3 Opening, saving,closing a presentation
2.4.4 Working with slides - Inserting pictures, tables,sound files, outline,slide transitions
2.4.5 Slide show - manual, auto
2.4.6 Printing handouts
2.4.7 Creating Macros and customizing Powerpoint
2.4.8 Exiting Powerpoint
3 INTERNET
3.1 Understand the meaning of :
Network,Internet,intranet,internet server, internet browser,Webpage, Website,URL's,
Search engines, http,www,HTML,DHTML and Outlook
3.2 Logging on to internet, browsing the net, using search engines, Downloading a file
3.3 Creating an E-Mail ID, Sending and Receiving E-Mails, voicemail,video mail, video
conferencing, etc
3.4 Chatting
4 Practice on any Kannada Software Package

SAMPLE EXERCISES
WORD PROCESSING
1. Create a business or personal letter
2. Create a company letterhead
3. Create a simple newsletter
4. Create a memo
5. Create a resume
6. Create an Invitation/Greeting Card
7. Create the cover page of a project report
8. Create a mailmerged letter/Invitation
9. Create a Macro which inserts a picture and formats the text
SPREADSHEET
1. Create a worksheet with 4 columns. Enter 10 records and find the sum
of all columns
2. Create a report containing the pay details of the employees
3. Create a results sheet containing Candidate's Register No., Name, Marks
for all subjects, Total and result.
Total and result must be calculated as below:
Total is sum of marks in all subjects
Result is Distinction if Total >= 70 %
First Class if Total > = 60 % and < 70 %
Second Class if Total >= 50 % and < 60 %
Pass if Total >= 35 % and < 50 %
provided the candidate has secured atleast 35 marks in each
subject. Fail otherwise.
4. Create a simple Bar chart to highlight the sales of a company for
3 different periods
5. Create a pie-chart - give legends
6. Create a worksheet importing data from a database and calculate sum of
all the columns
7. Create a Macro which creates a line chart using the data in the worksheet

DATABASE

1.Create a simple table for result processing

2.Design a query table for the same table
3.Design a form to update/modify the table contents

Page 5 of 6
 bcs_geos_sios

4.Design a report to print the result sheet and marks card for the above table.

PRESENTATION
1.Create a simple presentation to list simple DOS commands,Hardwares,
Softwares etc.

INTERNET BASICS
1.Practice browsing of different sites using search engine
2.Practice Understanding different e-mail services-Outlook, Yahoomail, rediffmail
etc.
3.Practice creating e-mail account, Sending Receiving & Storing of mails

Scheme of Examination
Duration: 3 Hrs Max Marks 100

1 Record 5
2 Viva 20
3 One question each on any two of the following 30 x2 =60
3.1 M S Word
3.2 M S Excel
3.2 M S Access
3.4 M S Power Point
4 Internet Basics 15
Total 40

Scheme of Evaluation

1 Record 5
2 Viva 10
3 One question to be set from any 2 of the 4 combination
3.1 Writing 10
3.2 Execution 15
3.3 Printout 5 30x 2=60
4 Two or Three Questions to be asked on Internet Basics 15
Total 100

Reference Books

Page 6 of 6
 BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARNATAKA
SUBJECT: APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I
For I- semester
DIPLOMA COURSES OF ALL BRANCHES

Contact hour per week: 04 Contact hour per Semester: 64

UNIT NO. CHAPTER TITLE CONTACT
HR.

ALGEBRA
1 DETERMINANTS 2
2 MATRICES 4
3 BINOMIAL THEOREM 3
4 LOGARITHMS 2
5 VECTOR ALGEBRA 6
TRIGONOMETRY
6 UNITS AND MEASUREMENT OF AN ANGLE 3
7 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ACUTE 6
ANGLE AND STANDARD ANGLES
8 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ALLIED 4
ANGLES
9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES 2
10 COMPOUND ANGLES 4
11 MULTIPLE AND SUB MULTIPLE ANGLE 2
12 TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE 4
13 PROPERTIES AND SOLUTIONS OF 4
TRIANGLES
14 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS 2
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY
15 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANALYTICAL 6
GEOMETRY
16 STRAIGHT LINES 6
17 TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS 4
TOTAL HOUR 64

REFFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Applied Mathematics -I By W.R Neelakanta Sapna Publications.
2. Applied Mathematics -I By Dr. D S Prakash S Chand Publications
3. Text book of mathematics for P U C
QUESTION PAPER BLUE PRINT
FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

Questions Questions Questions Questions

UNIT NO.

HOUR

to be set to be set to be set to be set

(2 Marks) (5 Marks) (5 Marks) (5 Marks)
PART- A PART- B PART- C PART- D
1 2 1 1 - -
2 4 1 2 - -
3 3 1 1 - -
4 2 - 1 - -
5 6 2 3 - -
6 3 - - 1 -
7 6 1 - 2 -
8 4 1 - 2 -
9 2 - - 1 -
10 4 1 - 1 -
11 2 1 - 1 -
12 4 1 - 1 -
13 4 1 - 2 -
14 2 1 - 1 -
15 6 1 - - 2
16 6 2 - - 2
TOT 64 15 8 12 04
AL
Questions to 10 5 8 3
be answered

APPLIED – MATHEMATICS – I
Marks No. of Questions No. of Questions
to be set to be Answered

Part A 2 X 10 = 20 15 10
Part B 5 X 05 = 25 08 05
Part C 5 X 08 = 40 12 08
Part D 5 X 03 = 15 04 03

Total = 100

CONTENTS OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

ALGEBRA
UNIT – 1: DETERMINANTS. 2 Hr.

Definition, Order, Expansion of 2nd & 3rd order Determinants by means of

examples. Problems on finding unknown quantity in a 2nd & 3rd determinant using using
expansion. Solving simultaneous linear equations by determinant method ( Cramer’s
rule). Problems.

UNIT – 2: MATRICES. 4 Hr.

Determinant value of a square matrix. Singular and non singular matrices with
examples. Minor and co factor of an element of a matrix. Adjoint of a matrix. Problems.
Characteristics equations of a square matrix and its roots. Problems. Cayley – Hamilton’s
theorem (statement only). Problems. Find inverse of a matrix using the theorem.

UNIT – 3: BINOMIAL THEOREM. 3 Hr.

Meaning of nCr and its value. Binomial theorem for (x + a) n, where n ia a positive
integer. Expansion. Finding constant term, co-efficient of xn , particular term and middle
term(s). Problems.

UNIT – 4: LOGARITHEMS. 2 Hr.

Defination of common and natural logarithems. Laws of logarithems. Problems

on laws.

UNIT – 5: VECTOR ALGEBRA. 6 Hr.

Defination of vector. Representation of a vector as a directed line segment.

Magnitude of a vector. Types of vectors. Position vector. Vector can be expressed in
terms of end points of position vector. Addition and subtraction of vector in terms of line
segment. Vector in a plane and vector in a space in terms of unit vector i, j and k
respectively. Product of vectors. Scalar and vector product. Geometrical meaning of
scalar and vector product. Applications of dot(scalar) and cross(vector) product:
Projection of a vector on another vector. Area of parallelogram and area of triangle. Work
done by a force and moment of force
 TRIGONOMETRY
UNIT – 6: UNITS AND MEASUREMENT OF AN ANGLE 3 Hr

Defination of an angle. Systems of unit of an angle. Defination of radian. Radian

is a constant angle. Relation between degree & radian and problems. Derivation of l = rθ
& A = ½ r2θ. Problems.

UNIT –7: TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF AN ACUTE ANGLE. 6 Hr

Defination of Trigonometric ratios in terms of sides of a triangle for an acute

angle. Proof of Trigonometric identities. Trigonometric ratios of standard angles: The
numerical value of trigonometric ratios of standard angles like 00, 300, 450, 600 and 900.
Problems.

UNIT – 8: ALLIED ANGLES. 4 Hr.

Angle of any magnitude, sign of the trigonometric ratios. Meaning of allied

angles. Trigonometric ratios of allied angles in terms of θ. Problems. Complimentary
angles and relation between trigonometric ratios of complimentary angles. Problems.

UNIT – 9: HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES. 2 Hr.

Defination of angle of elevation and depression. Problems.

UNIT -10: COMPOUND ANGLES. 3 Hr.

Geometrical proof of Sin( A + B) and Cos(A + B). Find Tan( A + B) using

Sin( A + B) and Cos(A + B). Write the formulae for Sin( A - B), Cos(A - B) and tan( A -
B). Problems.

UNIT -11: MULTIPLE ANGLES. 3 Hr.

Derive ratios of multiple angles of 2A and 3A. Problems. Obtain sub multiple
angle formulae. Problems.

UNIT-12: TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE. 4 Hr.

Express sum or difference of Sine and Cosine of an angles in to product form.

Express product of Sine and Cosine of angles in to sum or difference form. Problems.
UNIT-13: PROPERTIES AND SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES. 4 Hr.

The relation between sides of a triangle and Sines, Cosines and Tangents of any
angle(Sine rule, Cosine rule and Tangent rule), Projection rule. Half angle formulae in
terms of sides of a triangle. Problems. Problems on solution of triangles (four types).

UNIT- 14: INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS. 2 Hr.

Defination. Principle values of inverse trigonometric functions. Derivation of

results like sin-1x + cos-1x =Л/2 =tan-1x + cot-1x = cosec-1x + sec-1x, tan-1x + tan-1y = tan-1
Problems.

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY

UNIT-15: BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. 6 Hr.

Defination of a point in a plane, Specification of a point using co-ordinate system.

Points on X-axis and Y-axis. Derivation of distance formula. Problems. Section formulae.
Derivation of co-ordinate of a point which divide the line internally in the given ratio( No
derivation for external division). Mid point formula. Problems. Centroid, area of a
triangle and collinear points. Problems. Locus of a point with respect to a fixed point and
with respect to two fixed points and its equations. Problems.

UNIT-16: STRAIGHT LINES. 6 Hr.

Inclination of a line with horizontal line and its slope. Intercept of a straight line.
Slope of a line parallel to X-axis and Y-axis. Derivation of conditions for two lines to be
parallel and perpendicular. Problems. Derivations equations of straight lines y = mx + c,
y – y 1 = m (x – x 1 ), y – y 1 = (y2 – y1 / x 2 – x 1 ) (x – x 1 ), (x / a ) + (y / b) = 1 and
x cosα + y sinα = P. General equation of a line ax +by + c = 0 and problems. Equation of
lines through a point and parallel or perpendicular to a given line. Problems. Angle
between two lines. Problems. Point of intersection of lines. Equation of a line through the
point of intersection which is parallel or perpendicular to the given line. Problems.

*******************
 GENERAL AND SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
ALGEBRA

UNIT – 1: DETERMINANTS. 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

1.1 To understand meaning of determinants and evaluation of 2nd & 3rd order
determinants.
1.2 To understand the solution of linear equations by Cramer’s rule.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

1.1.1 Definition of Determinant by means of Algebraic Expression and order in terms of

Rows and Columns.
1.1.2 Evaluate Determinants of 2nd & 3rd order --- Problems.
1.1.3 Solve the problems to find unknown quantity in a determinant.
1.2.1 Solve the linear equations of 2 nd or 3 rd unknowns using determinants. Problems

UNIT – 2: MATRICES. 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

2.1 To understand Minors and co-cofactors, adjoint and inverse of a matrix.

2.2 To know the characteristic equation for 2 x 2 matrix.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

2.1.1 Define singular and non singular square matrix.

2.1.2 Find the minors and cofactors of each elements of matrix
2.1.3 Define adjoint of a square matrix.--- Problems.
2.1.4 Define inverse of a square matrix --- Problems.
2.2.1 Explain characteristic equation of a 2 x 2 matrix and its roots --- Problems.
2.2.2 State Cayley – Hamilton’s theorem for 2nd order (Statement only) --- Problems.
2.2.3 Apply it to find inverse of the matrix --- Problems.

UNIT – 3: BINOMIAL THEOREM. 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.
3.1 To recognise the meaning of nC r & to compute the values nC 0 , nC n , nC 1 , nC 2 …..
Cr
3.2 To prove nC r = nC n-r by demonstration.
3.3 To know the statement of (x+a)n for positive integral Index n.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

3.1.1 Meaning of nC r and value of nC r .

3.2.1 Use of nC r in the expansion (x + a)n , where n is positive integer.
3.3.1 Expansion of (x + a)n , where n is positive integer. (only statement).
3.3.2 Solve the problems of the following types
(a) expansion of type (2x +y)6 , (√3 +2)4, (x2 – 1/√x )8
(b) To simplify (√2 +1)5 + (√2 -1)5
(c) To find middle term(s)
(d). To find the coefficient of xn and constant terms in (x+a)n

UNIT – 4: LOGARITHMS 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

4.1 To understand logarithm, common logarithm and natural logarithm.

4.2 To comprehend laws of logarithem.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

4.1.1 Define logarithm,common logarithm and natural logarithm.

4.2.1 Derive the laws of logarithm
(a) log a mn = log a m + log a n
(b) log a m/n = log a m - log a n
(c) log a xk = k log a x
(d) log a b = log c b / log c a (CHANGE OF BASE)
4.2.2 Solve problems on laws of logarithms

UNIT – 5: VECTOR ALGEBRA 6 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

5.1 To understand vectors.

5.2 To understand vector operations.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

5.1.1 Define a vector and represent a vector geometrically.

5.1.2 Name a directed line segment as a vector.
5.1.3 Write different types of vectors.
5.1.4 Write addition and subtraction of vectors in terms of the segment.
5.1.5 Explain the position vector of a point with reference to a point.
5.1.6 Write the conclusion of difference of two vectors with same initial point as position
vector of a point.
5.1.7 Define vector in a plane and vector in a space in terms of unit vectors
i, j and k respectively.
5.2.1 Write types of vector product (a)Scalar product (b)Vector product
5.2.2 Define scalar product and vector product.
5.2.3 Interpret product of vectors geometrically.
5.2.4 Design the product of vectors to find angle between them and unit vector
5.2.5 Apply product of vectors to find ( i.) projection of a vector on another vector
(ii) Area of triangle and parallelogram (iii) work done by a Force (application of
scalar product) (iv) moment of a force (application of vector product)

TRIGONOMETRY
UNIT – 6: UNIT AND MEASUREMENT OF ANGLE 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

6.1 To understand the concept of angle, unit and its measurement.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

6.1.1 Define an angle.

6.1.2 Define a right angle in different systems.
6.1.3 Define radian.
6.1.4 Obtain relations between radian and degree.
6.1.5 Solve problems.
6.1.6 Prove the radian as a constant angle.
6.1.7 Derive l = rө
6.1.8 Derive area of sector = (r2ө ) /2.
6.1.9 Solve related problems.

UNIT – 7: TRIGNOMETRIC RATIOS 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

7.1 To understand trigonometric ratios.

7.2 To comprehend trigonometric ratios of standard angles.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

7.1.1 Define trigonometric ratios for an acute angle.

7.1.2 Derive important formulae (identities)
7.1.3 Solve problems using identities.
7.1.4 Obtain trigonometric ratios of standard angles 0°, 30° , 45° , 60°,90°
7.1.5 Solve problems using standard values.

UNIT – 8: ALLIED ANGLES 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

8.1 To understand allied angles of the type ( nπ/2 ± ө).

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

8.1.1 Define positive and negative angles.

8.1.2 Give examples to differentiate positive and negative angles.
8.1.3 Explain trigonometric ratios in different quadrants and assign signs.
8.1.4 Define allied angles in different quadrants.
8.1.5 Write formulae of 90± Ө, 180± Ө, 270± Ө, 360± Ө and (-Ө)
8.1.6 Solve problems on allied angles.

UNIT - 9: HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

9.1 To understand the measurement of Heights and Distances using

trigonometry.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

9.1.1 Define angle of elevation and angle of depression.

9.1.2 Define the “Height” and “Distance”
9.1.3 Solve problems on height and distance.

UNIT – 10: COMPOUND ANGLES 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

10.1 To understand compound angles.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

10.1.1 Define a compound angle.

10.1.2 Give examples for compound angles.
10.1.3 Derive the formula of sin(A+B) and cos(A+B) geometrically.
10.1.4 Obtain tan(A+B) interms of tanA and tanB using sin(A+B) and
cos(A+B).
10.1.5 Obtain formula for sin(A-B) ,cos(A-B) and tan(A-B).
10.1.6 Solve the problems on compound angles.

UNIT – 11: MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLES. 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

11.1 To understand multiple and sub multiple angles.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

11.1.1 Define multiple and submultiple angle with example.

11.1.2 Derive the formulae for trigonometric ratios of 2A and 3A
using compound angle formulae.
11.1.3 Deduce half angle formulae from the ratio of 2A formulae.
11.1.4 Solve problems.

UNIT – 12: TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

12.1 To understand transformation formulae.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

12.1.1 Obtain expressions for sinC ± sinD and cosC ± cosD interms of Product of
trigonometric ratios.
12.1.2 Derive expressions for sinAcosB, cosAsinB, cosAcosB and
sinAsinB interms of the sum and difference of trigonometric ratios.
12.1.3 Solve problems.

UNIT – 13: PROPERTIES AND SOLUTIONS OF TRIANGLES 4Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

13.1 To understand the properties of triangles in order to solve them.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

13.1.1 Obtain sine rule ,cosine rule and tangent rule for any angle of a triangle.
13.1.2 Write half angle formulae interms of sides of a triangle (no proof).
13.1.3 Solve simple problems on above rules.
13.1.4 Find the solution of a a triangle in the following cases when (i) all sides are given
(ii)two sides and included angle is given (iii) two angles and one side is
given.(iv)two sides and non included angle is given.

UNIT – 14: INVERSE TRIGNOMETRIC FUNCTIONS. 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

14.1 To understand inverse trigonometric functions.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

14.1.1 Define inverse trigonometric function.

14.1.2 Write principal values of trigonometric functions.
14.1.3 Prove standard results like
1. sinˉ1 x + cos– 1 x = tan–1x + cot–1x = cosec–1x + sec–1x = π/2,

x± y
2. tan -1 x ± tan -1 y = tan -1  
 1  xy 
14.1.4 Solve the problems on inverse functions.

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY
UNIT – 15: BASIC CONCEPTS OF POINT AND LOCUS 6 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

15.1 To understand the basic concepts of point and locus.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

15.1.1 Define coordinates in two dimensional space.

15.1.2 Define a point in terms of coordinates.
15.1.3 Obtain equation for the distance between two points in terms of co ordinates.
15.1.4 Solve problems on above formula.
15.1.5 Explain the section of a straight line.
15.1.6 Derive section formula for internal division.
15.1.7 Write section formula for external division.
15.1.8 Write formula for mid point of a line.
15.1.9 Solve problems on internal and external division.
15.1.10 Define locus of a point.
15.1.11 Solve problems on locus of a point.
UNIT – 16: STRAIGHT LINES 6 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

16.1 To understand straight lines.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

16.1.1 Define angle of inclination.

16.1.2 Define slope of a straight line.
16.1.3 Define x and y intercepts for straight line.
 m − m1 
16.1.4 Write tan θ =  2 
 1 + m2 m1 
 m − m1 
16.1.5 Write angle between two straight lines in terms of tan θ =  2 
 1 + m 2 1 
m
16.1.6 Write the conditions for two lines to be parallel and to be perpendicular to each
other.
16.1.7 Solve problems.
16.1.8 Derive the slope-intercept form of an equation of a straight line y = mx + c
16.1.9 Obtain the point – slope form equation to the straight line y − y1 = m( x − x1 )
y − y1
16.1.10 Obtain two point form of the equation to a straight line y − y1 = 2 ( x − x1 )
x 2 − x1
x y
16.1.11 Obtain intercepts form of the equation to a straight line, + = 1
a b
16.1.12 Derive the normal form of equation to a straight line,xcos α + ysin α = p
16.1.13 Write the general form of equation to a straight line, ax +by+c=0
16.1.14 Solve problems on different forms of equation.
16.1.15 Solve problems to find an equation of a straight line passing through the given
point and parallel to the given line.
16.1.16 Solve problems to find an equation of a straight line passing through the given
point and perpendicular to the given line.
16.1.17 Solve problems to find an equation of straight line passing through the
intersection of given lines.
16.1.18 Obtain the condition for the intersection of three lines express in general in the
determinant form.
16.1.19 Solve the problems on the above condition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. First and Second PUC mathematics Text Books of different authors.
2. Text Book of mathematics –I for polytechnic-by different authors
3. Text Book of mathematics-II for polytechnic- by different authors
*******************************************************
BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARANATAKA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER Code:

APPLED MATHEMATICS –I ( FOR ALL COURSES)

Time: 3 Hrs Max.m marks:100
NOTE: i) Answer any 10 questions in section A, 5 questions in section B
8 questions in section C, & 3 questions in D
ii) Each question carries 2 marks in section A
ii) Each question carries 5 marks in remaining section

SECTION – A
1 2 3
1. Find x if 4 5 x = 0
7 8 9

1 − 2 
2. If A =   , Find A. adj(A)
3 5 

 3  8

3. Find the 5th term in  x + 

 x
   
4. If a = 2i + 3 j – 2 k and b = i + 2k, find a . b
 
5. If p = i + J -2k, Find unit vector in the direction of p

6. If sinθ + cosecθ = ½ , find sin2θ + cosec2θ

7. If sec θ = cosec3θ, find θ.

8. Find the value of tan15° without using table or calculator.

θ sin θ
9. Show that tan =
2 1 + cos θ
 cos17° − sin17°
10. Show that = tan 28°
cos17° + sin17°

A (s − b) ( s − c)
11. Show that tan =
2 s( s − a)

12. Show that cos −1 (− x) =π − cos −1 x

13. Find the locus of a point which moves at a equal distances from the axis

14. Find the inclination and Y-intercept of the line √3x + y = 3

15. Find the angle between the lines who’s slopes are √3 and 1/√3

SECTION – B

1. Solve the following equations by cramer’s rule

2x + y = 1, y + 2z = 7 and 3z – 2x =11
1 2 5
2. Find the inverse of the matrix A = 0 − 1 3 
3 1 2 
2 − 1 
3. Verify Caylay-Hamilton Theorem for the matrix A = 
1 5
15
 3a 
4. Find the co-efficient of x 18
in  x 2 + 
 x 
1 1 1
5. If log a (bc) = x , log b ( ac) = y and log c (a b) = z. Show that + + =1
1 + x 1 + y 1+ z
6. Find the sin of the angle between the vectors ( 3,2,-1) and ( 2,-1,4)
7. If the position vectors of A, B,C are respectively i + 2j + 3k, 2i + 5j – k and –i + j +2k,
find the area of triangle ABC
8. Find the projection of vector 2i + 3j + 2k on 4i + 5j + 3k

SECTION – C
1. Circular wheel is rotating at the rate of 450 r.p.m. If the radius of the wheel 70cm, find
the distance covered by a point on the rim in 1 second.
tan θ + sec θ − 1 1 + sin θ
2 Prove that =
tan θ − sec θ + 1 cos θ

sin θ 1 + cos θ
3. Show that + 2 cos ecθ
=
1 + cos θ sinθ
4. Show that sin420°cos390° + cos(- 300°) sin(- 330°) = 1
π
cos( + θ ) sec(−θ ) tan(π − θ )
5. Simplify 2
π
sec(2π − θ ) sin(π + θ ) cot( + θ )
2
6. The angles of elevation of the top of a tower from the base and top of building are
60° and 45°. The building is 20m high. Find the height of the tower.
sin( A − B)
7. Prove that ∑ =0
sin A sin B
cos 3 A + sin 3 A
8. Prove that = 1 + sin2A
cos A − sin A
sin A + sin 3 A + sin 5 A + sin 7 A
9.Prove that = tan4A
cos A + cos 3 A + cos 5 A + cos 7 A
cos 2 A cos 2 B 1 1
10.In a triangle ABC show that − = −
a2 b2 a 2 b2
11. Solve the triangle ABC if a = 2 , C = √3 – 1 , B = 120°
1 1 1 π
12. Prove that 2 tan −1 + tan −1 + 2 tan −1 =
8 7 5 4

SECTION – D

1. Find the point on the x-axis which is equidistant form the points (7,6) and (–3,4)
2. Find the co-ordinates of the point of trisection of the median AB of the triangle ABC
whose vertices are A(– 2, 2 ) ,B (– 1, –3 ) and C (5,7)
3. Find the equation of the line passing through (– 2, 6 ) and the sum of intercepts on the
co-ordinate axes is 5.
4. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to 3x – 2y + 1 = 0 and passes through(1,–2).

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0
 me_science

Diploma Course in Textiles Engineering

First Semester
Subject Title: Mechanical Engineering Science

Contact hrs/week : 4 Contact hrs. / Sem: 64

Sl. No. Topics Hrs alloted

1 Sources of energy 3
2 Properties of metals 3
3 Ferrrous metals 8
4 Non ferrous metals 6
5 Heat treatment of steels 6
6 Friction and lubrication 6
7 Transmission of power 8
8 Fasteners 6
9 Bearings 6
10 Welding, Soldering and Brazing 8
11 Tests and revisions 4
Total 64

Subject Content

1 Sources of Energy 3
1.1 renewable & non-renewable energy sources
1.2 solar energy, wind energy, hydro energy, tidal energy, geo thermal energy

2 Properties of metals 3
2.1 Meaning of chemical, thermal, electical, magnetic and mechanical properties of
2.2 Ductility, hardness, toughness, brittleness, impact, mallealibility ,elastisity,plastisity etc

3 Ferrous metals 8
3.1 Principal ferrous metals
3.2 Cast iron and steel
3.3 Cast iron - manufacturing using cupola
3.4 Types of cast iron, composition, properties and uses
3.5 Steel - grades of steel and their composition
3.6 Manufacturing of steel using bessemer convertor process
3.7 Alloying of steel and its purpose
Composition and uses of - Nickel steel, 18/8 stainless steel,
3.8 HSS, Manganese steel

4 Non Ferrous metals 6

4.1 principal non-ferrous metals
4.2 properties and uses of non-ferrous metals- copper, aluminium,
zinc, tin, lead, cobalt, nickel, chromium
4.3 composition, properties & uses
4.3.1 copper alloys- brass & bronze
4.3.2 brass- montz metal, white brass, yellow brass
4.3.3 bronze- bell metal, gun metal & phosphor bronze
4.3.4 aluminium alloys- aluminium bronze, duralumin
4.3.5 magnesium alloys- dove metal & electron metal
4.3.6 nickel alloys- monel metal, nichrome
4.3.7 lead base alloys
4.3.8 tin base alloys- babitt metal
4.3.9 zinc base alloys- bearing metals

Page 1 of 7
 me_science

5 Heat treatment of steels 6

5.1 purpose of heat treatment
5.2 heat treatment processes- annealing, normalising, hardening,
tempering, nitriding, cyaniding
5.3 engineering applications of the above processes

6 Friction & Lubrication 6

6.1 introduction
6.2 definition & types of friction
6.3 coefficient of friction
6.4 angle of friction & friction angle
6.5 laws of solid friction
6.6 effect of friction
6.7 necessity of lubrication
6.8 properties of different types of lubricants
6.9 methods of lubrication
6.10 splash, wick, screw cap & needle lubricators

7 Transmission of Power 8
7.1 introduction
7.2 types of power transmission
7.3 flat belt drives- open & cross belt drives
7.4 velocity ratio, slip & creep
7.5 simple problems
7.6 fast & loose pulley
7.7 cone or stepped pulley, jockey or idler pulley
7.8 v belt drive-advantages & limitations
7.9 rope drive- advantages & limitations
7.10 chain drive- advantages & limitation
7.11 gear drive
7.12 types of gears-spur, helical, bevel, worm & worm wheel, rack & pinion

8 Fasteners 6
8.1 Intorduction
8.2 classification
8.3 screw thread terminology
8.4 V- threads,square threads, Metric threads,Acme Threads
8.5 single & Multistart threads
8.6 Right & Lefthand threads
8.7 Bolts & Nuts
8.8 LockNut
8.9 Locking devices- split pin,Screw pin,plate & spring washer

9 Bearing 6
9.1 Need of bearings
9.2 Types- Bush,Pedestal, Footstep bearings
9.3 Ball and roller bearings-needle bearing, thurst bearing
9.4 Advantages and disadvantages of ball and roller bearings

10 Welding , Soldering and Brazing 8

10.1 Introduction to Welding
10.2 Classification of welding
10.3 Applications of welding
10.4 Arc welding
10.5 Gas welding

Page 2 of 7
 me_science

10.6 Introduction to Soldering and Brazing

10.7 Comparison of welding with Soldering and Brazing

General Objectives
1 To know the different solar energy sources and their applications
2 To know the different uses of metals with their properties
3 To know ferrous metals and their preparation and types
4 To know the different nonferrous metals and their types with applications
5 To know the importance of heat treatment and its proceses
6 To know about the friction and lubrication proceses
7 To know the diferent modes of transmission of power and applications
8 To know the different fastening members and their applications
9 To know the importance of bearings and their types
10 To understand the proceses of welding, brazing and solding and their applications

specific instructional objectives:

1 appreciate the uses of different sources of energy

1.1 define renewable and non- renewable energy sources

1.2 differentiate renewable and non-renewable sources of energy

1.3 list the advantages and limitations of the above
1.4 explain solar energy
1.5 state application of solar energy
1.6 explain wind energy and state its application
1.7 list advantages and disadvantages of wind energy
1.8 explain the application of hydro energy
1.9 explain the application of tidal energy
1.10 expalin the application of geo- thermal energy

2 appreciate the use of different metals in mechanical engineering

2.1 name the metals used in industries
2.2 define chemical, magnetic, electrical, thermal & mechanical properties of metals
2.3 know the importance of the above properties

3 appreciate the use of ferrous metals in industries

3.1 list the principal ferrous metals
3.2 sketch and explain cupola
3.3 know the manufacturing of cast iron
3.4 list the types of cast iron with composition, properties and uses
know the manufacturing of steel by Bessemmer converter
3.5 process
3.6 state the composition and uses of various grades of steel
3.7 define alloying and state its purpose
3.8 state the composition, properties and uses of nickel steel, chromium steel, 18/8

4 appreciate the use of non-ferrous metals in industries

4.1 list different non-ferrous metals used in industries
4.2 state the properties and uses of copper, zinc, aluminium, lead, tin, cobalt, nickel and
4.3 state the composition, properties & uses of
4.3.1 copper alloys- brass & bronze
4.3.2 brass- montz metal, white brass, yellow brass
4.3.3 bronze- bell metal, gun metal & phosphor bronze
4.3.4 aluminium alloys- aluminium bronze, duralumin
4.3.5 magnesium alloys- dove metal & electron metal
4.3.6 nickel alloys- monel metal, nichrome

Page 3 of 7
 me_science

4.3.7 lead base alloys

4.3.8 tin base alloys- babitt metal
4.3.9 zinc base alloys- bearing metals
4.3.10 discuss the engineering application of the above non-ferrous alloys

5 state the objectives of heat treatment of steel

5.1 explain annealing, normalising, hardening, tempering, nitriding, cyaniding with its

6 know the role of friction and lubrication in machine elements

6.1 define force of friction
6.2 state laws of solid friction
6.3 identify the need for lubrication
6.4 list types of lubrication
6.5 list the properties of lubricants
6.6 list the types of lubricators
6.7 explain wick lubricator, splash lubrication, screw cap lubricator, needle lubricator

7 understand transmission of power in machines

7.1 list the types of transmission of power
7.2 explain open and cross belt drive
7.3 define velocity ratio
7.4 state the effect belt thickness and slip on velocity ratio
7.5 explain the use of cone pulle, idler pulley and fast & loose pulley in belt drive
7.6 explain the advantages of v-belt drive over flat belt drive
7.7 list the advantages and disadvantages of rope drive
7.8 list the advantages and disadvantages of chain drive
7.9 list the types of gear drives
expain the use of spur, helical, bevel, worm & worm wheel, rack & pinion types of
7.10 gear drives
7.11 solve simple problems on velocity ratio and slip in flat belt drives

8 appreciate the application of fasteners

8.1 define fastener and fastening
8.2 classify fasteners
8.3 classify threaded fasteners
8.4 explain screw thread terminology
explain application of v -thread, metric thread, square thread & acme thread in the
8.5 field of engineering
8.6 explain single and multi start thread
8.7 explain right and left hand thread
8.8 explain the principle of lock nut
8.9 explain the locking of nut using split pin, screw pin, plate and spring washer

9 discuss the importance of bearings in industries

9.1 classify bearings
9.2 explain bush bearings and state its industrial application
9.3 explain plummer block and state its industrial application
9.4 explain foot step bearing
9.5 discuss the types of antifriction bearings with engineering application

10 Explain the welding and its concepts

10.1 Classification on the basis of fusion and non fusion ,pressure and non pressure .
10.2 Different areas of use of welding
10.3 Principle of Arc welding(with sketch) including all equipments ,preparation ,precautions and procedure
10.4 Principle of Gas welding(with sketch) including all equipments ,preparation ,precautions and procedure

Page 4 of 7
 me_science

10.5 Explain the clear concepts of soldering and brazing

10.6 Comparison of welding ,soldering and brazing

Reference books

1 mechanical Engineering science- K. R. Gopala Krishna

2 elements of mechanical engineering- K.P. Roy & Hajra Choudary
3 elements of mechanical engineering- K.R.Gopala Krishna
4 engineering materials- Hajra Choudary
5 engineering materials- Rangawala
6 engineering materials- Roy & Choudary
7 Materials & metallurgy- J.K. gupta

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN AND MARKS DISTRIBUTION

Subject Title: Mechanical Engineering Science

First Semester

Hrs Total marks Total marks

allote for questions for questions
Sl. No. COURSES d to be asked to be attempt
UNIT- I
four fill in the blanks has to be set, each carrying one mark 4 4
UNIT- II
1 Sources of energy 3
2 Properties of metals 3
3 Ferrrous metals 8
4 Non ferrous metals 6 48 32
UNIT- III
5 Heat treatment of steels 6
6 Friction and lubrication 6
7 Transmission of power 8 48 32
UNIT- IV
8 Fasteners 6
9 Bearings 6
10 Welding, Soldering and Brazing 8 48 32
Total 148 100

Model Question Paper

Board of Technical examinations,
Bangalore
Mechanical Engineering science

Page 5 of 7
 me_science

Answer Unit I and any two full questions from each of the remaining units
max marks
Duration: 3 Hrs 100

UNIT I

Fill in the blanks with appropriate word 1x4 = 1

1 ___________ is an example of renewable energy source

2 Welding has been classified as __________ type of fastener

________ pulley is being used to increase the velocity ratio of
3 the belt drive
4 Cupola furnace is used to manufacture _____________

UNIT II

1 a) Differentiate between renewable and non-renewable energy sources 3

b) Write short note on Wind energy 5
c) Sketch and explain Cupola Furnace 8

2 a) Define alloy and state the purpose 3

b) state the properties and uses of non ferrous metals 5
c) explain ductility, malleability, plasticity and elasticity 8

3 a) list various grades of steel 3

b) Write short note on copper 5
c) explain with neat sketch the manufacturing process of steel
by Bessemmer Convertor 8

UNIT III

4 a) List the need of heat treatment of steel 3

b) explain effect of belt thickness on velocity ratio 5
c) In a open belt drive, the driving pulley diameter is 0.6m and
is running at 1200rpm. The driven pulley diameter is 0.2m.
Determine speed of the driven pulley, velocity ratio if the
thickness of the belt is 10mm. 8

5 a) List the advantages of v belt over flat belt 3

b) List the properties of good lubricants 5
c) With neat sketch explain screw cap lubricator 8

6 a) list the advantages and disadvantages of chain drive 3

b) with neat sketch expalin rack and pinion 5
c) Explain annealing and tempering process 8

UNIT IV

7 a) define fastener and fastening 3

b) explain screw thread terminology 5
c) with neat sketch explain locking of nut using split pin 8

8 a) list the classification of bearings 3

b) explain bush block 5
c) with neat sketch explain different types of gas flame 6

Page 6 of 7
 me_science

9 a) List precautions to be followed in arch welding 3

b) explain different applications of gas welding 5
c) explain with neat sketch the princple of arc welding 8

Page 7 of 7
 Diploma in Textile Technology
First Semester
Subject: Textile Fibres
Contact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact Hrs / Semester: 64

Sl.No Chapters Hrs

1 Introduction and concepts 8
2 Natural cellulosic fibres: 12
3 Natural Protein Fibres 10
4 Regenerated fibres 10
5 Synthetic fibres 10
6 High Performance fibres 8
Tests 6
Total 64

Content of Syllabus
1 Introduction and concepts
1.1 Classification of textile fibres
1.2 Essential and desirable properties.
1.3 Types of yarns
1.4 Concepts of poymersisation
2 Natural cellulosic fibres:
2.1 Cotton
2.1.1 Names of major cotton producing countries.
2.1.2 Study of environment and soil necessary for the growth of cotton plant,
2.1.3 cotton cultivation and harvesting.
2.1.4 Botanical and commercial classification of world cottons with
general details of their fineness, colour and spinnability.
2.1.5 Important cotton varieties grown in India, their areas of growth and chief
characteristics
2.1.5 Chemical Structure of cotton
2.1.6 Physical and Chemical properties
2.1.7 Outline sequence of spinning machines.
2.2 Bast Fibres
2.2.1 Varieties of bast fibres,
2.2.2 Important bast fibre producing countries
2.2.3 Conditions necessary for the growth of linen, jute and hemp.
2.2.4 Brief study of harvesting, retting and extraction of linen, jute and hemp.
2.2.5 Uses of above said fibres. Outline of jute spinning process.
3 Natural Protein Fibres
3.1 Wool
3.1.1 Varieties of wool grown in the world.
3.1.2 Major wool producing countries.
3.1.3 Physical & chemical structure of wool.
3.1.4 Outline process sequence in the systems of spinning woollen and worsted yarn.
3.1.5 Comparison of woollen and worsted yarn.
3.1.6 Difference between wool and remanufactured wool.
3.1.7 Felting of wool,
3.1.8 physical & chemical properties of wool.
3.1.9 Uses of wool.
3.2 Silk:
3.2.1 Name of major silk producing countries.
3.2.2 Different types of silk,
3.3.3 Silk producing places in India.
3.2.3 Brief study of sericulture, life cycle of silk worm
3.2.4 Post cocoon operations
3.3.4 Degumming and weighting of silk.
3.2.5 Spun silk process chart
3.2.6 Physical and chemical propertiis of silk.
3.3.5 Uses of silk.
4 Regenerated fibres
4.1 Viscose Rayon
4.1.1 Manufacturing process
4.1.2 Physical and Chemical properties
4.1.3 Process modification
4.1.4 Properties of modified Viscose Rayons
4.1.5 Uses of Viscose Rayons
4.2 Acetate Rayon
4.2.1 Acetate rayon manufacturing process
4.2.2 Physical and chemical properties
4.2.3 Uses of acetate rayon
5 Major Synthetic fibres
5.1 Nylon 6;
5.1.1 Flow sheet of manufacturing process.
5.1.2 Physical & chemical properties
5.1.3 Physical & chemical properties
5.2 Nylon 66
5.2.1 Flow sheet of manufacturing process.
5.2.2 Physical & chemical properties of Nylon 66.
5.2.3 Physical & chemical properties of Nylon 66.
5.3 Polyester fibre:
5.3.1 Flow sheet of manufacturing process.
5.3.2 Physical & chemical properties of Polyester
5.3.3 Uses of Polyester
5.4 PolyVinyle fibres:Acrylic
5.4.1 Flow sheet of manufacturing process.
5.4.2 Physical & chemical properties of Polyacrylic.
5.4.3 Uses of Polyacrylic.
6 High Performance fibres
6.1 Nomex
6.1.1 Brief study o Raw Materials,Manufacturing
6.1.2 Properties of modified Viscose Rayons
6.1.3 Uses
6.2 Kevlar
6.2.1 Brief study o Raw Materials,Manufacturing
6.2.2 Properties of modified Viscose Rayons
6.2.3 Uses
6.3 Carbon
6.3.1 Brief study o Raw Materials,Manufacturing
6.3.2 Properties of modified Viscose Rayons
6.3.3 Uses
6.4 Glass
6.4.1 Brief study o Raw Materials,Manufacturing
6.4.2 Properties of modified Viscose Rayons
6.4.3 Uses
6.5 Carbon
6.5.1 Brief study o Raw Materials,Manufacturing
6.5.2 Properties of modified Viscose Rayons
6.5.3 Uses
6.6 Tencil
6.6.1 Brief study o Raw Materials,Manufacturing
6.6.2 Properties of modified Viscose Rayons
6.6.3 Uses

References
1 Textile fibres - V. A. Shenai.
2 Man made fibres - Moncrieff (1975)
3 Introductory Textile Science - Morjori L. Joseph.
4 Textile Science : E. P. G. Gohl and L. Vilensky (1987)
5 Textile Fibres V. B. Gupta and Dr. Kotari.
6 Fibre science and Technology-S P Mishra
 Diploma in Textile Technology
First Semester
Subject: Textile Fibres
Contact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact Hrs / Semester: 64

General Objectives
To Know textile fibres
To Understand classification of textile fibres, general essential and desirable properties
To understand concepts of polymerisation
To Understand the different types of yarns
To gain Knowledge on cotton
To gain Knowledge on Bast fibres
To gain Knowledge on Protein fibres
To gain Knowledge on regenerated fibres
Togain Knowledge on synthetic fibres
To gaint Knowledge on High performance fibres
Specific Objectives
1 Introduction and concepts
1.1 Define Textile fibres
1.2 Classify Textile fibres
1.3 Discuss general essential and desirabel properties of textile fibres.
1.4 Define staple fibre, filaments, spun yarns, flat, textured yarn, single yarn, ply yarn and
cable yarns
1.5 Define terminolgy related to fibres, molecules, monomer, polymer, repeat unit, degree
of polymerisation
1.6 Explain types of polymerisation, addition polymerisation and condensation
polymerisation
2 Natural cellulosic fibres:
2.1 cotton
1.0 Name major cotton producing countries
2.0 Study of environment and soil necessary for the growth of cotton plant, cotton
cultivation and harvesting. Impact of growing and harvesting methods on fibre quality
and grade.
List important cotton varities grown in India, their areas of growth and chief
3.0 characteristics. Bale sizes and commercial grading systems.
State botonical and commercial classification of world cottons with general details of
4.0 their fineness, color and spinnability.
5.0 Discuss Chemical structure of cotton.(physical and chemical)
6.0 Study Hybrid varities of colored cotton
7.0 Ouline the sequence of spinning machines for differenet grades of cotton.
2.2 Bast fibres.
1.0 List important Bast fibres producing countries.
2.0 Write conditions necessary for the growth of linen, jute, and Hemp
3.0 Explain the harvesting, retting and extraction of Linen, Jute and Hemp.
4.0 State physical and chemical properties of bast fibres
5.0 List the uses of above said fibres.
6.0 Outline Jute spinning process.
3.0 Natural Protein Fibres
3.1 Wool
1.0 ListVarieties of wool grown in the world.
2.0 Name Major wool producing countries.
3.0 Write Physical & chemical structure of wool.
 4.0 Outline process sequence in the systems of spinning woollen and worsted yarn.
5.0 Compare of woollen and worsted yarn.
6.0 State Difference between wool and remanufactured wool.
7.0 Explain Felting of wool,
8.0 State physical & chemical properties of wool.
9.0 state Uses of wool.
3.20 Silk:
1.0 Name of major silk producing countries.
2.0 List Different types of silk,
3.0 List Silk producing places in India.
4.0 Write Brief study of sericulture, life cycle of silk worm
5.0 Explain Post cocoon operations
6.0 Explain Degumming and weighting of silk.
7.0 Explain Spun silk process chart
8.0 State Physical and chemical propertiis of silk.
9.0 State uses of silk.
4.0 Regenerated fibres
4.1 Viscose Rayon
1.0 Write and explain Manufacturing process
2.0 State Physical and Chemical properties
3.0 Explain Process modification
4.0 State Properties of modified Viscose Rayons
5.0 State Uses of modified Viscose Rayons
4.2 Acetate Rayon
1.0 Write and explain Acetate rayon manufacturing process
2.0 State Physical and chemical properties
3.0 State Uses of acetate rayon
5.0 Major Synthetic fibres
5.1 Nylon 6;
1.0 Write and explain Flow sheet of manufacturing process.
2.0 State Physical and Chemical properties
3.0 State uses
5.2 Nylon 66
1.0 Write and explain Flow sheet of manufacturing process.
2.0 State Physical and chemical properties
3.0 State uses
5.3 Polyester fibre:
1.0 Write and explain Flow sheet of manufacturing process.
2.0 State Physical and chemical properties
3.0 State uses
5.4 PolyVinyle fibres:Acrylic
1.0 Write and explain Flow sheet of manufacturing process.
2.0 State Physical and chemical properties
3.0 State uses
5.5 High Performance fibres
1.0 Briefly explain manufacturing, properties and uses of Nomex
2.0 Briefly explain manufacturing, properties and uses of Kevlar
3.0 Briefly explain manufacturing, properties and uses of Carbon
4.0 Briefly explain manufacturing, properties and uses of Glass
5.0 Briefly explain manufacturing, properties and uses of Tencil
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject: Textile Fibres
MODEL QUESTION PAPER

MAXIMUM MARKS-100 DURATION-3HRS

INSTRUCTIONS: 1. Section I is compulsory

2. Answer two full questions ecah from sections II,III,IV

Section-I marks
1a) i Wool is an ________________fibre 1x5=5
ii __________is inner core of cotton fibre
iii _____________is an example for domestic silk
iv Raw material used for viscose rayon manufacturing is _____________
v Moisture regain of polyester fibre is __________
b) List essential and desirable properties for natural and man made fibres 5
Section-II
2a Classify textile fibres based on their origin 5
b) Define the following terms 6
I) Degree of polymerisation
ii) Textured yarns
c) Differentiate between monofilament and multifilament 4
3 a) Define the following terms
I) Single yarn 2
ii) Ply-yarn 2
iii) Cable yarn 2
b) Differentiate between condensation polymerisation and addition polymerisation 4
c) Explain the soil condition necessary for the growth of cotton plant 5
4a List important types of cotton grown in India 4
b) List the physical and chemical properties of cotton 6
c) Outline the sequence of Jute spinning process 5
Section-III
5a) Distinguish between the properties of jute and linen 5
b) Compare wool and worsted yarn 5
c) State properties of Wool 5
6a) With a neat sketch explain life cycle of silk worm 5
b) Compare the properties wool and silks 6
c) Define felting of wool,remanufactured wool 4
7 a) Define regenerated fibres 2
b) With a neat sketch explain manufacturing process of viscose rayon 7
c) Explain physical and chemical properties of viscose rayon 6
Section-IV
8a Explain hight tenacity rayon and their uses 4
 b) With a neat sketch explain manufacturing process of acetate rayon 6
c) Explain physical and chemical properties of acetate rayon 5
9 a) List major synthetic fibres 3
b) Differentiate between nylon6 and nylon66 5
c) Explain with a neat sketch manufacturing process of Nylon66 7
10 a) Explain physical and chemical properties Nylon6 5
b) Explain with a neat sketch manufacturing process of Polyester 7
c) Define Tencel fibres and their end uses 3
**************
 Basic Elec Engg (Common).xls

Department of Technical Education

Diploma Courses in Auto, Mech, MTT, Chem,textiles, mining, mechatronics,printing,metallurgy

Second Semester
Sub : Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Contact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact hrs / Semester: 64

No. Topics Contact hrs

1.0 Concept of Electrical energy 02 hrs

2.0 Electric current,Voltage and circuits 09hrs
3.0 Work, power and energy 04 hrs
4.0 Magnetic fields and circuits 03 hrs
5.0 Electromagnetic induction 04 hrs

6.0 Alternating current and circuits 06 hrs

7.0 Electrical Machines 09hrs
8.0 Electric cables 02hr
9.0 Protective devices 02hrs
10.0 Battery and maintenance 03hrs
11.0 Lighting 02hrs

12.0 Electronic components and their applications 10hrs

13.0 Integrated Circuits 04hrs

Revision and Tests 04hrs

Total 64hrs

Page 1 of 12
 Curriculum Content

1.0 Concept of Electrical energy 02 hrs

1.0 Application of electrical energy

1.1 Advantages of Electrical energy
1.2 Sorces of electrical energy
1.3 Effects of electric current and practical applications of these effects

2.0 Electric current,Voltage and circuits 09hrs

2.1 Electric current and its unit.
2.2 Instrument used for measurement of current,
2.3 emf, potential difference and its unit
2.4 Instrument used for measurement of voltage
2.6 Concept of conductors, insulators and semiconductors
2.7 Resistance, its unit
2.8 Instrument used for measurement of resistance,
2.9 Ohm's law, its applications
2.10 Simple problems of Ohm's law
2.11 Series and Parallel Circuits.
2.12 Simple problems of series parallel circuits.

3.0 Work, power and energy 04 hrs

3.1 Electrical power, energy, work and their units
3.2 Measurement of power and energy
3.3 Conversion of mechanical units into electrical units and viceversa
3.4 Simple problems on work ,power ,and energy

4.0 Magnetic fields and circuits 03 hrs

4.1 Definition of terms magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf reluctance and flux
density.
4.2 Units of magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf reluctance and flux density

5.0 Electromagnetic induction 04 hrs

5.1 Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction
5.2 Statically induced emf
5.3 Dynamically induced emf
5.4 self induced emf
5.5 mutually induced emf

6.0 Alternating current and circuits 06 hrs

6.1 Concept of alternating current
6.2 Definition of terms- amplitude, instantaneous value, time period,
cycle, frequency, rms value, average value, form factor and their units.
6.3 Inductance, capacitance, reactance, impedance and their units
6.4 Power and power factor
6.5 Difference between single phase and three phase circuits
6.6 Simple problems on power and power factor
7.0 Electrical Machines 9hrs
Transformers
7.1 Function of a transformer
7.2 Types of transformer.
7.3 Applications of different types of transformers
7.4 Electrical characteristics of welding transformer

DC Generators
7.5 Function of a DC Generator.
7.6 Types of DC Generators.
7.7 Applications of different types of dc generators
DC Motors
7.8 Function of a DC Motor.
7.9 Types of DC Motors
7.10 Applications of different types of dc motors
AC Generators
7.11 Function of a AC Generator.
7.12 Applications of AC generators

AC Motors
7.13 Function of a AC Motor
7.14 Types of AC motors
7.15 Difference between single and three phase motors
7.16 Applications of single and three phase motors
7.17 Types of mechanical enclosures and their importance,and application
7.18 types of FHP motors and their application.
7.19 Necessity of starters
7.2 Types of starters
7.21 Name plate details of motors.

8 Electric cables 02hrs

8.1 Introduction to under ground Electric cables
8.2 Types with advantages & Limitations of cables.
8.3 Applications of Cables.
9.0 Protective devices 2hrs
9.1 Necessity of Protective devices
9.2 fuses - Rewirable & HRC, Breakers - MCB & ELCB.
9.3 flame proof enclosures used in swithgear.
9.4 Necessity of electrical earthing .
9.5 General electrical safety precautions.

10.0 Battery and maintenance 3hrs

10.1 Function of Batteries
10.2 types of batteries
10.3 conditions of fully charged battery
10.4 types of charging of batteries
10.5 maintenance free battery
Advantages of SMF (Sealed Maintenance Free) Batteries over
10.6 Conventional Batteries.
10.7 Applications of Batteries.
11.0 Lighting 2hrs
11.1 List electrical sources of light
11.2 Function and applications of
a) Incandescent lamp
b)fluorescent
c)mercury vapour lamp
d)sodium vapour lamp
11.3 Salient features of Industrial lighting.

12.0 Electronic components and their applications 10hrs

12.1 Semiconductor materials, P type and N type
12.2 Intrinsic and extrinsic Semiconductor.
12.3 Semiconductor diodes and their application
12.4 Half and full wave rectifiers circuits
12.5 Filter circuits
12.6 Zener diode and their applications
12.7 Zener diode as voltage regulator.
12.8 Light Emitting Diodes and their applicaton
12.9 Transistors and their application.
12.10 Transistor as a Amplifier
12.11 Silicon Controlled Rectifier and their application.
12.12 Electronic timers
12.13 Relays
13.0 Integrated Circuits 4hrs
13.1 Logic functions
13.2 Logic gates-NOT,AND,OR,NAND, NOR
13.3 Fundamentals of IC
13.4 Application of IC's
 SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

1.0 Concept of Electrical energy 02 hrs

1.1 Know the use of electrical energy
1.2 Understand the benefits of Electrical Energy
1.3 List the Sources of Electrical energy
1.4 Know the effects of electrical current and their applications.

2.0 Electric current,Voltage and circuits 09hrs

2.1 Understand the concept of Electric current, emf, potential difference
2.2 Know the units of current, emf, potential difference
2.3 Know the types in instruments used to measure current, emf, potenctial difference
2.4 Definition of conductors, insulators and semiconductors
2.5 Interpret resistance and know its unit
2.6 Recognize the instruments used to measure resistance
2.7 State and explain Ohm's law
2.8 Analyze series and parallel circuits

3.0 Work, power and energy 04 hrs

3.1 Understand the concept of Electrical power, energy, work and their units
3.2 Know the measurement of power and energy
3.3 Perform the conversion of mechanical units into electrical units and viceversa

4.0 Magnetic fields and circuits 03 hrs

4.1 Define magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf, reluctance and flux
density.
4.2 Know the units of magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf, reluctance and flux density

5.0 Electromagnetic induction 04 hrs

5.1 Understand Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction
5.2 Explain Statically induced emf
5.3 Explain Dynamically induced emf
5.4 Explain Self induced emf
5.5 Explain mutually induced emf

6.0 Alternating current and circuits 06 hrs

6.1 Understand the concept of alternating current
6.2 Define the terms amplitude, time period, instantaneous value, cycle, frequency,
rms value, average value, form factor and their units.
6.3 Explain inductance, capacitance, reactance, impedance and their units
6.4 Define power and power factor
6.5 list the differences between single phase and three phase supply
7.0 Electrical Machines 09hrs
Transformers
7.1 Know the function of a transformer
7.2 List the types of transformers
7.3 Write the applications of different types of transformers
7.4 List the characteristics of a welding transformer.

DC Generators
7.4 Know the Function of DC generators.
7.5 List the types of DC generators
7.6 List the applications of different types of dc generators

DC Motors
7.6 Know the function of a DC Motor.
7.7 List the types of DC motors
7.8 List the applications of different types of dc motors

AC Generators
7.9 Know the function of a AC Generator.
7.10 List the applications of ac generators

AC Motors
7.11 Know the Function of a AC Motor.
7.12 List the types of AC motors
7.13 List the applications of single and three phase motors 05 hrs
7.14 List the differences between single and three phase motors
7.15 List the differences between single and three phase motors
7.16 List the different types of Mechanical Enclosures of Motors
7.17 Identify the working place of where the different enclosures are used.
7.18 List the importance of different types of Mechanical Enclosures of Motors
7.19 List the types of FHP motors
7.20 List the applications of FHP motors
7.21 Understand the necessity for starters
7.22 List the types of starters used in starting Induction Motors
7.23 Understand the meaning of overload Starters
7.24 Understand the meaning single phase protection in Starters
7.25 List the general name plate details of A C motors.

8 Electric cables 02hr

8.1 Understand the underground cable
8.2 List the types of underground cable
8.3 List the advantages and limitations of underground cables over overhead cables.
8.4 List the applications of underground cables

9.0 Protective devices 02hrs

9.1 Understand the necessity of protective devices
9.2 List the different protective devices
9.3 Explain fuse- HRC, rewireabel fuse
9.4 Explain the need of MCB ,ELCB
9.5 Understand the importance of flame proof enclsoure used in protective devices.
9.6 State the necessessity of electrical earthing
9.7 Mention the general electrical safety precaution
10.0 Battery and maintenance 03hrs
10.1 Explain battery
10.2 Name type of batteries as lead acid, nickel iron and nickel cadmium
10.3 State variations in specific gravity during charging and discharging
10.4 State applications of batteries.
10.5 Explain charging of batteries by a) Constant current method
b)Constant voltage method
10.6 Explain trickle charging
10.7 Explain the indications of a fully charged battery
10.8 Explain sealed maintenance free(SMF) batteries.
10.9 State advantages of maintenence free batteries over conventional batteries.

11.0 Lighting 02hrs

11.1 List the elctric sources of light
11.2 Function and applications of
a)incandescent lamp.
b)fluorescent lamp
c)sodium vapour lamp
d)mercury vapour lamp
11.3 List the salient features of good industrial lighting .

12.0 Electronic components and their applications 10 hrs

12.1 Understand semiconductor material
12.2 Differentiate between intrinsic and extrensic semiconductors.
12.3 Understand Semiconductor diodes
12.4 Briefly explain V- I characteristics of a semiconductor diode.
12.5 List the applications of semiconductor diode
12.6 Explain with circuit the working of Half wave rectifier
12.7 Explain with circuit the working of centertapped full wave rectifier
12.8 Explain with circuit the working of bridge full wave rectifier
12.9 Know Zener diodes
12.10 Explain V- I characteristics of a zenor diode.
12.11 Briefly explain the use of Zener diode as a voltage regulator.
12.12 List the applications of zenor diode
12.13 Understand Light Emitting Diodes
12.14 Understand with circuit working of a transistor
12.15 List the applications of transistor
12.16 Sketch and explain Silicon Controlled Rectifier
12.17 List the applications of Silicon Controlled Rectifier
12.18 State the necessity for timers
12.19 List the different types of times (electronic, mechanical, thermal etc)
12.20 State the working principle of a relay
12.21 Name the different types of contacts in relays(NC and NO)
12.22 List the applications of relays
13.0 Integrated Circuits 04hrs
13.1 Explain logic high and low ( 1 and 0 )
13.2 Explain NOT , AND ,OR logic functions
13.3 Understand Logic gates-AND, OR,NOT,NAND,NOR
13.4 Draw the logic symbols and truth table of AND,OR,NOT,NAND,NOR
13.5 Explain the meaning of IC
13.6 List the advantages of IC

Text Books: 1. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engg. by K S Shashidhar, Sapna P

References:
1) Electrical Technology- by B.L.Theraja
2) Basics Electrical and Electronics Engg. by K.V.N Gowda
3) Principles of Electrical Engineering by Deltoro
4) Principles of Electrical& Electronics Engineering by V.K.Mehta
5) Electric power by Uppal
6) Swithch gear and protection by Sunil . S.Rao
7) Digital Principles and applicatio by Malvino and Leech
8) Digital Principles and applicatio by Flyod
9) Electronics Devices and application -Motorshed
10) Electronics devices by Floyd
 ENGLISH COMMUNICATION

TABLE OF SPECIFICATIONS

Sl Ability Knowle Compre Applicat Analysis Total

NO dge hension ion
Content

1 Lessons 5 25 10 40

2 Parts of speech 2 02

3 Countable & Uncountable nouns 2 2

4 Use of some, any etc. 6 6

5 Main & Aux. verbs 2 2

6 Uses of Tenses 8 8

7 Voice 4 4

8 Interrogatives 2 2

9 Negatives 2 2

10 Prepositions 4 4

11 Question tags 2 2

12 Use of adverb too 2 2

13 Use of idioms & phrases 4 4

14 Story from outlines 5 5

15 Developing notes into a paragraph 5 5

16 Comprehension of unseen passage 5 5

17 Summarising 5 5

Total 13 32 40 15 100
 Department of Technical Education
All Diploma Courses in Engineering and Technology Streams
First or Second Semester
ENGLISH COMMUNICATION

Contact Hrs./Week: 4 Contact Hrs. / Semester: 64

GOAL: IMPROVEMENT OF ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS OF I OR II SEMESTER

STUDENTS OF DIPLOMA COURSES IN ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY.

SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:

1 READING SKILL
The student is able to :
1.1 Understand the difficult words and phrases in the lesson
1.2 Use the words and phrases correctly in his own sentences
1.3 Read the lesson properly without mistakes
1.4 Read the given passage correctly.

2 WRITING SKILL
The student is able to
2.1 Write the answers correctly to the questions on the lessons
2.2 Write personal letters in the proper format without mistakes
2.3 Use words and phrases in his own sentences
2.4 write grammatically correct sentences.

3 PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE OF GRAMMAR

The student is able to
3.1 Use verbs correctly
3.2 Use various phrases appropriately
3.3 Use interrogatives and negatives
3.4 Convert active voice into passive and vice versa
3.5 Frame questions, question tags and give short form answers correctly
3.6 Use prepositions appropriately

4 COMPREHENSION
4.1 The student is able to read and understand the seen & unseen passages
and answer the questions given

5 CREATING AWARENESS
5.1 The student becomes aware of current environmental issues and
about his responsibilities toward environment factors.
5.2 Awareness about Right to Information Act
 CONTENT

“ENGLISH COMMUNICATION FOR POLYTECHNICS” By

TEXT NITTTR, Chennai and Published by Orient BlackSwan Pvt
1 BOOK Ltd, Hyderabad.

2 GRAMMAR
2.1 PARTS OF SPEECH
2.2 COUNTABLE, UNCOUNTABLE AND PROPER; NOUNS
2.3 USE OF SOME, ANY, MUCH, MANY, A LOT OF, ETC.,
2.4 MAIN AND AUXILIARY VERBS
2.5 USES OF TENSES
2.6 ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE
2.7 INTEROGATIVES
2.8 NEGATIVES
2.9 PREPOSITIONS
3.1 QUESTION TAGS
3.2 USE OF ADVERB TOO
3.3 USING PHRASES IN OWN SENTENCES
3 COMPOSITION & COMPREHENSION

3.1 WRITING RESPONSE TO PICTURE

3.2 STORY FROM GIVEN OUTLINES
3.3 EXPANDING OUTLINES INTO PARAGRAPH
3.4 PARAGRAPH WRITING USING HINTS
3.5 COMPREHENSION OF UNSEEN PASSAGE
3.6 NOTE MAKING
3.7 DEVELOPING NOTES INTO PARAGRAPHS
3.8 SUMMERISING

MONTHLY TESTS
READING AND COMPREHENSION EVALUATION
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject: Fabric Manufacture - I

Contact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact Hrs / Semester = 64

Sl.No Chapters Hrs

1 Yarn Winding 12
2 Pirn Winding and Warping 12
3 Sizing 15
4 Primary and secondary Motions 15
5 Calculations in Weaving 6
Tests and Revision 4
Total 64

Details of contents
1 Yarn Winding
1.1 Introduction to yarn preparatory -Objectives-ring spun yarn faults
1.2 Passage of material through conventional and modern machine
1.3 Splicing, knoting, autodoffing, electronic slub catcher and ribbon breakers
1.4 Yarn traverse mechanism, tensioning devices
1.5 Special features of Schlophrost Auto coner, Savio, Schweiter
1.6 Winding packages, fault and remedies
1.7 Material Handling techniques
1.8 Recent Developments
2 Pirn Winding and Warping
2.1 Introduction, Objects.
2.2 Spindle and spindleless pirn winders
2.2 Modern Developments
2.3 passage of material through high speed pirn winding machine
2.3 Warping- passage of yarn through a high speed automatic beam warping machines
2.4 Different types of creels, automatic stop motions, knottings and autoknottings
2.5 Study of conventional, high speed and automatic sectional warping machine
2.6 Recent Developments
3 Sizing
3.1 objects
3.2 Ingredients of sizing,
3.3 Size Recepies
3.4 Sizing Machines
3.5 Sizing-defects
3.6 Size controls
3.7 Recent Developments like single size recepe
4 Primary and secondary Motions
4.1 Shedding,
4.1.1 Types of sheds,
4.1.2 Tappet shedding,
4.1.3 heald reversing motion
4.1.4 early and late shedding
 4.2 Picking
4.2.1 Cone over pick
4.2.2 Cone under Pick
4.2.3 Setting ,Timing
4.2.4 Picking Accessaries
4.2.5 Intensity of picking
4.3 Beat Up Mechanism
4.3.1 Mechanism
4.3.2 Sley Eccentricity
4.3.3 Timing and setting
5 Calculations in Weaving
5.1 Production calculation of winding machines, pirn winding and warping
5.2 Sizing calculations
5.3 Production calculation of loom
5.4 Tappet construction
5.5 Calculation of average counts and resultant counts
5.6 Tests & Assignments
Total

References
1 Thomas W.Fox -The Mechanism of Weaving-
Universal Publishing corp.,Mumbai -2
2 A.Ormerod Modern Preparation and Weaving Machinery
Woodhead publishing Ltd.,England.
3 Marks & Robinson -Principles of Weaving
The Textile Institute Manchester
4 R.Sengupta- Yarn Preparation-D.B.Taraporevala sons & co Ltd., Mumbai
5 B.Hasmukhrai -Fabric Forming-SSMITT&PC,Co-operative stores Komarapalyam
6 Sizing-Ajgoankar
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject: Fabric Manufacture - I

Contact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact Hrs / Semester = 64

General Educational Objectives

1 Understand Yarn Winding
2 Understand Pirn Winding and Warping
3 Understand Sizing
4 Understand Primary and secondary Motions
5 Undertand Calculations in Weaving

Specific Instructional Objectives

Yarn Winding
1 State Objectives,ring spun yarn faults
2 Explain Passage of material through conventional and modern machine
3 Write a note on Splicing, knoting, autodoffing,
4 Write a note on electronic slub catcher and ribbon breakers
5 Write a note on Yarn traverse mechanism, tensioning devices
6 State Special features of Schlophrost Auto coner, Savio, Schweiter
7 Name Winding packages,
8 State faults and remedies
9 Write a note on Material Handling techniques
Pirn Winding and Warping
1 State Objects.
2 Explain Spindle and spindleless pirn winders
3 Discuss Modern Developments
4 Explain passage of material through high speed pirn winding machine
5 Explain passage of yarn through a high speed automatic beam warping machines
6 Write a note on Different types of creels,
7 Write a note on automatic stop motions,
8 Write a note on knottings and autoknottings
9 Explain of conventional, high speed and automatic sectional warping machine
10 State objects
11 Explain Ingredients of sizing,
12 Explain Size Recepies
13 Explain Sizing Machines
14 State Sizing-defects
15 Write a note on Size controls
Primary and secondary Motions
Shedding
1 State Types of sheds,
2 Explain Tappet shedding,
3 Write a note on heald reversing motion
4 Define early and late shedding
Picking
1 Explian Cone over pick
2 Explian Cone under Pick
3 Write a note on Setting ,Timing
4 Write a note on Picking Accessaries
5 Write a note on ntensity of picking
Beat Up Mechanism
1 Explain Mechanism
2 Explain Sley Eccentricity
3 Analyse Timing and setting
Calculations in Weaving
1 Calculate Productionof winding machines, pirn winding and warping machines
2 Calculate Sizing Pick up
3 Calculate Production of loom
4 Costruct Tappet with given particulars
5 Calculate average counts and resultant counts with given particulars
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject:Fabric Manufacture - I
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MAXIMUM MARKS-100 DURATION-3HRS

INSTRUCTIONS: 1. Section I is compulsory

2 Answer two full questions ecah from sections II,III,IV
SECTION I
1i The raw material for preparatory process comes from_____________ 1x5=5
ii The speed of loom is_______rpm
iii The ratio of speed of bottom shaft to crank shaft is____________
iv Sow box is used in ________
v Resultant count of 20s and 30s is ______
b Write timing diagram of loom 5
SECTION II
2a State Objectives of winding 3
b Explain Passage of material through conventional hank winding machine 7
c Write a note on Splicing, 5
3a Write a note on electronic slub catcher 5
b Write a note on Yarn traverse mechanism, 5
c State Special features of Schlophrost Auto coner, 5
4a Name Winding packages, 3
b State Special features of Savio, Schweiter 8
c Write a note on Material Handling techniques 4
SECTION III
5a State the objectives of pirn winding 3
b Explain with a neat sketch the passage of material through pirn winding machine 8
c Discuss Modern Developments in pirnwinding 4
6a Explain passage of yarn through a high speed automatic beam warping machine 8
b State Different types of creels, 3
c What is splicing 3
d State different knots
7a State objects of sizing
b Write the size recepe for cotton polyester blend
c State the Sizing-defects
SECTION IV
8a Explain with a neat sketch the passage of material multicylinder sizing machine 8
b Explain various controls in sizing 5
c What is size pick up
9a What are primary motions 3
b What is shedding 2
c Explain different types of sheds 7
d Difine picking 3
10a Explain with a neat sketch cone underpick mechanism 7
b Write a note on sley eccentricity 3
c Calculate the production in mtrs of a loom with the following particulars 5
Speed of loom 160 rpm
Efficiency=85%
Time 8hrs
Picks /cm =30
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject: Fabric Manufacture Lab-I
Contact Hrs / Week: 6 Contact hrs / Semester: 96

Experiments
1 Study of Hank Winding Machines
2 Studyof Autoconer
3 Study of Cheese Winding Machine
4 Study of Two for One twister
5 Study of Pirn Winding Machine
6 Study of Warping Machine
7 Study of Reeling machine
8 Practice of Various Knots in Weaving
9 Practice of Pirn winding
10 Practice of Drawing in
11 Study Of Sectional Warping
12 Dismantling, assemling, setting of Shedding mechanism
13 Dismantling, assemling, setting of Picking mechanism
14 Dismantling, assemling, setting of Beat up mechanism
15 Dismantling, assemling, setting of Let off mechanism
16 Dismantling, assemling, setting of Five Wheel Take up mechanism
17 Dismantling, assemling, setting of Seven Wheel Take up mechanism
18 Dismantling, assemling, setting of Shedding mechanism

Scheme of Valuation
1 Calculation/Description related to first ten experiments 40
OR
1 Dismantling, assemling, setting realated to expts 11 to 18 40
2 Weaving/Pirn winding/Practice of knots 15
3 Identification of parts and their brief description 20
4 Viva-Voce 20
5 Record 5
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject: Fabric Manufacture Lab-I

Equipments Specification

1 Hank Winding Machines Standard Make

2 Autoconer Standard Make
3 Cheese Winding Machine Standard Make
4 Two for One twister Standard Make
5 Pirn Winding Machine Standard Make
6 Warping Machine Standard Make
7 Reeling machine Standard Make
8 Sectional Warping Machine Standard Make
9 Shuttle Looms Standard Make
 BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION –
KARNATAKA

SUBJECT: APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II

For II - Semester
DIPLOMA COURSES OF ALL BRANCHES

Contact hour per week: 04 Contact hour per Semester: 64

UNIT NO. CHAPTER TITLE CONTACT
HR.

DIFFERENTIATION CALCULUS
1 LIMITS 6
2 DIFFERENTIATION 16
3 APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION 6
INTEGRAL CALCULUS
4 INDEFINITE INTEGRATION 14
5 DEFINITE INTEGRATION 4
6 APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRATION 2
7 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12
8 TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS 4
TOTAL HOUR 64

REFFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Applied Mathematics –II By W.R Neelakanta. Sapna Publications.
2. Applied Mathematics –II By Dr. D S Prakash S Chand Publications
3. Text Books of PUC-2 mathematics.
4. Applied Mathematics –II for Polytechnics- By different Authors.
5. Engineering Mathematics.

Applied Mathematics – II Page 1 of 11

QUESTION PAPER BLUE PRINT
FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II

Questions Questions Questions Questions

UNIT NO.

to be set (2 to be set (5 to be set (5 to be set (5

HOUR

Marks) Marks) Marks) Marks)

PART- A PART- B PART- C PART- D

1 6 2 2 - -
2 16 4 6 - -
3 6 2 2 - -
4 14 4 - 6 -
5 4 3 - 1 -
6 2 - 1
- -
7 12 - - - 6
TOTA 64 15 10 08 06
L
Questions to 10 07 05 04
be answered

APPLIED – MATHEMATICS – II
Marks No. of Questions No. of Questions
to be set to be Answered

Part A 2 X 10 = 20 15 10

Part B 5 X 07 = 35 10 07
Part C 5 X 05 = 25 08 05
Part D 5 X 04 = 20 06 04

Total = 100

Applied Mathematics – II Page 2 of 11

 Diploma Courses of All Engineering Branches
II Semester
Sub: Applied Mathematics II

CONTENTS

UNIT – 1: LIMITS. 6 Hr.

Variables and Constants. Definition of function. Types of function: Direct and

Inverse functions, Explicit and implicit function, Odd and even functions (Definition
with examples). Concept of x tends to ‘a’. Definition of limit of a function. Problems
on limit of a function by factorization, rationalization when x tend to ‘0’, when x tend
to ‘∞’ and x tend to ‘a’. Derivations of algebraic and trigonometric limits. Problems.
Standard limit (only statement)
a x −1 ex −1
n
 1
4. lim(1 + n ) n = e
1
1. lim = log e a 2. lim =1 3. lim1 +  = e
x →0 x x →0 x n →∞
 n n →0

Simple problems on standard limits.

UNIT – 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. 16 Hr.

Definition of increment and increment ratio. Definition of derivative of a

function. Derivatives of functions of xn, sinx, cosx and tanx with respect to ‘x’ from
first principle method. List of standard derivatives. Rules of differentiation: Sum,
product and quotient of functions. Problems on rules. Derivatives of function of a
function (Chain rule). Derivatives of inverse Trigonometric functions, Hyperbolic
functions and inverse of hyperbolic functions, Implicit functions, Parametric
functions. Problems. Logarithmic differentiation. Problems. Successive differentiation
up to second order. Problems.

UNIT – 3: APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION. 6 Hr.

Geometrical meaning of derivative. Equation of tangent and normal to the

curve y = f(x) at a given point. Derivative as a rate measure. Definition of increasing
and decreasing function. Maxima and minima of a function.

UNIT – 4: INTEGRAL CALCULUS. 14 Hr.

Definition of Integration. List of standard integrals. Rules of integration (only

statement)
1.∫ kf ( x)dx = k ∫ f ( x)dx. 2. ∫ {f(x) ± g(x)}dx = ∫ f(x)dx ± ∫ g(x)dx

problems. Integration by substitution method. Problems. Integrals of functions

involving a2 + x2 , a2 – x2 and their radicals. Some important integrals of the type

Applied Mathematics – II Page 3 of 11

 dx 1  x dx  x
1.∫ = tan −1   + c 2. ∫ = sin −1   + c with proof.
x +a
2 2
a a a2 − x2 a

dx  x dx 1 x−a
3.∫ = sinh −1   + c 4. ∫ 2 = log  + c if x 〉 a 〉 0.
a x −a x+a
2
a2 + x2 2a
dx 1 a + x dx  x
5. ∫ 2 = log  + c if a 〉 x 〉 0. 6. ∫ = cosh −1   + c
a −x a− x a
2
2a x −a
2 2

dx 1 x
7. ∫ = sec −1   + c ( 3 to 7 no proof)
x x2 − a2 a a

Integrals of the forms:

dx dx px + q px + q
∫ ax 2 + bx + c , ∫ ax 2 + bx + c , ∫ ax 2 + bx + c dx , ∫ ax 2 + bx + c dx. Problems.
Integration by parts. Rule of integration by parts. Problems.
( )
Integration of the forms: ∫ e x f(x) + f 1 ( x) dx Problems.

UNIT – 5: DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 4 Hr.

Definition of Definite integral. Theorems on definite integrals. Problems.

π π
1 1
Definite integrals of the type ∫ 2 dx, ∫ 2 dx Problems.
0 1 + tan x 0
1 + tan x

UNIT – 6: APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 2 Hr.

Find area, volume and r m s value of a function. Problems.

UNIT – 7: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. 12 Hr.

Definition, example, order and degree of differential equation with examples.

Formation of differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constants up to second
order. Solution of D E of first degree and first order by variable separable method.
Solution of differential equations reducible to variable separable form. Linear
equations and its solution. Solution of differential equations reducible to linear form-
Bernoulli’s form. Homogeneous form and its solution. Solution of differential
equations reducible to homogeneous form. Exact differential equation and its solution.
Solutions of differential equation of a type
2
d y dy
a 2 + b + cy = 0, where a, b, c are constants. Simple problems.
dx dx

Applied Mathematics – II Page 4 of 11

GENERAL AND SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
UNIT – 1: LIMITS. 6 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

1.1 To understand variables, constants and functions.

1.2 To know the indeterminant form and evaluation of limit of a given function.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

1.1.1 Explain calculus as calculation of Infinitesimal values.

1.1.2 Define Independent, dependent variable and constants with examples.
1.1.3 Define a function.
1.1.4 List types of functions.
1.1.5 Define 1. Direct and inverse functions 2. Explicit and Implicit function
3.Odd and even function with examples.
1.2.1 Explain the concept of x tends ‘a’.
1.2.2 Define limit of a function.
1.2.3 Solve problems on limit of a function by factorization.
1.2.4 Solve problems on limit of a function by rationalization.
1.2.5 Solve problems on limit of a function when x tends INFINITY.
xn − an
lim = na n −1 for any rational number.
x→a x − a
1.2.6 Deduce
sin θ
lim = 1 where θ is in radians
θ →0 θ
1.2.7 Solve problems on above results.
1.2.8. Write formula for standard limits(statement only).
 a x −1  ex −1
n
 1
3. lim1 +  = e = lim(1 + n ) n
1
1. lim  = log e a 2. lim  = 1
x →0
 x  x →0
 x  n →∞
 n n →0

1.2.9 Solve simple problems on above results.

UNIT – 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. 16 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

2.1 To understand the differentiation of a function in terms of limit of a function.

2.2 To know different methods of differentiation.
2.3 To know the derivatives of higher order up to second order.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

Applied Mathematics – II Page 5 of 11

2.1.1 Define increment and increment ratio.
2.1.2 Define differentiation.
2.1.3 Derive the differential co-efficient (dy/dx).
2.1.4 Derive differentiation of a functions from first principle method xn , Sinx, Cosx
and Tanx with respect to ‘x’.
2.1.5 State derivative of ex and log x.
2.2.1 State rules of differentiation: Derivatives of Sum, Product and quotient of
function.
2.2.2 Solve problems on rules of differentiation.
2.2.3 Obtain the derivatives of function of a function (Chain Rule), Inverse T-
functions, Implicit functions & Parametric functions
2.2.4 Solve problems on above types.
2.2.5 Carry out logarithmic Differentiation
2.2.6 Solve problem of the type xx , ax , x Sin x, x 1/x etc.,
2.3.1 Obtain the second derivative of a function.
2.3.2 Solve problems on Successive differentiation.

UNIT -3: APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION. 6Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

3.1 To understand dy/dx as slope of a tangent.

3.2 To illustrate dy / dx as a rate measure.
3.3 To understand maxima and minima of a function.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

3.1.1 Explain geometrical meaning dy / dx as a slope of tangent.

3.1.2 Find equation of tangent and normal to a curve y = f(x) at a given point.
3.1.3 Solve problems on tangent and normals.
3.2.1 Explain derivative as a rate measure.
3.2.2 Obtain velocity and acceleration for a moving body whose equation of motion
is given.
3.2.3 Solve problems on rate measure including variation of area, volume etc.,
3.3.1 Define increasing and decreasing function.
3.3.2 State the condition for maxima and minima of a function, no proof.
3.3.3 Find maximum and minimum values of a function.

UNIT – 4: INTEGRAL CALCULUS. 14 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

4.1 To know integration as converse process of differentiation.

4.2 To understand indefinite integral.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

4.1.1 Define integration as anti derivative.

4.1.2 List of standard integrals.
4.1.3 State rules of Integration.

Applied Mathematics – II Page 6 of 11

4.1.4 Solve the problems on rules of integration.
4.2.1 Explain integration by substitution method.
4.2.2 Solve problems on substitution method.
dx 1 −1  x  dx  x
4.2.3 Derive 1.∫ x 2 + a 2 = a tan  a  + c 2. ∫ = sin −1   + c .
a
a −x
2 2

4.2.4 Write
dx x dx 1 x−a
3.∫ = sinh −1   + c 4. ∫ 2 = log  + c if x 〉 a 〉 0.
a x −a x+a
2
a2 + x2 2a
dx 1 a + x dx x
5. ∫ 2 = log  + c if a 〉 x 〉 0. 6. ∫ = cosh −1   + c
a −x a− x a
2
2a x −a
2 2

dx 1 x
7. ∫ = sec −1   + c ( 3 to 7 no proof)
x x −a
2 2 a a

4.2.4 Solve problems on above results.

4.2.5 Write
dx dx px + q px + q
∫ ax 2 + bx + c , ∫ ax 2 + bx + c , ∫ ax 2 + bx + c dx , ∫ ax 2 + bx + c dx.

4.2.5 Solve problems on above results.

4.2.6 Explain the rule integration by parts.
4.2.7 Solve problems of the type x sinx, x2 Cos x, (ax + b) ex, x sin2x, log x, ex sinx,
x log x etc.,
( )
4.2.8 Solve problems of the type ∫ e x f(x) + f 1 ( x) dx

UNIT – 5: DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 4 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

5.1 To understand the concept of definite integral to eliminate constant of

integration.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

5.1.1 State, a ∫ b f(x) dx as a definite integral.

5.1.2 State theorems on definite integrals.
5.1.3 Solve the problems of the same type as in indefinite integral using limits of
integration.
π π
1 1
5.1.4 Solve definite integrals of the type ∫ 2 dx, ∫ 2 dx
0 1 + tan x 0
1 + tan x

UNIT – 6: APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 2 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

Applied Mathematics – II Page 7 of 11

6.1 To understand definite integral as a tool to find area under the curve, volume
of solid of revolution and r m s value of a function.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

6.1.1 Explain definite integral as a limit of sum (statement).

6.1.2 Write the formulae for finding area, volume and r m s value of a function.
6.1.3 Solve problems on above applications.

UNIT – 7: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. 12 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

7.1 To understand the concept of differential equation.

7.2 To solve differential equation for unknown functions.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

7.1.1 Define differential equation with examples.

7.1.2 Define Order and Degree of D E with examples.
7.1.3 Formation of D E by eliminating arbitrary constants.
7.2.1 Obtain the solution of D E by variable separable method.
7.2.2 Solve problems on variable separable method.
7.2.3 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to variable separable method – Solve
problems.
dy
7.2.4 Obtain the solution of linear D E of the type + Py = Q --solve problems.
dx
7.2.5 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to linear form (Bernoulli’s form) –solve
problems.
7.2.6 Obtain the solution of D E by Homogeneous form – solve problems.
7.2.7 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to homogeneous form – solve problems
7.2.8 Obtain the solution of Exact D E --- solve problems.
d2y dy
7.2.9 Obtain the solution of D E of the type a 2 + b + cy = 0, -- Solve simple
dx dx
problems only.

*************************************************

Applied Mathematics – II Page 8 of 11

 BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARANATAKA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

Code:

APPLED MATHEMATICS –II ( FOR ALL COURSES)

Time: 3 Hrs
Maximum marks:100

NOTE: i) Answer any 10 questions in section A, 7 questions in section B

5 questions in section C, & 4 questions in D

ii) Each question carries 2 marks in section A

iii) Each question carries 5 marks in remaining section

SECTION – A
sin 2 3 x
1. Evaluate lim
x → 0 tan 2 4 x

x3 − 8
2.Evaluate lim
x→2 x 4 − 16
dy
3. Find if y = 1 –cos4x
dx
dy
4. Find if x2 + y2 = a2
dx
dy
5. Find if x = a sinθ and y = a cosθ
dx
6. Find the slope of a tangent to the curve y = x2+6x – 7 at point ( 1, –2)
7. If s = 4t2 – 4t + 6 then find velocity when t = 2second
8. Evaluate ∫ e x tan e x dx

9. Evaluate ∫ sin 2 x dx

10 Evaluate ∫ cos ec(1 − 4 x)dx

4
1
11. Evaluate ∫
0 x
dx

π
2
12. Evaluate ∫ sin x dx
0

Applied Mathematics – II Page 9 of 11

 π
2

∫ tan
2
13. Evaluate x dx
0

sin x
14. Evaluate ∫ dx
cos 2 x
d (a x )
15. Show that = ax log e a
dx

SECTION – B
sin θ
1. Prove geometrically lim
θ →0 θ
3sin 2 x − 5 x  dy  x
2. Evaluate lim  + 1 =
e
x →0 4 x − tan x  dx 
3. Find the derivative of tanx w.r.to x form the first principle
4. If y = ex ( sinx – cosx ), find dy/dx.
2 + 3sinh x
5. If y = , find dy/dx
3 + 2 cosh x
6. If xcoy + ysin(x/y) = k find dy/dx.
7. Find dy/dx if x = a(cosθ + θ ) and y = a ( 1 – sinθ )
8. If y = sinx cosx, find dy/dx.
9. Find the equations of tangent and normal to the curve y2 = 9x at ( 1, - 3 )
10. Find the maximum and minimum value of the fuction 2x3 - 12 x2 + 18x + 5.

SECTION – C

1. Evaluate ∫ sin 3 x dx

dx
2. Evaluate ∫x 2
− 6 x + 13

∫x
2
3. Evaluate sin x dx

2x + 3
4. Evaluate ∫ 8 − 2 x − x2
dx

π
2

∫ cos
3
5. Evaluate x dx
0

Applied Mathematics – II Page 10 of 11

 6. Evaluate ∫ x.log x dx
x4
7. Evaluate ∫ x 2 + 1 dx
8. find the area bounded by the curve y = 4x – x2 – 3 and x-axis.

SECTION – D
Solve the following equations;

1.sec2x tany dx + sec2y tanx dy= 0

2. y (1 + x) dx + x (1 + y) dy = 0
3. (y3 – 3x2y ) dx – (x3 – 3xy2 ) dy = 0
4. ( 3y – 7x + 7 ) dx + ( 7y – 3x + 3 ) dy = 0
5. ( 2x + y + 1 ) dx + ( x + 2y + 1 ) dy = 0
 dy  x
6. ey  + 1 =
e
 dx 

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0

Applied Mathematics – II Page 11 of 11

 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject: Yarn Manufacture - I

Contact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact Hrs / Semester = 64

Sl.no Chapters Hrs

1 Ginning 6
2 Bale openers 8
3 Opening and cleaning 16
4 Scutcher 8
5 carding 12
6 Drawing 8
Tests & Revision 6
64

Details of contents

1 Ginning
1.1 objectives
1.2 working of roller gin
1.3 working of Macarthy gin
1.4 working of saw gin
2 Bale openers
2.1 Mixing and blending, objectives, types of mixing, Types of blending
2.2 Mixing bale opener
2.3 Unimix
2.4 automixer,Multi Mixer
3 Opening and cleaning
3.1 Opening and cleaning - objectives and principles
3.2 Step Cleaners and micro dust extractors
3.3 Unifloc , Blendomat
3.4 Rieters ERM cleaner
3.5 Air jet cleaner
3.6 Mono cylinder
3.7 Axiflow cleaner
3.8 Rieter blow room line
3.9 Trutzlschler CVT blow room line
4 Scutcher
4.1 objectives, passage of material
4.2 feed regulating motion
4.3 autolap doffing system,
4.4 lap defects and remedies
4.5 Calculation of production
4.6 Chute feed system
4.7 Advantages and disadvantages
4.8 Bypass systems and feed regulations
5 Carding
5.1 objectives, passage of material
5.2 function of important parts
5.3 settings, stripping and grinding
5.4 autolevelling
5.5 clothing
5.6 modern developments
5.7 card waste, maintenance schedule
5.8 Nep count
5.9 Production calculations
6 Drawing
6.1 Introduction and objectives
6.2 Drafting systems
6.3 Passage of material through modern draw frame
6.4 Blending
6.5 Modern developments
6.6 Autolevellers
6.7 Calculations

Reference Books
Coulson (Ed)A.F.W. Manual of Cotton Spinning Vol.I to IV , textile Institute,
1 Manachester, 1958
2 Zaloski S, The institute of Textile Technology USA series on textile processing.
Vol I (opening, cleaning and picking)
3 Klein W, Technology of short-staple spinning- vol I ,II, III and IV, Textile Institute
Pub. Manchester, 1989
4 Oxteby, spun yarn technology, Butterworths, London, 1987
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject: Yarn Manufacture - I

Contact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact Hrs / Semester = 64

Hours
General Educational objectives
1 Understand Ginning process
2 Understand Bale openers
3 Understand Opening and cleaning
4 Understand Scutcher
5 Understand carding process
6 Understand drawing process

Specific Instructional Objectives

1 State Ginning objectives

1.1 Explain working of roller gin
1.2 Explain working of Macarthy gin
1.3 Explain working of saw gin
2 Bale openers
2.1 Write a note on Mixing and blending, objectives, types of mixing
2.2 Explain Unimix
2.3 Explainautomixer
3 Opening and cleaning
3.1 state Opening and cleaning - objectives and principles
3.2 write sequence of blow room lines
3.3 Explain Unifloc
3.4 Expalian Rieters ERM cleaner
3.5 Explain Air jet cleaner
3.6 Explain Mono cylinder
3.7 Explain Axiflow cleaner
3.8 Write Rieter blow room line
3.9 Write Trutzlschler CVT blow room line
4 Scutcher
4.1 State objectives,
4.2 Explain passage of material
4.3 Explain feed regulating motion
4.4 Explain autolap doffing system,
4.5 State lap defects and remedies
4.6 Calculate production of scutcher
4.7 Explain Chute feed system
4.8 Advantages and disadvantages
5 Carding
5.1 State objectives,
5.2 Explain passage of material
5.3 State function of important parts
5.4 Explain settings, stripping and grinding
5.5 Explain autolevelling
5.6 Explain clothing
5.7 State modern developments
5.8 Write a note on card waste, maintenance schedule
5.9 Calculate Draft, speeds, draft constant and Production
6 Drawing
6.1 Explain objectives
6.2 Explain Drafting systems
6.3 Explain Passage of material through modern draw frame
6.4 Write about D/F Blending
6.5 State Modern developments
6.6 Explain Autolevellers
6.7 Calculate Draft, speeds, draft constant and Production
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject: Yarn Manufacture - I
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MAXIMUM MARKS-100 DURATION-3HRS

INSTRUCTIONS: 1. Section I is compulsory

2 Answer two full questions ecah from sections II,III,IV
SECTION I

1ai Process of seperation of seed from the cotton is known as -------------- 1x5=5
ii The rnormal lap weight is ---------------
iii Piano feed regulating motion is used in scutcher for ----------- purpose
iv The function of Licker-in in carding is -------------
v Drafting system used in LR Drawframe is ----------------
b Explain the objectives of Blending 5
SECTION II
2a Explain Macharthy gin with a neat sketch 8
b State the differences between Mixing and Blending 4
c State the Imporatance of Blending 3
3a List the difference between Trutzschlers Blendomat and Unimix 4
b Explain the procedure adopted for the selection of fibres for Blending 6
c Define opening and cleaning 5
4a Write the sequence of conventional blow room line 6
b Explain the importance of action of Spikes, Beaters, Aircurrents in opening 6
c List the important opening and cleaning machines 3
SECTION III 7
5a Explain with a neat sketch Automixer 6
b Explain with a neat sketch Air jet cleaner 6
c State the function of condenser 3
6a State the advantages and disadvantages of chute feed system 4
b Write a note on lap defects and remedies 5
c Explain with a neat sketchfeed regulating motion 7
7a State the objectives of carding 6
b Explain with a neat sketch passage of material through card
c State the modern developments in crad 7
SECTION IV 3
8a Calculate the production in kgs of card from the following details for shift of 8hrs
Hank of sliver=0.135; Doffer speed=12rpm;
Diameter of Doffer=27inches; Efficiency=85% 7

b Explain the card waste maintainance schedule in carding 5

c Describe the objectives of drawing 4
9a With a neat sketch explain the passage of material through modern drawframe 7
b Calculate the hank of sliver delivered in drawframe if the hank of sliver fed is 0.135 6
and number of doublings in drawframe is 6. The draft in drawframe is 6.1. 5
c Calculate the actual draft if mechanical draft is 6 and waste% is 0.25 in drawframe
10a Explain with neat sketches different drafting systems used in spinning 8
b Write formula for setting of draft roller based on effective length 3
c Write a note on leaf gauges 4

******
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject: Yarn Manufacture Lab
Contact Hrs / Week: 6 Contact hrs / Semester: 96

Experiment List
1 Study of Unimix
2 Study of automixer
3 Study of Unifloc
4 Study of ERM cleaner
5 Study of Air jet cleaner
6 Study of Mono cylinder
7 Study of Axiflow cleaner
8 Study of Step cleaner
9 Study of various beaters like 2 bladed and 3 bladed beaters etc.,
10 Study of scutcher, regulating motion in scutcher, speed and production calculations
11 Study of passage of material through Card, speed,draft and production calculations
12 Study of passage of material through Drawframe, Draft, speed and production calculation
13 Practice of settings in Card
14 Practice of settings in Draw frame
15 Study of setting of Beaters
16 Study of chute feed system

Scheme of Valuation
1.Gearing/Sketch 25
2.Formula And calculations/Explaination 25
3.Problem 10
4. Identification and functions of parts/Settings 15
5. Viva Voce 20
6. Record 5
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Second Semester
Subject: Yarn Manufacture Lab

Equipment List Specifications

1 Any one Mixer Standard make
2 Unifloc Standard make
3 Two bladed beater Standard make
4 Three balded beater Standard make
5 ERM cleaner Standard make
6 Air jet cleaner Standard make
7 Mono cylinder Standard make
8 Axiflow cleaner Standard make
9 Step Cleaner Standard make
10 Scutcher Standard make
11 Chute feed system Standard make
12 Carding machine Standard make
13 Draw Frame Standard make
 Diploma Course in Textile technology
III semester
Subject Title: Computer aided Engineering Graphics

Contact hrs/ week :6 Contact hrs. /Sem: 96

(2 Slots of 3Hrs each/Week)
Sl. No. Topics
1 Introduction to Engineering Graphics
2 Dimensioning
3 Projection of Points
4 Projection of Lines
5 Projection of Planes
6 Projection of solids
7 Conversion of Isometric View to orthographic views

Subject Contents
1 Introduction to Engineering Graphics
Definition of the drawing-technical drawing
Introduction to computer aided drawing tool bar, tools
Types of lines, conventions, standards
Applications of different types of lines
2 Dimensioning
Definition and importance
Dimensioning components:
Dimension line, extension line, arrow head, leader, dimensional figure, symbol, scale
And units
Systems of dimensioning
Aligned system
unidirectional system
Arrangement of dimensioning
Chain, parallel, progressive, combined, co-ordinate, equal and equidistant…
Dimensioning common features
Circular, fillets, chamfers, rounds, curved surface, spherical, angles, tapers, threads,
and knurls
3 Projection of Points
Four quadrants, principal planes ,profile planes
Projection of points in all the four quadrants
Projection of points- front view, top view and side
views
4 Projection of lines
Projection of line when parallel to both the planes
Projection of line parallel to one plane and perpendicular to other plane
Projection of line inclined to one plane and parallel to
other plane
(Side views for above cases)
Projection of line inclined to the both the planes
5 Projection of planes
Meaning of the planes like square, rectangular, pentagonal, hexagonal, and
Circular
Drawing the three views of the planes in different position using first angle
projection method
Solving the problems using change of position method only

6 Projection of solids
(All problems should be taught considering solids should be resting
on HP)
Projection of cube, triangular prism, square prism, rectangular prism
pentagonal prism, hexagonal prism, pyramids like square, rectangular, pentagonal
and
hexagonal, Cone and cylinder in different positions using first angle projection
method
7 Projection of Isometric View to orthographic views
Projection of orthographic views of solids like prism, pyramid, cube,
cylinder, cone,
Sphere, machine components etc

Scheme of Examination
Scheme of Examination for computer aided Engineering graphics
(Third sem textile department).
Chapter 1 and 2 only for practice and internal assessment and not for examination.
Three questions must be set as per the following pattern

Q NO From Topis Marks Alloted

1 Explain of commonds 20
2 One question from chapter 30
3,4,5. (15 marks for sketch and
solution+15 marks for entry,
execution and results.)
3 One question from chapter 40
6,7. 20marks for sketch and
solution+20 marks for entry,
execution and results.)
4 Record 10

Reference books
1 Elementary engineering drawing : N.D.Bhatt
nd
2 Engineering Graphics - K.R. Gopalakrishna, 32 edition, 2005- Subash Publishers Bangalore.
3.Computer Aided Engineering Drawing - S. Trymbaka Murthy, -I.K. International Publishing
rd
House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 3 revised edition- 2006.

4 Fundamentals of engineeing drawing : R.K. Dhawan

5 Engineering Drawing : I.S. Morries
6 Step by step engineering drawing : Vee Ess
7 Engineering graphics : Verges
8 Engineering drawing by Venugopal
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Third Semester
Subject: FABRIC MANUFACTURING LAB-II

Contact Hrs / Week: 6 hrs Contact Hrs / Semester: 96 hrs

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Dismantling, assembling and setting of 7 wheel take up motion for
normal working.
2 Calculating theoretical and practical dividends of
7 wheel take up motion
3 Dismantling, assembling and setting of 5 wheel take up motion for
normal working.
4 Dismantling, assembling and setting of negative let off motion and
oscillating back rest
for normal working.
5 Dismantling, assembling and setting of loose reed mechanism for
normal working.
6 Dismantling, assembling and setting of fast reed mechanism for
normal working
7 Dismantling, assembling and setting of side weft fork mechanism
for normal working.
8 Dismantling, assembling and setting of centre weft fork
mechanism for normal working.
9 Study of all mechanisms with timing circle.
10 Dismantling, assembling and setting of dobby Looms for normal working
11 Preparation of pattern lattice for dobby to produce different weaves.
12 Dismantling, assembling and setting of box looms.
13 Dismantling, assembling setting of warp let off mechanism for normal
working automatic loom.
14 Dismantling, assembling setting of cop change mechanism for normal
working in automatic loom
15 Dismantling, assembling Setting of warp stop mechanism for normal
working in automatic loom..
17 Preparation of pattern lattice for box motion to produce weft stripes.
18 Dismantling, assembling and setting of Jacquard looms.
19 Study of Passage, mechanisms and features of shuttle less looms.
 Scheme of valuation
Marks
1 Dismantling and assembling of parts. 20
2 Setting. 20
3 Identification of parts. 15
4 Operation of loom/ pegging/
Pattern preparation for box looms. 15
5 Viva voce. 20
6 Record 10

Fabric Manufacturing Lab-II

List of equipments required

Sl.No. Equipment Quantity Specification

1 Plain loom 2 4-8-shaft, Loose reed, centre/side weft
fork, box motion, 5 wheel take up
2 Plain loom 2 2-8 shaft, fast reed, seven wheel take up,
negative let off, side/ centre weft fork,
Box motion
3 Dobby Loom 2 Climax, 8-40 shaft, Negative
4 Dobby loom 2 Cam, positive, 8-40 shaft
5 Jacquard loom 1 Single lift single cylinder, 200 hook,
positive let off
6 Jacquard loom 1 Double lift single cylinder, 400 hook,
positive let off
7 Jacquard loom 1 Double lift Double cylinder, 400 hook,
positive let off
8 Automatic loom 1 Shuttle changing with positive let off,
mechanical warp stop motion
9 Automatic loom 1 Cop changing with positive let off,
electrical warp stop motion
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Third Semester
Subject: FABRIC MANUFACTURING-II
Contact Hrs / Week: 04 hrs Contact Hrs / Semester: 64 hrs
Chapter no. contents No. of Hrs Marks

Unit-I 40
1. Secondary motions 6
2. Auxiliary motions 7
Unit-II 30
3. Dobby Shedding 5
4. Jacquard Shedding 6
Unit-III 30

5. Automatic looms 5
6. Multiple box looms 5

Unit-IV 20
7. shuttle less looms 2
8. Air jet loom 4
9. Water jet loom. 4
Unit-V 25

10. Projectile looms 4

11. Rapier looms 3
12. Fabric defects 3
Industry innovations.
(Seminars, guest lectures, workshops, conferences, visits related to weaving)
6

Tests and revision 4

Total 64 Hrs
Reference Books:
1. Principles of weaving- Robinson and Marks
2. Cotton yarn weaving- ATA Publication
3. Weaving mechanism- Fox
4. Weaving mechanism- Chakravarthy
5. Fabric forming- keshavan and Hasmukroy
6. Modern yarn production and weaving machinery- Ormerod
7. Automatic looms- Tablet by TAI
8. Weaving mechanism- M.K.Talukdar, Mahajan publisher
9. Plain weaving motion-K.T. Aswani

1
 GENERAL EDUCACIONAL OBJECTIVES.
Unit-I
1. Understand Secondary motions.
2. Understand Auxiliary motions.
Unit-II
3. Understand Dobby shedding.
4. Understand Jacquard shedding.
Unit-III
5. Understand Automatic looms
6. Understand multiple box looms
Unit-IV
7. Shuttle less looms.
8. Understand Air jet loom.
9. Understand Water jet loom.
Unit-V

10. Understand Projectile loom.

11. Understand Rapier loom.
12. Understand Fabric defects

Specific instructional objectives:

Unit-I
1 Secondary Motions and Auxiliary Motions of Power Looms
1.1 Let off Motion -
1.1.1 List the objects, name the types of let off motions, conditions of good
let off
1.1.2 Explain Negative let off motion
1.1.3 Explain Bartlett let off motion
1.2 Take up Motion
1.2.1 List the objects,
1.2.2 Classification of take up
1.2.3 Explain seven wheel take up motion
1.2.4 Explain the worm and worm wheel take up motion
1.2.5 Brief note on the Anti-crack motion or crack preventors
2 Auxiliary Motions
2.1 Warp protector motion
2.1.1 State objects
2.1.2 Explain the working of loose reed motion
2.1.3 Explain the working of Fast reed mechanism
2.1.4 Describe Shuttle trap in shed
2.1.5 State problems associated with fast reed mechanism
2.2 Weft stop motion
2.2.1 Explain side weft fork and centre weft fork motions

2
 Unit-II
3 Dobby Shedding
3.1 What is dobby shedding?
3.2 Comparison with tappet shedding
3.3 Write the classification of dobby
3.4 Explain the Working of climax dobby and Cam dobby
3.5 Briefly explain Electronic dobby
3.6 Explain Pegging for dobby weaving

4. Jacquard Shedding
4.1 Explain the Principle of Jacquard shedding
4.2 Name the Classification of Jacquards
4.3 Explain the Working of Single lift single cylinder, double lift single
cylinder, double lift double cylinder Jacquard.
4.4 State the types of Harness tie-ups
4.5 Describe straight over and centre tie-ups

Unit-III
5 Automatic Looms
5.1 State the features
5.2 Explain the Weft feeler mechanism
5.3 List diff types of warp stop motions.
5.4 Explain the electrical Warp stop motion.
5.5 Briefly explain about drop pins.
5.6 Know about mechanical warp stop motion.
5.7 Explain Shuttle protector motion
5.8 Explain Automatic Cop changing motion
6 Multiple box Motions
6.1 State the features
6.2 write the classification
6.3 Explain box arrangements
6.4 write a note on weft mixing
6.5 Explain pick at will (4x4 box) motion
6.6 Explain Eccle's drop box motion
6.7 Briefly explain card saving device
6.8 Explain preparation of pattern lag
Unit-IV
7 Shuttless Looms
7.1 Introduction, Comparison with shuttle looms
7.2 Define Weft insertion rate

3
7.3 Explain Weft storage devices in coil and loop form.
7.4 Explain types of Selvedges on shuttless looms
8 Air jet loom
8.1 State the features of air jet loom.
8.2 Explain weft insertion.
8.3 Briefly explain about confusor system.
8.4 Explain about profile reed in air jet loom.
9 Water Jet loom
9.1 State the features/limitations of water jet loom.
9.2 Explain Weft Insertion mechanism

Unit-V

10 Projectile loom
10.1 Weft supply packages.
10.2 Explain Weft insertion stages.
10.4 Brief note on torsion bar picking.

11 Rapier loom
11.1 Classification of rapier loom.
11.2 Weft insertion in rapier loom-Dewas and Gabler methods.
11.3 Write a note on Flexible and Rigid rapier.
12 Fabric defects
12.1 List the Warp defects and state the causes & remedies.
12.2 List the Weft defects and state the causes and remedies.

Model question paper-1

Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Third Semester
Subject: FABRIC MANUFACTURING-II

Duration: 3 hrs Max Marks: 100

Note: 1) Section I is compulsory

2) Answer two full questions each from sections II, III, IV
Section-I
Q.1 a) i) ------ is auxiliary motion of a loom.
ii) ------- is the dead weight used in jacquard loom.
iii) Profile reed is found in ------- loom.
iv) Torsion bar picking is related to ------loom.

4
 v) Side weft fork motion works for ------ picks. 1x5=5

b) Write short notes on fabric defects. 5

Section-II
Q.2 a) Define secondary motions of loom. 2
b) With neat diagram explain negative let off motion. 8
c) Write a short note on anticrack motion. 5
Q.3 a) Give the classification of take up motion. 5
b) What you mean by warp protector motion? Why is it required? 3
c) Briefly explain the working of loose reed motion. 7
Q.4 a) with neat sketch explain side weft fork motion. 8
b) What is the importance of weft stop motion? 2
c) Compare tappet shedding with dobby shedding. 5
Section-III

Q.5 a) With a neat diagram explain climax dobby. 8

b) Write the classification of dobbies. 2
c) Write a short note on harness tie-up. 5
Q.6 a) Draw the diagram of double lift double cylinder jacquard and explain. 8
b) Name the various types of jacquards. 2
c) State the features of automatic looms. 5
Q.7 a) With neat diagram explain mechanical weft feeler motion. 8
b) List any two types of warp stop motions. 2
c) Briefly explain drop box and circular box arrangements. 5

Section-IV

Q.8 a) With sketch explain the working of 4x4 box loom. 8

b) Give the classification of multiple box looms. 2
c) Compare shuttle loom with shuttleless looms. 5
Q.9 a) With diagram explain weft insertion in air jet loom. 8
b) List the various features of water jet loom. 7
Q.10 a) Explain the weft insertion stages in projectile loom. 8
b) Briefly explain weft supply package of shuttleless loom. 2
c) Explain weft insertion in Dewas system. 5

5
 Model question paper-2
Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Third Semester
Subject: FABRIC MANUFACTURING-II

Duration: 3 hrs Max Marks: 100

Note: 1) Section I is compulsory

2) Answer two full questions each from sections II, III, IV

Section-I

Q1. a)
i) Torsion bar picking is found in ------- loom.
ii) Sized yarn can not be used in ------ loom.
iii) Check patterns can be produced in ----- loom.
iv) -------- is the secondary motion of loom.
v) The maximum capacity of dobby is ---- heald shafts. 1x5=5
Section-II
b) Write short note on anti crack motion. 5
Q.2 a) With neat diagram explain positive let off motion. 8
b) Define let off and take up motions. 2
c) What are the conditions for good let off motion? 5
Q.3 a) With neat diagram explain worm and worm wheel take up. 8
b) Give the classification of take up motions. 4
c) List the objects of take up motion. 3
Q.4 a) What is dobby? What is its importance? 4
b) With line diagram explain the working of cam dobby. 8
c) Write a short note on electronic dobby. 3
Section-III
Q. 5 a) Give the classification of jacquards. 2
b) With neat sketch explain single lift single cylinder jacquard. 8
c) What are the different parts in harness tie ups? What are the functions? 5
Q. 6 a) What are the properties of automatic loom over ordinary loom? 5
b) With neat sketch explain electrical warp stop motion. 8
c) Why shuttle protector motion is required? 2
Q. 7 a) What are the features of multiple box looms. 4
b) With neat sketch explain weft mixing motion. 8
c) Give the classification of multiple box looms. 3
Section-IV
Q 8 a) With neat sketch explain weft insertion in air jet loom. 6
b) List diff. selvedges in shuttle less loom and explain any one. 5
c) State the features of water jet loom. 4
Q.9 a) Write a short notes on confusor system. 5

6
 b) with line diagram explain how weft is inserted in projectile loom. 8
c) What are the features of projectile loom? 2
Q 10. a) How the weft is inserted in Gabler system of rapier? 6
b) Write a note on rigid and flexible rapier. 5
c) List any four warp defects of fabric. Write causes and remedies. 4

7
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Third Semester
Subject: Fabric Analysis and Design Practice-I

Contact Hrs / Week:06

Contact Hrs / Semester:96

LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES

1 Analysis of plain fabric

2 Analysis of matt weave fabric
3 Analysis of plain rib fabrics
4 Analysis of simple twill fabric
5 Analysis of pointed twill fabric
6 Analysis of herring bone fabric
7 Analysis of diaper design fabric
8 Analysis of diamond weave fabric
9 Analysis of satin and sateen weave fabric
10 Analysis of honeycomb fabric
11 Analysis of huckaback fabric
12 Analysis of mock leno fabric
13 Analysis of crepe fabric
14 Analysis of bed ford cord and piques fabrics
15 Analysis of distorted thread fabric
16 Painting practice related to
a Color circles
b Stripes and checks
c Basis of figuring

Sl. No. Scheme of Valuation Marks

1 Fabric analysis 30
2 Designing practice 30
3 Identification of fabrics 10
4 Viva-voce 20
5 Record 10
Total 100
Equipment and consumables

Sl. Equipment Name Specifications

No.
1 Beesley balance Standard
2 Electronic balance Range-0 to 1000 gms
3 Counting lens 1 inch
4 Cutting template 10x10cm
5 Scissors standard
6 Measuring scales 1-2 mtrs

Fabrics
1 Plain fabrics Requirement is based on
2 Twill fabrics Number of students
3 Pointed twills
4 Herring bone twills
5 Diamond twills
6 Sateen/satin fabrics
7 Huckaback fabrics
8 Honey comb fabrics
9 Mock leno fabrics
10 Crepe fabrics
11 Bed ford and pique fabrics
12 Distorted thread fabrics
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Third Semester
Subject: Fabric Structure and Applied Design-I

Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact Hrs / Semester:64

Chapter No. Contents No. of Hrs. Marks

Unit-I 35
1 Introduction 1
2 Elements of fabric structure 4
3 Weave and its representation 2
4 Plain weaves 3
5 Plain weave derivatives 2

Unit-II 40
1 Twill weaves 4
2 Modified twills 4
3 Twist and twill interaction 2
4 Satin and sateen weaves 3

Unit-III 20

5 Honey comb weaves 2

6 Mock leno weaves 1
7 Huck-a-back weaves 2
8 Distorted thread effect 2

Unit-IV 20
1 Crepe weaves 4
2 Bed ford cord weaves 2
3 Piques 4

Unit-V 30

1 Theory of color 6
2 Color & weave effects 2
3 Arrangement of figures 4
4 Industry innovations 6
5 Tests and Revisions 4

Total 64
Details of Contents
Chapter No. Contents

Unit-I
1 Introduction to fabric structure
2 Elements of fabric structure
2.1 Thread set
2.2 Yarn count
2.3 Yarn crimp
2.4 Fabric weight
2.5 Cover factor
2.6 Yarn twist
2.7 Weave
3 Weave and its representation
3.1 Definition
3.2 Methods of representation
3.3 Elements of representation
3.3.1 Repeat
3.3.2 Draft, different drafts
3.3.3 Lifting plan
3.3.4 Denting plan
3.3.5 Weave plan
4 Plain weave
4.1 Characteristics
4.2 properties of plain fabrics
4.3 Study of commercial plain fabrics
4.4 Weave plan of plain weave
4.5 Ornamentation of plain fabrics
5 Plain weave derivatives

Unit-II
1 Twill weaves
1.1 Characteristics
1.2 Classification of twills
1.4 Balanced twills- features, construction of weave plan
1.5 unbalanced twills- features, construction of weave plan
1.6 Modified twills
1.6.1 Pointed twills-features, construction of weave plan
1.6.2 Herring bone twills- features, construction of weave plan
1.6.3 Diamond weaves- features, construction of weave plan
1.6.4 Diaper weaves- features, construction of weave plan
1.6.5 Elongated and steep twills- features, construction of
Weave plan
1.6.6 Corkscrew twills- features, construction of weave plan
1.6.7 End and end and pick and pick twills- features,
 construction of weave plan
1.6.8 Some commercial twill fabrics
1.7 Twist & Twill interaction
1.8 End uses of twill fabrics
2 Satin and Sateen Weaves
2.1 Sateen weaves- features, Rules, construction of
Weave plan
2.2 Satin weaves- features, Rules, construction of
Weave plan
2.3 Irregular sateen and satins
2.3.1 Designs
2.3.2 End uses

Unit-III

1 Huck-a back
1.1 Characteristics
1.1.1 Designs
1.1.2 Devon Huck- a-back
2 Mock leno
2.1 Characteristics
2.2 Design
3 Honey comb
3.1 Ordinary Honey comb
3.1.1 Characteristics
3.1.2 Design
3.1.3 End uses
3.2 Brighton honey comb
3.2.1 Characteristics
3.2.2 Design
4 Distorted thread effect
12.1 Features
12.2 Designs
12.3 Applications

Unit-IV

1 Crepe weaves
1.1 Characteristics
1.2 Method of construction on different basis
1.3 Mass crepe weave- features
1.4 End uses
2 Bed ford card weaves
2.1 Plain face bed ford cord weaves
2.2 Wadded bed ford cords
2.3 Applications
3 Piques
3.1 Ordinary Piques
3.2 Wadded piques
3.3 Applications

Unit-V
1 Theory of colour
1.1 Physical basis of color
1.1 Light theory
1.1.1 Primary colors, secondary colors, tertiary colors
1.1.2 Chromatic circle
1.2 Pigment theory
1.2.1 Primary colors, secondary colors, tertiary colors
1.2.2 Brewster color circle
1.3 Attributes of color
1.4 Modifications of color
2 Color & weave effects
2.1 Stripes
2.2 Dogs tooth
3.3 Bird eye
3.4 Step pattern
3.5 shepherd checks
3.6 Hounds tooth
4 Arrangement of figures
4.1 unit repeat
4.2 Drop principle
4.3 Satin
4.4 Ogee
5.5 Diamond

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Watson's Textile design and color - Grociski.
2 Watson's Advanced textile design - Grociski
3 Own cloth construction - Robinson and Marks
4 Grammar of Textile design- Nisbeth
General Educational Objectives:
Unit-I
1 Understand Introduction
2 Understand Elements of fabric structure
3 Understand Weave and its representation
4 Understand Plain weaves
5 Understand Plain weave derivatives
Unit-II
1 Understand Twill weaves
2 Understand Modified twills
3 Understand Twist and twill interaction
4 Understand Satin and sateen weaves
Unit-III
5 Understand Honey comb weaves
6 Understand Mock leno weaves
8 Understand Distorted thread effect
Unit-IV
1 Understand Crepe weaves
2 Understand Bed ford cord weaves
3 Understand Piques
Unit-V
1 Understand Theory of color
2 Understand Color and weave effects
3 Understand Arrangement of figures

Specific Objectives:
Unit-I
1 Explain Introduction to fabric structure
2 Explain Elements of fabric structure
2.1 Explain the Thread set
2.2 Explain the Yarn count
2.3 Explain the Yarn crimp
2.4 Explain the Fabric weight, Light , Medium, Heavy weight
fabrics
2.5 Explain the Cover factor
2.6 Explain the Weave
3 Explain the Weave and its representation
3.1 Write the Definition
3.2 Write the Methods of representation
3.3 Explain the Elements of representation
3.3.1 Explain Repeat
3.3.2 Explain Draft
3.3.3 Explain Peg plan
3.3.4 Explain Denting plan
3.3.5 Explain Weaving plan
4 Explain Plain weave
4.1 write Characteristics
4.2 Explain properties of plain fabrics
4.3 write the particulars of commercial plain fabrics; Poplin, Casement,
Cotton sheeting, Cotton Duck, Cotton Canvas, Cotton Typewriter ribbon
fabric & Cotton cloth for electrical insulation.
4.4 Explain Weave plan of plain weave
4.5 Explain Ornamentation of plain fabrics; Cockled, Blistered, Seersucker
effects.

Unit-II

1 Twill weaves
1.1 Explain the Characteristics
1.2 write the Classification of twills
1.4 Explain Balanced twills- features, construction of weave plan
1.5 Explain unbalanced twills- features, construction of weave plan
1.6 Modified twills
1.6.1 Explain Pointed twills-features, construction of weave plan
1.6.2 Explain Herring bone twills- features, construction of weave plan
1.6.3 Explain Diamond weaves- features, construction of weave plan
1.6.4 Explain Diaper weaves- features, construction of weave plan
1.6.5 Explain Elongated and steep twills- features, construction of
Weave plan
1.6.6 Explain Corkscrew twills- features, construction of weave plan
1.6.7 Explain End and end and pick and pick twills- features,
construction of weave plan
1.6.8 State particulars of Some commercial twill fabrics : Jean ,Denim,
Gaberdine
1.7 Explain Twist & Twill interaction
1.8 State End uses of twill fabrics
2 Satin and Sateen Weaves
2.1 Explain Sateen weaves- features, Rules, construction of
Weave plan
2.2 Explain Satin weaves- features, Rules, construction of
Weave plan
2.3 Irregular sateen and satins
2.3.1 Construct the Designs
2.3.2 state end uses

Unit-III

1 Huck-a back
1.1 State Characteristics
1.1.1 Construct the Designs
1.1.2 Devon Huck- a-back
2 Mock leno
2.1 State Characteristics
2.2 construct the Design
3 Honey comb
3.1 Ordinary Honey comb
3.1.1 State Characteristics
3.1.2 Construct the Design
3.1.3 State End uses
3.2 Brighton honey comb
3.2.1 State Characteristics
3.2.2 Construct the Design
4 Distorted thread effect
12.1 state Features
12.2 Construct the designs
12.3 State applications

Unit-IV

1 Crepe weaves
1.1 State Characteristics
1.2 Explain Method of construction on different basis
1.3 Briefly explain Mass crepe weave- features,
1.4 State end uses
2 Bed ford card weaves
2.1 Plain face bed ford cord weaves
2.1.1 State features
2.1.2 Construct the design
2.2 Wadded bed ford cords
2.2.1 State features
2.2.2 Construct the design
2.3 State the end uses of bed ford cord fabrics
3 Piques
3.1 Ordinary Piques
3.1.1 State features
3.1.2 Construct the design
3.2 Wadded pique State features
3.2.2 Construct the designs
3.3 State the applications

Unit-V
1 Theory of color
1.1 Explain the Physical basis of color
1.1 Light theory
1.1.1 State Primary colors, secondary colors, tertiary colors
1.1.2 Explain Chromatic circle
1.2 Pigment theory
1.2.1 State the Primary colors, secondary colors, tertiary colors
1.2.2 Explain the Brewster color circle
1.3 Explain Attributes of color
1.4 Explain Modifications of color
2 Color & weave effects
2.1 Explain Stripes
2.2 Explain Dogs tooth
3.3 Explain Bird eye
3.4 Explain Step pattern
3.5 Explain shepherd checks
3.6 Explain Hounds tooth
4 Arrangement of figures
4.1 Explain unit repeat
4.2 Explain Drop principle
4.3 Explain Satin principle
4.4 Explain Ogee
5.5 Explain Diamond

Model Question Paper

Department of Technical Education

Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Third Semester
Subject: Fabric structure and applied Design
Duration: 3 hrs Max Marks: 100

Note: 1) Section I is compulsory

2) Answer two full questions each from sections II, III, IV
Section-I Marks
1. a) i) __________weave gives highest tensile strength. 1x5=5
ii) Pointed twill produces_________ draft
iii) Sateen weave produces __________ surface
iv) Green is primary color in ________ theory
v) In piques cords run in _________ direction.

b) Briefly explain arrangement of figures 5

Section-II
2. a) What are basic weaves? 2
b) Explain elements of fabric structure 8
c) Explain different types of drafts 5
3 a) State the features of plain weave.
b) Construct the design for fancy matt with draft and lifting plan
c) Construct the design for warp rib with draft and lifting plan
4 a) State the features of twill weave
b) Construct the design for 2/2 twill with draft and lifting plan
c) Construct the design for 2/2 Pointed twill with draft and lifting plan
Section-III

5 a) Construct the design for 2/2 Diamond weave with draft and lifting plan
b) Construct the design for Herring bone twill with draft and lifting plan
6 a) Construct the design for 6 end satin.
b) Construct the design for 8 end sateen.
7 a) State the characteristics of Huck a back weave
b) Construct the design for 10x6 huck-a-back weave with draft and lifting plan
c) Construct the design for Mock leno weave with draft and lifting plan
Section-III

8 a) what are mock leno and honey comb weaves?

b) Construct a design for satin based crepe weave
c) What is crepe weave?
9 a) Construct a wadded bed ford cord design with draft and peg plan
b) What is the physical basis of color
10 a) State Primary colors in light theory
b) Explain the Brewster color circle
c) Write design of dogs tooth.
************
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Third Semester
Subject: YARN MANUFACTURE LAB-II

Contact Hrs / Week:06 Contact Hrs / Semester:96

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1 Study of sliver lap machine

2 Study of Ribbon lap machine
3 Passage of material through comber
4 Calculations of speeds of important parts of comber
5 Draft and production calculations of comber
6 Passage of material through Roving frame
7 Calculations of speeds of important parts of flyer frame
8 Draft, twist and production calculations of flyer frame
9 Study of building motion in Roving frame
10 Passage of material through Ring frame (R/F)
11 Calculations of speeds, draft, twist and production in R/F
12 Study of building motion in R/F
13 Study of Two for one twister
14 Study of Uni spinner
15 Study of rotor spinning machine w.r.t passage of material and
Calculations.
16 Important settings in comber
15 Important settings in ring frame

Scheme of valuation for practical

Yarn manufacturing lab-II Marks

1 Gearing diagram/ sketch of Passage of material 20

2 Tabulation and calculation/ Description 30
3 Identification of parts 20
4 Viva voce 20
5 Record 10
 List of Equipments

Sl. No. Equipment Specifications

1 sliver lap machine Lab Model
2 Ribbon lap machine Lab Model
3 Comber Lab Model
4 Roving frame Lab Model
5 Ring Frame Lab Model
6 Two for one twister Lab Model
7 Uni spinner Lab Model
8 Rotor spinning machine Lab Model
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Third Semester
Subject: Yarn Manufacturing - II

Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact Hrs / Semester:64

No. Contents No. of Hrs. Marks

Unit-I
1 Combing process 10 27

Unit-II
1 Roving Frame 10 25

Unit-III
1 Ring Frame 14 38

Unit-IV 25
1 Doubling process 2
2 TFO 2
3 Rotor spinning 6

Unit-V 30
1 Friction spinning 3
2 Air jet spinning 3
3 Twist less spinning 1
4 Self-twist spinning 1
5 Siro spinning 1
6 Comparison of different yarns 1
Tests and revision 4
Industry Innovations 6

Total 64

Details of Contents

Unit-I
1 Combing process
1.1 Combing preparatory process
1.2 Comber
1.3 Modern developments
1.4 Calculations
 Unit-II
1 Roving Frame
1.1 Objects
1.2 Passage of material through speed frame
1.3 Function of important parts of machine
1.4 Mechanisms involved
1.5 Modern developments
1.6 Calculations
Unit-III
1 Ring spinning
1.1 Objects
1.2 Passage of material through Ring frame
1.3 Function of important parts of machine
1.4 Modern drafting systems on ring frame
1.5 Rings and travelers
1.6 Twisting and winding
1.7 Automation in ring frame
1.8 Quality control
1.9 Production of fancy yarns
1.10 Design and function of spindle
1.8 Calculations

Unit-IV
1 Doubling process
1.1 Objects
1.2 Passage of material through ring doubler
1.3 Styles of doubling
2 TFO
2.1 Objects
2.2 Principle of working of machine
2.3 Passage of material through the machine
2.4 Function of important parts of machine
3 Rotor spinning
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Principle of operation
3.3 Passage of material through rotor spinning machine
3.4 Study of Rotor design
3.5 Properties of rotor spun yarn
3.6 Advantages and Disadvantages of rotor spun yarn
3.7 Effect of rotor speed, rotor diameter, and groove angle
3.8 Modern developments
3.10 Calculations
Unit-V
1 Friction spinning
1.1 Principles of operation
1.2 Deferent types of friction spinning machines
1.3 Fibre characteristics for friction spinning technology
1.4 Properties of friction spun yarns
2 Air jet spinning
2.1 Principles of operation
2.2 Passage of material through air jet spinning machine
2.3 Fibre characteristics for air jet spinning technology
2.4 Characteristics of air jet spun yarns
3 Twist less spinning
3.1 Principle of operation
3.2 Passage of material through the machine
3.3 Function of important parts
4 Self twist spinning
4.1 Principle of operation
4.2 Passage of material through the machine
4.3 Function of important parts
5 Siro spinning
5.1 Principle of operation
5.2 Passage of material through the machine
5.3 Function of important parts
6 Comparison of properties of different types of spun yarns

REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Manual of cotton spinning - Vol. III - V Textile institute,
Manchester (1979)
2. Essential facts of practical cotton spinning - T.K. Pattabhiraman
Mahajan brothers, Ahmedabad
3. Short staple spinning Vol I to V, W. Klien, Textile institute (1993)
4. Recent development in yarn production - K.R. Salhotra, Textile
Association, Bombay (1993)
5. Tablets on ring frame - TAI Publication, Series editor,
TV Ananthan (1987)
6. Spinning in 90's - P.R. Lord, Buttersworths, Manchester (1991)

General Educational objectives

Unit-I
1 Understand Combing process
Unit-II
1 Understand Study of Roving Frame
Unit-III
1 Understand Ring Frame
Unit-IV
1 Understand Doubling process
2 Understand TFO
 3 Understand Rotor spinning
Unit-V
1 Understand Friction spinning
2 Understand Air jet spinning
3 Understand Twistless spinning
4 Understand Self-twist spinning
5 Understand Siro spinning
6 Study of Comparison of different yarns spun on different sspinning
Systems

Specific instructional objectives

Unit-I
1 Combing process
1.1 combing preparatory process
1.1.1 Explain the need for lap preparation
1.1.2 Why even preparatory machines are used?
1.1.3 Explain Sliver lap machine
1.1.4 Explain Ribbon lap machine
1.1.5 Explain Super lap former
1.2 Comber
1.2.1 List the objects
1.2.2 Discuss the importance of combing
1.2.3 Describe the combing cycle w.r.t index wheel
1.2.4 Explain the types of feed, degree of combing, and timing.
1.2.5 Explain passage of material, features of Nasmith comber
1.2.6 Explain the modern developments in comber.
1.2.7 Solve the problems on the production and draft calculations

Unit-II

1 Roving Frame
1.1 List the objects
1.2 Explain passage of material through speed frame
1.3 Discuss the function of important parts of machine
1.4 Explain the Building and differential Mechanisms
1.4.1 Explain the drafting systems.
1.4.2 Explain the twisting and winding principles
1.4.3 Explain Package formation
1.5 State modern developments
1.6 Compare flyer lead and bobbin lead
1.7 Explain creels, drafting system and flyers
1.6 Solve the problems on Production and draft calculations
Unit-II
1 Ring spinning
1.1 List the Objects
1.2 Explain Passage of material through Ring frame
1.3 Explain the Function of important parts of machine
1.4 Explain Modern drafting systems on ring frame
1.5 Explain top roller weighting systems.
1.6 Explain top roller covering and mounting
1.7 Explain roller setting and spinning triangle.
1.8 Explain cots and aprons
1.9 Explain Rings and travelers
1.10 Explain the functions of the above
1.11 List the types of rings and travellers
1.12 Explain the traveler number
1.13 Explain Twisting and winding
1.14 Explain the building motion
1.15 Explain the balloon control in ring frame
1.16 State the causes and remedies of end breaks
1.17 Explain Automation in ring frame
1.18 Briefly explain the monitoring, piecing, Ring data, auto doffing.
1.19 Explain quality control in ring frame
1.20 Explain the design aspects and function of spindle
1.21 Solve problems on Production and draft calculations

Unit-III
1 Doubling process
1.1 List the objects
1.2 Explain the passage of material through the ring doubling machine
2 TFO
2.1 State the Objects
2.2 State the principle of working
2.3 Explain the passage of material through the machine
2.4 Explain the function of important parts of machine
3 Rotor spinning
4.1 State the objects
4.2 Explain the Principle of operation
4.3 Explain passage of material through rotor spinning machine.
4.4 Explain Rotor design and function
4.5 State properties of rotor spun yarn
4.6 State advantages and disadvantages of rotor spinning
4.7 Discuss the effect of rotor speed, rotor diameter, and groove angle
on yarn properties
4.8 State Modern developments
4.9 Solve the problems on production, draft and twist

Unit-V
1 Friction spinning
1.1 Explain Principles of operation
1.2 Explain DREF-I AND DREF-II friction spinning machines
1.3 State Fibre characteristics for friction spinning technology
1.4 List Properties of friction spun yarns
2 Air jet spinning
2.1 Explain Principles of operation
2.2 Explain the passage of material through air jet spinning machine.
2.4 Describe Fibre characteristics for air jet spinning technology
2.5 State properties of air jet spun yarns
3 Twistless spinning
3.1 Explain Principle of operation
3.2 Explain Passage of material through the machine
3.3 Explain Function of important parts
4 Self twist spinning
4.1 Explain Principle of operation
4.2 Explain Passage of material through the machine
4.3 Explain Function of important parts
5 Siro spinning
5.1 Explain Principle of operation
5.2 Explain Passage of material through the machine
5.3 Explain Function of important parts
6 Compare properties of different types of spun yarns

Model Question Paper - 1

Subject: Yarn Manufacturing - II

Note: Answer part-A and two full questions from each of the remaining parts.

Section-I
1a i) ______________ hooks are presented to comber. 5
ii) Flyer is used in _________________ machine
iii) The Twist factor is given by_____________
iv) The function of TFO is _____________
v) The opening roller is used in_______ spinning machine
b. What are the limitations of ring spinning 5

Section-II
2 a. Discuss the need for preparatory process for comber. 5
b. Explain with a neat sketch super lap former 9
3 a. Explain the combing cycle in detail 9
b. What is fractionating efficiency? 3
c. State the functions of flyer frame 3
4 a. Explain the building motion in flyer frame 9
b. compare flyer lead and bobbin lead 4
c. What is flyer? 2
 Section-III
5 a. State the Objects of ring frame 2
b. Calculate the production of R/F for shift of 8 hours from the following. 8
TM = 4
Spindle speed = 14000
Count of yarn = 40s
No. of spindles = 480
Efficiency = 90 %
c. Write a note on overhanging mechanism in R/F 5
6 a. Explain with neat sketches different types of rings 8
b. Explain with a neat sketches different travelers 7
7 a. Explain Quality control in ring frame 7
b. With a neat sketch explain passage of material through TFO. 8
Section-IV
8 a. state the objects of doubling
b. Explain the passage of material through rotor spinning machine. 8
c State the advantages of rotor spinning 5
9 a. Explain with a neat sketch, the DREF-II system. 8
b. State the properties of DREF yarns 5
c What are the advantages and disadvantages of friction spinning 3
10 a. Explain with neat sketch Murata air jet spinning system. 8
b. Compare the yarns produced on different spinning systems. 7
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fourth Semester
Subject: Chemical Processing of Textiles Lab- I

Contact Hrs / Week:06 Contact Hrs / Semester:96

LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES

1 Desizing of Cotton fabrics

2 Scouring of Cellulosics.
3 Scouring of wool.
4 Degumming of silk.
5 Bleaching of cellulosic fabrics by Hypochlorite.
6 Bleaching of Cellulosic fabrics with hydrogen peroxide.
7 Bleaching of Protein fibres.
8 Dyeing of Cellulosic and protein fibres with direct dyes.
9 Dyeing of Cellulosic and protein fibres with basic dyes.
10 Dyeing of cotton with vat dyes - 4 methods.
11 Dyeing of cotton with sulphur dyes.
12 Dyeing of Protein fibres and synthetic fibres with acid dyes.
13 Dyeing of Protein fibres with metal complex dyes.
14 Dyeing of Cellulosic and protein and Synthetics with reactive dyes.

Scheme of valuation for practical

Marks
1 Wet processing of two samples
(One sample should be Yarn/Fibre
and another sample should be fabric)
a. Procedure 10
b. Recipe of Chemicals 10
c. Calculations 10
d. Experiment 40
2 Viva-voce 20
3 Record 10
Total 100
 Equipment and consumables List

Sl.No Equipment Name Quant. in no. Specifications

1. Water baths 4 Standard
2. Electronic balance 4 Standard
3. Distillation plant 2 Standard
4. Ph-meter 2 Standard
5. Thermometer 10 Standard
6. Tumble dryer 1 Standard
7. Beaker dyeing machine 1 Standard
8. HTHP Dyeing machine 2 Standard
10. Spectrophotometer 1 Standard
11. Hot plate heater 1 Standard
12. Soxhlet apparatus 1 Standard
Total 29

Consumables
Materials Chemicals
1.Raw Cotton Hanks 1.Na 2 CO 3
2.Scoured cotton hanks 2.NaOH
3.Bleached cotton hanks 3.Nacl
4.Raw wool 4.H 2 O 2
5.Bleached wool hanks 5.Hydrose
6.Raw silk hanks 6.Sodium hydrosulphide
7.Bleached Silk hanks 7.H 2 SO 4
8.Polyester hanks 8.HCl
9.Viscose hanks 9.Ammonia
10.Nylon hanks 10.Glabour salt
11. Acetate rayon 11.Pottassium Dichromate
12.Formic acid
13.Acetic acid
14.Soap
15.Tannic acid
16.Tartaric acid
17.Diphenopthalene solution
18.Dye powders like Direct, Acid,
Basic,Reactive,Vat, Sulphur, Azoic
etc.
(Requirement is based on number of students.)
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fourth Semester
Subject: Chemical processing of Textiles-I
Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact Hrs / Semester:64

Chapter No. Contents No. of Hrs. Marks

Unit-I 12 30
1 Water and water Purification
2 Preparatory process
3 Singeing
4 Desizing

Unit-II 12 35
1 Scouring
2 Bleaching
3 Mercerisation

Unit-III 10 30

1 Theory of dyeing
2 Basic /cationic dyes
3 Acid Dyes
4 Direct dyes

Unit-IV 10 25
1 Metal complex dyes
2 Azoic Dyes
3. Vat dyes
4 Sulphur dyes

Unit-V 10 25
1 Reactive dyes
2 Dyeing machines
3 Quality Control
Industry Innovations 6
Test and Revision 4
Total 64

Details of Contents
Unit-I
1 Water and Water purification
1.1 Classification of natural water
1.2 Impurities
1.3 Hardness
1.4 Softening methods
1.5 Methods of determining Hardness
1.6 COD and BOD
2 Preparatory process
2.1 Process chart
3 Singeing
3.1 Objects of singeing
3.2 Gas Singeing
4 Desizing
4.1 Objects of desizing
4.2 Desizing of cellulosics by enzymes and acids
4.3 Enzymatic desizing and oxidative methods
Unit-II
1 Scouring
1.1 Objects
1.2 Scouring of cellulosics
1.3 Scouring of Protein fibres
2 Bleaching
2.1 Objects
2.2 Classification of bleaching agents
2.3 Bleaching Of cellulosic fibres with hypochlorites
Bleaching Of cellulosic fibres with Hydrogen peroxide
2.4 Fluorescent brighteners
3.5 Bleaching of Protein and man mades
3 Mercerisation
3.1 Objects
3.2 Changes occurred after mercerisation
3.3 Factors affecting mercerisation
3.4 Working of yarn mercerising machine
3.5 Working of cloth mercerising machine
3.6 Pad less - chainless machine
3.7 Chain mercerising machine

Unit-III
1 Theory of dyeing
1.1 Introduction Theory of dyeing
1.2 Process of diffusion of dye on to fibre
2 Basic /cationic dyes
2.1 Properties, applications
3 Acid Dyes
3.1 Chemical Nature
3.2 Application
3.3 Theory of dyeing with acid dyes
4 Direct Dyes
4.1 Chemical constitution of direct dyes
4.2 Substantivity of direct dyes.
4.2 Action of electrolytes, liquor ratio and pH
4.3 Applications of direct dyes on cellulosics, protein fibres.
4.4 After treatments of formaldehyde, diazonium salts, cationic fixing agents.

Unit-IV
1 Metal complex dyes
1.1 Properties
1.2 Applications
2 Azoic Dyes
2.1 Development of Napthal derivatives
2.2 Diazotization and coupling
2.3 Application
3 Vat Dyes
3.1 Chemical characteristics
3.2 Classification of vat dyes based on method of application.
4 Sulphur Dyes
4.1 Properties application
4.2 After treatment
5 Solubalised vat and sulphur dyes.

Unit-V
1 Reactive dyes
Chemistry of reactive dyes
Application of Dichlorotriaznile dyes
Application of Mono chlorotriaznile dyes
2 Dyeing Machines
2.1 Machines for dyeing loose stock and tops
2.2 Hank dyeing machinery
2.3 Jigger
2.4 Winch
2.5 Jet dyeing machine
2.6 Soft flow machine
2.7 Padding mangle
2.8 HTHP dyeing machine
3 Quality control

REFERENCE BOOKS :
1 Dyeing and chemical technology of textile fibres - E.R. Trotman,
SBT Publications, Ahmedabad, 1992
2 Chemical Technology of textile fibres - Chakravarthy
3 Chemical Technology of Fibrous Materials - MIR Publications, Moscow 1988
4 Technology Of Dyeing - V.A. Shenai
5 Dyeing of Cotton, Wool, Silk - R.S. Prayag
 6 Technology of Bleaching - V.A. Shenai
7 Introduction to Textile Bleaching - J.T. Marsh
8 Textiles Scouring and bleaching - E.R. Trotman

General educational Objectives

Unit-I
1 Understand Water and water Purification
2 Study Preparatory process
3 Understand Singeing
4 Understand Desizing

Unit-II
1 Understand Scouring
2 Understand Bleaching
3 Understand Mercerisation

Unit-III
1 Understand Theory of dyeing
2 Understand Basic /cationic dyes
3 Understand Acid Dyes
4 Understand Direct dyes

Unit-IV
1 Understand Metal complex dyes
2 Understand Azoic Dyes
3. Understand Vat dyes
4 Understand Sulphur dyes

Unit-V
1 Understand Reactive dyes
2 Understand Dyeing machines
3 Understand Quality Control

Specific instructional objectives

Unit-I
1 Water and Water purification
1.1 Explain the Classification of water
1.2 Explain different types of Impurities in water
1.3 Hardness
1.3.1 Explain temporary and permanent hardness w.r.t. causes
1.3.2 Briefly explain method of expressing hardness and determination.
1.3.3 Describe the problems associated with hard water
1.4 Softening methods
1.4.1 Explain intermittent lime soda process
1.4.2 Explain ion exchange softening process
1.5 Explain determination of Hardness
1.6 Explain concepts of COD and BOD
2 Preparatory process
2.1 Briefly explain the chemical Processing chart
3 Singeing
3.1 State the Objects of singeing
3.2 Explain Gas Singeing
4 Desizing
4.1 State the Objects of desizing
4.2 Explain Desizing of cellulosics by enzymes and acids

Unit-II
1 Scouring
1.1 State the Objects
1.2 Scouring of cellulosics
1.2.1 Explain high pressure kier boiling for cotton
1.2.2 Explain continuous alkali boiling of cotton
1.3 Scouring of Protein fibres
1.3.1 Briefly explain scouring of wool.
1.4 Briefly explain solvent scouring.
2 Bleaching
2.1 State the Objects
2.2 Write the Classification of bleaching agents
2.3 Bleaching Of cellulosic fibres

2.3.1 Explain bleaching of cellulosic fibres with hypochlorite

2.3.2 Explain the factors affecting bleaching with hypochlorite.
2.3.3 Explain bleaching of cotton with hydrogen peroxide.
2.3.4 Write the meaning of given volume strength of peroxide.
2.3.5 Explain Continuous bleaching ( J-Box) with hydrogen peroxide.
2.4 Write a brief note on fluorescent brightener.
3.5 Bleaching of Protein and man mades
3.5.1 Explain the bleaching of wool with hydrogen peroxide
3.5.2 Explain the bleaching of cellulose acetate.
3 Mercerisation
3.1 State the Objects
3.2 Briefly explain the Changes occurred after mercerisation
3.3 Briefly explain the Factors affecting mercerisation
3.4 Explain the Working of yarn mercerising machine
3.5 Explain the Working of cloth mercerising machine
3.6 Explain the Pad less - chainless machine
3.7 Explain the Chain mercerising machine
3.8 Briefly write a note on Measurement of Mercerisation indices.
 Unit-III
1 Theory of dyeing
1.1 Introduction to Theory of dyeing
1.1.1 Briefly explain constitutional colour of dyes.
1.2 Explain the process of diffusion of dye on to fibre
2 Basic /cationic dyes
2.1 State the Properties
2.2 State chemical nature of basic dyes
2.3 Explain the Application of basic dyes on silk, wool and cellulose

3 Acid Dyes
3.1 Briefly explain the Chemical Nature
3.2 Explain Application of acid dyes on protein fibres.
3.3 Explain the Theory of dyeing with acid dyes
4 Direct Dyes
4.1 Write the chemical constitution of direct dyes for sulphonated azo compounds
4.2 Explain the substantivity of direct dyes.
4.2 Explain the action of electrolytes , liquor ratio and pH
4.3 Applications of direct dyes on cellulosics, protein fibres.
4.4 Explain after treatments of formaldehyde, diazonium salts, cationic fixing
agents.
Unit-IV
1 Metal complex dyes
1.1 State the Properties
1.2 Explain the Applications of metal complex dies on protein fibres.
2 Azoic Dyes
2.1 State some Napthal derivatives
2.2 Explain the Diazotization and coupling
2.3 Application of azoic dyes on cotton.
3 Vat Dyes
3.1 State the Chemical characteristics
3.2 Explain the classification of vat dyes based on method of application.
3.3 Application
4 Sulphur Dyes
4.1 State the Properties of sulphur dyes
4.2 Explain the application of sulphur dyes on cellulosics.
4.2 Explain After treatment of sulphur dyes with peroxide and metallic salts.
5 Briefly explain solubalised vat and sulphur dyes.
 Unit-V
1 Reactive dyes
1.1 Explain Chemistry of reactive dyes
1.2 Explain the Application of Dichlorotriaznile dyes
1.3 Explain the Application of Mono chlorotriaznile dyes
2 Dyeing Machines
2.1 Explain the Machines for dyeing loose stock and tops
2.2 Explain the Hank dyeing machine
2.3 Explain the Jigger dyeing machine.
2.4 Explain the Winch dyeing machine.
2.5 Explain the Jet dyeing machine
2.6 Explain the Soft flow machine
2.7 Explain the Padding mangle
2.8 HTHP dyeing machine
3 Quality control
3.1 Briefly explain the quality control in preparatory process.
3.2 Briefly explain the quality control in dying.

Model Question Paper

Diploma Course in Textile Technology

IV semester
Subject: Chemical processing of Textiles-I

Time ; 3Hrs Max

Marks : 100

Note: 1) Section I is compulsory

2) Answer any two full questions each from Sections II, III, IV.

Section-I
1 a) i) Process of removal of hairiness is__________ 1x5=5
ii) The percentage loss of degumming is_______
iii) Reactive dyes form __________ bond with fibres
iv) The strength of caustic used for mercerization is __________
 v) Acid dyes have affinity to _____________ fibres.

b) Briefly explain problems associated with Hard water 5

Section-II
2. a) What is temporary hardness and permanent Hardness. 5
b) Explain Ion exchange process 5
c) write the procedure to determine hardness of water 5
3 a) State the objects of singeing. 2
b) Explain Enzymatic desizing. 5
c) Explain with a neat sketch High pressure kier boiling 8
4 a) State the objects of scouring and bleaching 6
b) Explain Continuous bleaching ( J-Box) with hydrogen peroxide 9
Section-III
5 a) State the objects of mercerization 3
b) Explain with a neat sketch chain less pad less mercerization. 9
c) What is solvent scouring 3
6 a) Explain the process of diffusion of dye on to fibre 5
b) Explain the Application of basic dyes on silk. 7
c) What are acid dyes 3
7 a) Explain the Theory of dyeing with acid dyes 5
b) What is substantivity of direct dyes 4
c) Explain the role of electrolyte and pH in direct dye dyeing 6
Section-IV

8 a) What are metal complex dyes 3

b) State napthal derivatives and state some banned napthals 6
c) Explain the Diazotization and coupling 6
9. a) Write the classification of Vat dyes. 4
b) Explain the application of Sulphur dyes on cotton 6
c) Write the procedure for application of high temperature
Reactive dyes on cellulosic fibre 5
10 a) Explain with neat sketch jigger. 5
b) Explain with neat sketch Jet dyeing machine 8
c) What machines are used for polyester dyeing 2

. *******
 Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fourth Semester
Subject: Fabric Analysis and Design Practice-II

Contact Hrs / Week:06 Contact Hrs / Semester:96

LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES

1 Analysis of extra warp figuring fabric.

2 Analysis of extra weft figuring fabrics.
3 Analysis of pile fabrics
4 Analysis of backed cloths.
5 Analysis of double cloths
6 Analysis of gauze and leno fabrics
7 Analysis of damask fabric
8 Analysis of brocade cloths
9 Analysis of knitted fabrics( Plain, Rib, and interlock)
10 Analysis of Ilkal sarees
11 Analysis of Guledgudda khana( Blouse)
12 Painting practice related to following arts-

12.1 Indian: Madhubani (Bihar), Pochampalli (A.P), Kanjivaram (

T.N), Tribal art, & Guledgudda khana( Blouse) designs with
respect to Geographical Indication act (G I Act)
Mohammedan, Chinese, Persian & Modern arts.
13 Awareness about Standards like Handloom Mark (Authenticity of
Origin of Handlooms) , Silk Mark (Purity of Natural Silk) &
Wool Mark ( Purity of Natural Wool).

Sl. No. Scheme of Valuation Marks

1 Fabric analysis 30
2 Designing practice 30
3 Identification of fabrics 10
4 Viva-voce 20
5 Record 10
Total 100
Equipment and consumables

Sl. Equipment Name Specifications

No.
1 Beesley balance Standard
2 Electronic balance Range-0 to 1000 gms
3 Counting lens 1 inch
4 Cutting template 10x10cm
5 Scissors standard
6 Measuring scales 1-2 mtrs

Fabrics
1 Extra warp and weft bed sheets Requirement is based on
2 Double cloths Number of students
3 Backed fabrics
4 Warp and weft pile fabrics
5 Damask and brocades
6 Pain jersey, rib, Interlock fabrics
7 Ilakal sarees
8 Guledgud khana blouses
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fourth Semester
Subject: Fabric Structure and Applied Design-II
Contact Hrs / Week: 04 hrs Contact Hrs: 64 hrs

Chapter CONTENTS No. of hours Marks

UNIT-I 12 35
1 Extra thread figuring
UNIT-II 10 25
2 Backed cloths
3 Damasks and Brocades
UNIT-III 12 35
4 Terry Pile structures
5 Weft pile fabrics
UNIT-IV 10 25
6 Warp pile fabrics with the aid of wires
7 Gauze and leno fabrics
8 History of Arts
9 Computer aided designs
UNIT-V 10 25
10 Double cloths
Tests and revisions 4
Industry Innovations 6
Total 64 145

Details of Contents
UNIT-I
1 Extra thread figuring
1.1 Extra warp figuring
1.2 Extra weft figuring
1.3 Applications
UNIT-II
2 Backed cloths
2.1 Warp backed clothes
2.2 Weft backed clothes
2.3 Wadded backed clothes
3 Damasks and Brocades
3.1 Damask fabrics
3.2 Brocade fabrics
3.3 Construction
UNIT-III
4 Pile Structures
4.1 Terry pile structures
4.2 Weft pile Structure
UNIT-IV
5 Warp pile fabrics with the aid of wires
5.1 Gauze and leno fabrics
5.2 Gauze fabrics
5.3 Leno fabrics
5.4 Applications
6 History of Arts
6.1 Computer aided Designs
UNIT-V
7 Double cloths
7.1 Self stitched double cloths
7.2 Wadded Double cloths
7.3 Centre stitched double cloths
7.4 Thread interchangeable double cloths
7.5 Cloth interchangeable double cloths
7.6 Applications

Tests and revisions

Industry Innovations

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Watson's Textile design and color - Z.J .Grosicki.

2 Watson's Advanced textile design – Z.J .Grosicki
3 Grammar of Textile Design - Nisbeth
 General Educational Objectives:

1 Understand Extra thread figuring

2 Understand backed cloth
3 Understand Damasks and Brocades
4 Understand Pile Structures
5 Understand Warp pile fabrics with the aid of wires.
6 Understand Gauze and leno fabrics
7 Understand Know History of Arts
8 Double cloths

Specific Objectives:

UNIT-I

1 Extra thread figuring

1.1.1 Explain principles of Extra thread figuring
1.1.2 Explain methods of Disposing Surplus extra threads
1.1.3 Compare Extra warp with extra weft
1.2 Extra warp figuring
1.2.1 Explain Continuous figuring with one Extra warp
1.2.2 Explain intermittent figuring with one Extra warp
1.2.3 Explain figuring with two Extra warps
1.2.4 Explain Extra warp Planting
1.3 Extra weft figuring
1.3.1 Explain Continuous figuring with one Extra weft
1.3.2 Explain intermittent figuring with one Extra weft
1.3.3 Explain Clipped spot effects
1.3.4 Explain Chintzing
1.3.5 Explain figuring with Extra warp and Extra weft
1.3 List the Applications
 UNIT-II

2 Backed cloth
2.1 Explain warp backed cloths
2.1.1 Explain Features
2.1.2 Explain Construction of Design
2.1.3 List applications
2.2 weft backed cloths
2.2.1 State Features
2.2.2 Construct Design
2.2.3 List applications
2.3 wadded backed cloths
2.3.1 Explain purpose of introducing wadding threads
2.3.2 Sate Type of threads used for wadding threads
2.3.3 Explain Construction of Design
2.3.4 Compare warp and weft backed cloths

3 Damasks and Brocades

3.1 Explain the Damask fabrics
3.2 Explain the Brocade fabrics
3.3 Explain the Construction of Brocade
and Damask designs
3.4 List applications
UNIT-III
4 Terry pile structures
4.1 Explain the features
4.2 Explain the Formation of Pile
4.3 Construct 3-pick,4-pick,5-pick & 6-pick Terry weaves
4.4 Explain special mechanisms required in terry weaving
4.5 Explain Terry Ornamentation
4.6 Explain Figured terry pile fabrics
4.6 Write the applications
5 Weft pile fabrics
.5.1 Explain all over plain velveteens
5.2 Explain Weft Plushes
5.3 Explain Corded Velveteens
UNIT-IV

6 Warp pile fabrics produced with the aid of Wires

6.1 Explain All over or continuous pile
structures
6.2 Explain Reversible warp pile Structures
6.3 Explain construction of design
6.3 Explain Ornamentation of Warp pile fabrics
6.4 Write the applications
7 Gauze and leno fabrics
7.1 Explain characteristics
7.2 Explain the construction of Designs
7.3 Explain leno weaving
7.4 Differentiate gauze and leno
7.5 List applications
8 History of Arts
8.1 Explain Various Arts of the World : Indian:
Madhubani (Bihar), Pochampalli (A.P),
Kanjivaram ( T.N), Tribal art, Ilkal designs &
Guledgudda khana( Blouse) designs with respect to
Geographical Indication act (G I Act) Mohammedan,
Chinese, Persian & Modern arts.
8.1.1 Awareness about Standards like Handloom Mark
(Authenticity of Origin of Handlooms) ,Silk Mark
(Purity of Natural Silk) & Wool Mark ( Purity of
Natural Wool).
8.2 Explain Computer Aided Designs – Woven Dobby,
Jacquard & Checks designs and Knitted designs.

UNIT-V

9 Double cloths
9.1 Study Features
9.1.1 Study classification
9.2 Explain self stitched double cloths
9.2.1 Explain Different methods of stitching
9.2.3 Explain Construction of Design
9.2.4 Explain Beaming and Drafting of self stitched double
cloths
9.3 Wadded Double Cloths
9.3.1 Explain Warp Wadded Double Cloths
9.3.2 Explain Weft Wadded Double Cloths
9.4 Centre stitched double cloths
9.4.1 State Features
9.4.2 Explain Construction of Design
9.4.4 Explain Center Warp stitch Double cloth
9.4.5 Explain Center Weft stitch Double cloth
9.4.6 Compare Center Warp stitch & Center Weft stitch
Double cloth

10 Thread interchangeable double cloths

10.1 Explain Construction of Design
10.2 Study Features
10.3 Write the Applications
11 Explain Cloth interchangeable double cloths
11.1 Explain Construction of Design
11.2 Write the Applications
 Model Question paper-I

Section-I

Q.1 (a) Fill in the blanks 5*1=5

(i) Weaker yarns can be employed for backing in case of ----------

backed cloths
(ii) Third series of threads are used in ---------------Double cloths
(iii) Sprouting is associated with-----------------fabrics.
(iv) Velveteens comes under-------------class of piles.
(v) In Gauze & Leno weaving --------------healds are used.

(b) State the features of Extra thread figuring. 5

Section-II
2 (a) Define Chintzing. 3
(b) Explain the methods of Disposing of surplus extra threads 7
(c) Give the design, draft,& lifting plan for extra warp with the ratio1G:1E. 5

3 (a) what is Continuous figuring in one extra warp? 3

(b) Compare Extra warp with extra weft. 5
(c) Explain Extra weft with own design with the ratio 1G: 2E. 7

4 (a) what are Backed clothes? 3

(b) Give the design, draft & lifting plan for weft backed cloth with 7/1 twill as face
weave and 2F:1B ratio. 7
(c) Write a note on Backed cloths with wadding threads. 5

Section-III

5 (a) State the features of Damask and Brocade. 7

(b) Explain Formation of pile with neat sketch. 5
(c) State the uses of terry pile fabrics. 3

6 (a) what is 3-pick terry? 3

(b) Give the design, draft & lifting plan for 5-pick & 6-pick terry. 7
(c) Explain Terry ornamentation. 5
7. (a) What are weft pile fabrics. 3
(b) With design explain Plain back and Twill back Velveteens. 7
(c) Explain briefly the production of warp pile fabrics with the aid of wires. 5

Section-IV
8 (a) what are Gauze & Leno Structures. 3
(b) With sketch explain the basic sheds of Leno weaving. 7
(c) Explain the features of Indian Art. 5

9 (a) Explain the features of Computer aided designs. 5

(b) What are Double cloths? 3
(c) With schematic diagrams explain classification of double cloths. 7

10 (a) With 3/3 twill as face weave and 2/2 twill as back , 4- thread twill as order of
stitching, construct self stitched double cloth. 7
(b) Compare Centre warp stitch with Centre weft stitch double cloth. 5
(c) State the applications of Double cloths. 3
 Model Question Paper-II

Section-I

Q.1 (a) Fill in the blanks 5*1=5

(i) Clipped spot effects are produced in -------------figuring.

ii) The backed principles of construction are employed for the purpose
of increasing--------------qualities of a cloth.
(iii) Stitching by dropping the face end under back pick is used in---------
- -----Double cloths.
(iv) Variable beat up motions are associated with-----------------weaving.
(v) In Damask, the figured portions are developed in diverse ways upon a
-------------------ground.
(b) Write a note on methods of introducing extra figuring threads. 5

Section-II
2 (a) State the advantages of extra warp figuring threads. 3
(b) Give design, draft & lifting plan for Extra weft. 7
(c) Write a note on Chintzing. 5

3 (a) what is the meaning of stitching by means of special picks? 3

(b) Explain the features of figuring with extra warp and extra weft. 5
(c) Explain Extra warp with own design with the ratio 2G: 2E. 7

4 (a) what are weft Backed clothes? 3

(b) Give the design, draft & lifting plan for weft backed cloth with 4/1 twill as face
weave and 1F:1B ratio. 7
(c) Explain warp- backed and weft- wadded designs. 5

Section-III

5 (a) State the uses of Damask and Brocade. 3

(b) Explain the special mechanisms used in terry weaving 5
(c) With schematic diagrams explain terry ornamentation. 7
6 (a) What is 4-pick terry? 3
(b) Give the design, draft lifting plan and also cross sectional view for 5-pick & 6-pick
terry. 7
(c) Explain Terry ornamentation. 5

7. (a) What is length of pile in weft pile fabrics. 3

(b) With design explain Twill back Velveteens. 5
(c) Explain briefly with sketch all over or continuous pile structures. 7

Section-IV
8 (a) State the uses of Gauze & Leno fabrics. 3
(b) With sketch explain the Leno weaving with flat steel doups with an eye. 7
(c) Explain the features of Modern Art. 5

9 (a) Explain the features of Computer aided designs. 5

(b) What are Interchangeable double cloths? 3
(c) Explain warp centre stitch & weft centre stitch double cloths. 7

10 (a) With design explain weft wadded double cloths. 7

(b) Explain with design continuous 1-and-1 color arrangements in
Interchangeable double cloths 5
(c) State the applications of Double cloths. 3
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fourth Semester
Subject: Knitting Technology

Contact Hrs / Week: 4 hrs Contact Hrs / Semester: 64 hrs

Chapter Contents Marks

HRS allotted
Unit-I 5 hrs 15
1 Introduction
2 History of knitting
3 Knitting and weaving comparison
4 Warp and weft knitting comparison
5 Classification of knitting machines
6 Yarn quality requirements
Unit-II 16 hrs 40
1 Knitting terms
2 Knitting elements
9 Selection criteria in weft knitting
3 Basic stitches in weft knitting
4 Basic weft knit structures and notations
5 Circular weft knitting machines
Unit-III
1 Flat bed knitting machines 13 hrs 35
2 Designing of weft knit structures
3 Weft knit fabric geometry
4 Knitting dynamics
5 Quality control in weft knitting
6 Weft knitting calculations
Unit-IV 10hrs 30
1 warp knitting
2 Functional elements of warp knitting
3 Patterning in warp knitting
4 Tricot knitting machine
5 Tricot structures
6 Raschel machine
Unit- V 10 hrs 25
1 Yarn preparation for warp knitting
2 Warp knitting technical textiles
3 Seamless apparels
4 Electronics in Knitting
5 CAD in knitting
6 Knitting defects
Industry innovations 6 Hrs
Tests and revisions 4 Hrs
Total 64 Hrs

1
Details of contents
Unit-I
1 Introduction
2 History of knitting
2.1 Some statistics
3 Knitting and weaving comparison
3.1 Preparatory differences
3.2 Property differences
3.3 Machine differences
3.4 Application differences
4 Warp and weft knitting comparison
4.1 Preparatory differences
4.2 Property differences
4.3 Machine differences
4.4 Application differences
5 Classification of knitting machines
5.1 Warp knitting Machines
5.2 Weft knitting machines
6 Yarn quality requirements
6.1 Basic properties
6.2 Indian Scene
6.3 Guide lines
Unit-II
1 Knitting terms
2 Knitting elements
2.1 Main elements
2.2 Secondary elements
3 Selection criteria in weft knitting
3.1 Selection of machines, fibres, yarns and fabrics
4 Basic stitches in weft knitting
4.1 Knit
4.2 Tuck
4.3 Float
5 Basic weft knit structures and notations
5.1 Single Jersey
5.2 Double Jersey
5.3 Notations
6 Circular weft knitting machines
6.1 Single Jersey machine
6.2 Rib Machine
6.3 Interlock machine
6.4 Needle selection By swing, split, Multi track cams

2
 Unit-III
1 Flat bed knitting machines
1.1 Classification
1.2 Knitting elements
1.3 Yarn path
1.4 Flat knit fabrics
2 Designing of weft knit structures
2.1 Ornamentation of Plain knit fabric
2.1.1 Patterning with Multi Cam tracks- 1,2,3 feeder
2.1.2 coloured patterning-2 and 3 color
2.1.3 Single jersey derivatives
2. 2 Ornamentation of Rib fabric
2.2.1 Derivatives of Rib
2. 3 Ornamentation Of Interlock fabric
3 Weft knit fabric geometry
3.1 Dimensional stability
3.2 Relaxation states
3.3 Spirality
4 Knitting dynamics
4.1 Needle and cam Dynamics
4.2 High speed cams
5 Quality control in weft knitting
5.1 Preventive measures
5.2 Online quality control
5.3 Yarn delivery devices
5.4 Quality tests
6 Weft knitting calculations
6.1 Production calculations
6.2 Optimum Knitting conditions
6.3 Analysis of Knit fabrics

Unit-IV 10hrs 30
1 warp knitting
1.1 Yarn requirements
2 Functional elements of warp knitting
2.1 Loop structure and Terms
2.2 Knitting elements
3 Patterning in warp knitting
3.1 Swinging
3.2 Shogging
3.3 Patterning
3.4 Notation
4 Tricot knitting machine
4.1 Machine description
4.2 Knitting cycle
5 Tricot structures

3
 5.1 Types of stitches
5.2 Lock knit, Satin, Queens cord, Sharkskin structure representation by
Notations
6 Raschel machine
6.1 Machine description
6.2 Knitting cycle
6.3 Comparison with tricot Machine

Unit- V 10 hrs 25
1 Yarn preparation for warp knitting
2 Warp knitting technical textiles
2.1 Application segments
2.2 Geo textiles, Home textiles, Medical textiles, Automotive textiles,
Industrial, build, sport and clothing textiles
3 Seamless apparels
3.1 Production technology
3.2 Relative Merits
3.3 Applications
4 Electronics in Knitting
5 CAD in knitting

6 Knitting defects
6.1 Single jersey
6.2 Double jersey

Industry innovations 6 Hrs

Tests and revisions 4 Hrs
Total 64 Hrs

Section -II

General Educational objectives

1. Understand History of Knitting
2. Understand Basic terms in Knitting
3. Understand weft and warp Knitting elements
4. Understand Weft and warp knit Machines
5. Understand Weft knit and warp knit Structures
6. Understand Weft knit Designining
7. Understand Weft knit Calculations
8. Understand Yarn requirements for weft and warp knitting
9. Understand Developments in Knitting

4
Specific Instructional Objectives
Unit-I
1 Introduction
2 History of knitting
2.1 Explain stages of knitting developments
3 Knitting and weaving comparison
3.1 State Preparatory differences
3.2 State Property differences
3.3 State Machine differences
3.4 State Application differences
4 Warp and weft knitting comparison
4.1 What is Preparatory Difference?
4.2 State Property differences between Warp and weft knitting
4.3 State Machine differences
4.4 State Application differences
5 Classification of knitting machines
5.1 Classify Warp knitting Machines
5.2 classify Weft knitting machines
6 Yarn quality requirements
6.1 State Yarn requirements for Knitting
6.3 State suggested guide lines Guide lines of raw materials
Unit-II
1 Knitting terms
1.1 Define the terms knitting, loop, Wales, courses, Technical face and back
Loops, stitch length, stitch density, wale and course spacing, open loop and
Closed loop, stitch
2 Knitting elements
2.1 Main elements
2.1.1 Explain with sketches latch, bearded and compound needles
2.1.2 Explain Action of latch, bearded and compound needles
2.1.3 Explain With sketches sinker, cylinder and cams
2.2 Secondary elements
2.2.1 Explain creels, Take down mechanism and positive feeders
3 Selection criteria in weft knitting
3.1 Explain selection of machines, fibres, yarns and fabrics
4 Basic stitches in weft knitting
Explain the structure, representation and formation of
4.1 Knit
4.2 Tuck
4.3 Float

5 Basic weft knit structures and notations

Explain characters and structure of the following
5.1 Single Jersey
5.2 Double Jersey

5
 5.3 Explain the Notations for single jersey, Double jersey structures

6 Explain with sketches the following Circular weft knitting machines

6.1 Single Jersey machine
6.2 Rib Machine
6.3 Interlock machine
6.4 Explain with sketches Needle selection by swing, split, Multi track cams
Unit-III
1 Flat bed knitting machines
1.1 Write the Classification of Flat bed knitting machines
1.2 Explain Knitting elements
1.3 Explain Yarn path in flat bed machine
1.4 Explain knitting cycle
1.5 Explain the formation of single and double jersey rib Flat knit fabrics
2 Designing of weft knit structures
2.1 Ornamentation of Plain knit fabric
2.1.1 Explain Patterning with Multi Cam tracks- 1, 2, 3 feeders
2.1.2 Explain coloured patterning with 2 and 3 color
2.1.3 Write Construction and representation of Lecoste and accordion.
2. 2 Ornamentation of Rib fabric
2.2.1 Write construction and representation of cardigan and durby rib.
2. 3 Ornamentation of Interlock fabric
2.3.1 Write construction and representation of single pique and ponte-di-roma and
texpique.
3 Weft knit fabric geometry
3.1 Write a note on Dimensional stability of knit fabrics.
3.2 Explain different Relaxation states, dimensional characteristics.
3.2.1 Calculations on dimensional constants.
3.3 Explain Spirality in knit fabrics- causes, theory, measurement and reduction.
4 Knitting dynamics
4.1 Explain the Needle and cam Dynamics
4.2 Explain the High speed non linear cams
5 Quality control in weft knitting
5.1 State Preventive measures
5.2 Write a brief note on Online quality control
5.3 Yarn delivery devices
5.3.1 Explain positive feed device of rotating coiler type and stationary coiler type.
5.3.2 Explain storage feeding device
5.4 Explain the Quality tests
6 Weft knitting calculations
6.1 Solve problems on production.
6.2 State Optimum Knitting conditions
6.3 Briefly discuss the analysis of Knit fabrics

6
 Unit-IV
1 warp knitting
1.1 State Yarn requirements for warp knitting
2 Functional elements of warp knitting
2.1 Loop structure and Terms
2.1.1 Write the overlap and under lap structures
2.1.2 Write the meaning of over lap and under lap.
2.2 Explain elements of warp knitting with sketches.
3 Patterning in warp knitting
3.1 Define Swinging with sketch.
3.2 Define Shogging with sketch
3.3 Explain Pattern wheel on chain links
3.4 Explain pattern chain Notation

4 Tricot knitting machine

4.1 Explain with sketch the tricot machine
4.2 Explain with sketch the Knitting cycle of tricot machine.
5 Tricot structures
5.1 Write the representation and sketch of tricot, pillar, inlay, blind stitches.
5.2 Write the representation of queens cord , Sharkskin, sateen, lock knit

7 Raschel machine
6.1 Explain with sketch the raschel machine
6.2 Explain with sketch the Knitting cycle of raschel machine.
6.3 State the differences between tricot and raschel machine.

Unit- V
1 Explain Yarn preparation for warp knitting
2 Warp knitting technical textiles
2.1 Briefly describe application segments
2.2 State applications of warp knit fabrics in the following
Geo textiles, Home textiles, Medical textiles, automotive textiles,
Industrial, build, sport and clothing textiles
3 Seamless apparels
3.1 Explain production of seam less apparels.
3.2 State relative merits of seamless production
3.3 State the applications of seamless fabrics.
4 Explain Electronics in Knitting
5 Briefly explain CAD in knitting
6 Knitting defects
6.1 State defects, causes and remedies of Single jersey fabric.
6.2 State defects, causes and remedies of double jersey fabric.

7
 Model Question Paper

Department of Technical Education

Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fourth Semester
Subject: Knitting Technology

Duration: 3 hrs Max Marks: 100

Note: 1) Section I is compulsory

2) Answer two full questions each from sections II, III, IV
Section-I Marks
1. a. i) Who invented the Straight bar frame 1x5=5
ii) All face loops are same in ____________structure
iii) Rib Gaiting is feature of ___________Machine
iv) Lecoste is _________ structure
v) In symbolic representation x stands for____________

b. Explain with a neat sketch Latch needle 5

Section-II
2 a. Briefly write the history of developmental stages in Knitting 5.
b. State differences between weaving and knitting. 5
c Classify warp knitting machines. 5
3 a. What are the functions of needle, and cylinder 4
b. Explain with neat sketch sinker. 5
c. Define wales, courses and stitch density. 6
4 a Write the symbolic and diagrammatic notations of basic stitches 6
b. Explain the formation of float and tuck stitch. 6
c State the characteristics of single jersey fabric 3
Section-III
5. a. Discuss the arrangement of needle, cams in Interlock knitting machine. 7
b Explain the arrangement of needles and cams in v-bed knitting Machine 6
c. What are kc, kw 2
6 a. Explain Interlock machine wit a neat sketch 7
b Explain with a neat sketch single jersey machine 8
7 a. Calculate the areal density of the fabric if stitch density is 80/cm2 and
yarn count in 20s. 7
b. Write the constructional steps and structure of Lecoste. 6
c. Name two modified rib structures 2

Section-IV

8. a. Explain dynamics of needle 5

8
 b. Explain spirallity in Knit fabrics 5
c. State differences between tricot and Raschel machines 5
.

9. a. Explain tricot warp knitting elements 8

b. Explain the Patterning mechanism in warp knitting 7
10 a State the applications of Seamless garments 5
b. State weft knit defects. 5
c. Write a note on CAD knits 5

9
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fourth Semester
Subject: Textile Testing Lab - I

Contact Hrs / Week:06 Contact Hrs / Semester:96

List of Graded Exercises

1 Sampling of fibres by IS method.

2 Sampling of fibres by BS method
3 Determination of ginning % and lint index
4 Determination of fibre length by Bear sorter
5 Determination of fibre length by fibro graph
6 Determination of fibre length by Halo and Butterfly method
7 Determination of fibre length by Hand stapling method
8 Determination of fibre fineness by WIRA/ATIRA tester
9 Determination of fibre fineness by cut and weight method.
10 Identification of fibres by IS method.
11 Determination of maturity of cotton fibres
12 Determination of fibre strength
13 Determination of yarn count by different Instruments.
14 Determination of twist in single yarn.
15 Determination of twist in double yarn.
16 Determination of moisture in fibres
17 Analysis of trash in fibres.
18 Analysis of P/C Blend
19 Analysis of Nylon Mixtures

Scheme of valuation
Marks
1 Procedure 10
2 Experimental work 20
3 Tabulation of results/Observation 15
4 Calculation/Inference/Recording features 15
5 Interpretation of results 10
6 Viva-voce 20
7 Record 10
Total 100
 List of Equipments

Sl.No Name of Equipment Specifications

1 Baer sorter IS Standards/ASTM standards
2 Electronic balance Capable to measure milligrams
Maximum no limit
3 Fibro graph IS Standards/ASTM standards
4 Fineness meter ATIRA/WIRA/MICRONAIRE
5 Fibre strength tester Stelometer /Pressley Tester
IS Standards/ASTM standards
6 Microscope Magnification : 150-200x
7 Drying oven Heating capacity:105 + 2 o C
8 Quadrant balance 4 Yds, 40 Yds measuring capacity
9 Beesley Balance Template with cotton, wool, linen and
worsted lengths measurement
10 Single yarn Twist tester IS Standards/ASTM standards
11 Double yarn twister IS Standards/ASTM standards
12 High Volume Instrument HVI 900
13 Soxhelet apparatus Standard specifications
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
IV semester
Subject: Textile Testing-I

Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact Hrs / Semester:64

Chapter No. Contents No. of Hrs. Marks

Unit-I 12 35
1 Introduction to testing
2 Sampling
3 Moisture relations
Unit-II 12 35
4 Identification of fibers
5 Fibre length
6 Fibre fineness
Unit-III 10 25
1 Maturity of cotton
2 Fibre strength
3 Fibre quality index
4 HVI Testing
5 AFIS
Unit-IV 10 25
1 Yarn numbering
2 Yarn twist
3 Hairiness
Unit-V 25
1 Statistical Quality Control 10
Industry Innovations 6
Tests and revision 4
Total
Details of Contents
Unit-I
1 Introduction
1.1 Introduction to testing-physical, chemical and eco testing
1.2 Objectives
2 Sampling
2.1 Concepts
2.2 Methods of sampling- Fibre yarn and fabric sampling techniques
3 Moisture relations
3.1 Importance
3.2 Definitions
3.3 Calculations
3.5 Absorption curves
3.4 Measurement
Unit-II
1 Identification of fibers-IS 667
1.1 Microscopic test
1.2 Burning test
1.3 Chemical test
2 Fibre Length
2.1 Definitions
2.3 Measurement
3 Fibre fineness
3.1 Importance
3.2 Measurement
Unit-III
1 Maturity
1.1 Concepts
1.2 Methods of measurement
2 Fibre strength
2.1 Terms
2.2 Principles of measurement
2.3 Instruments
3 FQI
4 HVI Testing
5 AFIS
Unit-IV
1 Yarn numbering
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Direct system
1.3 Indirect system
1.4 Calculations
1.5 Measurement
2 Twist
2.1 Concepts
2.2 Importance
 2.3 Measurement
3 Yarn Hairiness
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Measurement
Unit-V
1 Statistical quality control
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Dimensions of quality
1.3 Basic terms in statistics
1.4 Frequency distributions
1.5 Measures of central tendency
1.6 Measures of Dispersion
1.7 Problems on central value and dispersion
1.8 Construction of frequency diagrams

REFERENCE BOOKS :
1 Principles of Textile Testing - J.E. Booth, Butterworths, London
1997
2 Physical testing- Vol I & II, Angappan, SSMITT Publications-1993
3 Textile Testing - Skinkle, ELBH Publications, England (1976)
4 Handbook of Testing and Quality Control - Grower and Hamby,
The Textile Trade Press, Manchester (1998)
5 Testing and Quality Management - V.K. Kothari, IIT -New Delhi

General Educational Objectives:

Unit-I

1 Study of Introduction
2 Understand Sampling
3 Understand Moisture relations

Unit-II

1 Understand Identification of fibers

2 Understand Fibre Length
3 Understand Fibre fineness

Unit-III
1 Understand Maturity
2 Understand Fibre strength
3 Understand the FQI
4 Understand HVI Testing
5 Understand Know AFIS
6 Understand Eco Test

Unit-IV

1 Understand Yarn numbering

2 Understand Twist
3 Understand Yarn Hairiness

Unit-V

1 Understand Statistical quality control

Specific instructional objectives:

Unit-I

1 Introduction
1.1 Brief description of Physical testing, chemical testing and eco
Testing
1.2 Explain the objects of testing
2 Sampling
2.1 Define the terms Individual, Population, Sample, random and biased
samples, Extent and Length biased samples.
2.2 Explain the following fibre sampling techniques
Squaring and cut squaring techniques, zoning technique, Dye
sampling technique, Core sampling, Tongue sampling
2.3 Explain yarn sampling technique
2.4 Discuss Fabric sampling techniques
3 Moisture relations
3.1 Explain the importance moisture relations
3.2 Define Absolute humidity, Relative humidity, Moisture region,
Moisture content, Standard and testing atmospheric conditions.
3.3 List regain and content values for important fibres
3.3 Work out the problems on region and content
3.4 Explain absorption curves
3.4 Explain the measurement of regain -Conditioning Oven
Shirley Moisture meter, Forte electronic moisture meter
3.5 Explain the measurement of Humidity by Dry and wet bulb
hygrometer, sling hygrometer, digital thermo hygrograph.

Unit-II

1 Identification of fibers- IS 667

1.1 Explain identification with above procedures for the following
Burning test, Microscopic test, Chemical test
2 Fibre Length
2.1 Define the terms staple length, mean length, modal length,
Effective length, span length (2.5% and 50%), dispersion% ,short
fibre% and uniformity ratio
2.3 Explain the measurement of length by Bear sorter, Fibro graph
Photo electric stapler
2.4 Explain analysis of sorter diagram and fibro graph
3 Fibre fineness
3.1 Explain the importance
3.2 Explain airflow method
3.3 Explain measurement by WIRA fineness meter, Sheffield micronaire
ATIRA Fineness meter and Areolometer

Unit-III

1 Maturity
1.1 Define degree of cell wall thickness, maturity ratio,
Maturity coefficient standard weight/cm
1.2 Explain the following methods of measurement
Caustic soda method, Polarized method, Differential Dyeing method
And causticaire method
1.3 Simple problems Maturity ratio and Maturity count
2 Fibre strength
2.1 Define the terms stress, strain, tenacity, elastic recovery, work of
rupture, yield point, work factor
2.2 Discuss the CRT, CRL, CRE methods of loading
2.3 Explain the working of Stelometer and Pressley tester
3 FQI
3.1 Definition
3.2 Write Formula and Explain importance
4 HVI Testing
4.1 Describe the features of HVI 900 Equipment
4.2 Brief about parameters measured and analysed
5 AFIS
5.4 Describe the features of AFIS
5.5 Brief about parameters measured and analysed

Unit-IV

1 Yarn numbering
1.2 Discuss Direct system
1.3 Discuss Indirect system
1.4 Write the conversion factors
1.6 Calculate the count from given data, convert count from one system to
another
Explain the Measurement of count by Lea method, Beesley balance,
 Knowelse balance and quadrant balance.
Quadrant balance
2 Twist
2.1 Define Twist, Twist on twist, weft on twist, balanced twist, Twist
Factor
2.2 Explain the importance of twist w.r.t to yarn and fabric properties
2.3 Explain the Measurement twist by straightened fibre method, twist
contraction method, untwist method and optical method
2.4 Briefly explain the Electronic twist tester
3 Yarn Hairiness
3.1 Discuss its usefulness and disadvantages
3.2 Explain the Measurement of Hairiness by Uster tester 3
3.3 State and write the popular expressions to express Hairness
3.4 State and explain parameters affecting hairiness

Unit-V

1 Statistical quality control

1.1 Define the concepts SQC, TQC, TQM, Quality
1.2 Discuss the following dimensions of quality
Over dimensioned, Under dimensioned and Dimensioned
1.3 Define statistics, variable, continuous and discrete variable
1.4 Discuss frequency distributions formation and related terms
1.5 Discuss Measures of central tendency
1.5.1 Explain mean, median and mode, Geometric mean, Harmonic
mean
1.5.2 Solve problems for the 1.5.1 including frequency distributions
1.5.3 State the merits and demerits of above
1.6 Measures of Dispersion
1.6.1 Discuss range, %mean range and quartile deviation
1.6.2 Discuss mean deviation, standard deviation, variance, and CV%
1.6.3 Solve the Problems on above
1.7 Construction of histogram, frequency polygon, cumulative frequency
curves
 Model Question Paper - 1

Diploma Course in Textile Technology

IV semester
Subject: Textile Testing - I

Time ; 3Hrs Max Marks : 100

Note: 1) Section I is compulsory

2) Answer any two full questions each from Sections II, III, IV.

Section-I
1. a) Fill in the Blanks
i) Small fraction of material selected to represent population is _______
ii) The Length measured on Fibro graph is ________
iii) The formula for maturity ratio is _______
iv) Universal Count system is _______
v) Most frequently occurring value is_______
b) Explain the objectives of testing

Section-II
2 a. Define Population, random sample and biased sample 5
b. Explain the Zoning technique for fibre sampling 5
c. Explain the fabric sampling methods 5
3 a. Explain the importance of moisture relations in textiles 5
b. Explain the measurement of regain by oven method 5
c. Determine the moisture regain and moisture content of 67/33 p/c blend. 5
4 a. Explain the burning behavior of the protein and cellulosic fibres. 5
b. Explain the Bear sorter with neat sketch 7
c. Define span length and uniformity ratio 3
Section-III

5 a. Write the microscopic structures of cotton , wool, viscose 6

b. Explain Air flow method 4
c. Explain WIRA fineness meter 5
6 a. Discuss the importance of maturity. 4
b. Define the maturity ratio and maturity count. 4
c. Explain differential dyeing method to determine maturity 7
7 a. What is the significance of fibre strength? 3
b. Define tensile strength, stress, and strain. 6
c. Explain Indirect system 6
 Section-IV

8 a. Explain measurement of count by quadrant balance 3

b. Explain the Importance of twist 7
c. Explain with a neat sketch Uster evenness tester 5
9 a. Define Twist factor, Tex and Hairiness 6
b. Define SQC and TQM 4
c. .Explain measures of central tendency 5
10 a. What is Histogram? Explain the construction of histogram. 6
b. Find the arithmetic mean, mode and median for the following data 6
20, 21, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28.
c. State the measures of dispersion 3

Model Question Paper - 2

Diploma Course in Textile Technology
IV semester
Subject: Textile Testing - I
Time ; 3Hrs Max Marks : 100

Note: 1) Section I is compulsory

2) Answer any two full questions each from Sections II, III, IV.

Section-I

1. a) Fill in the Blanks 1x5=5

i) Core sampling is used for _______ fibres
ii) The Length measured on Uster stapler is ________
iii) The formula for Degree of cell wall thickness _______
iv) Weight unit in English system of count is _______
v) Middle value of the series when data is arranged in
ascending order is_______
b) Explain the objectives of testing
Section-II

2 a Explain the zoning technique of fibre sampling. 5

b. State the factors affecting selection of sample. 4
c. Explain dye sampling technique of wool. 6
3 a Discuss the importance of moisture relations in textiles. 7
b. With a neat sketch, explain any Shirley moisture meter. 8
4 a. List the microscopic features of cotton, wool, silk. 3
b. Explain with a neat sketch fibrograph. 6
 c. Explain with a neat sketch ATIRA fineness meter 6
Section-III

5 a. Explain the importance of fibre length. 6

c. Define effective length, and Staple and span length. 3
a. Discuss the importance of fineness. 6
6 a. What is FQI? 3
b. Explain caustic soda method of maturity determination 8
c. Define the terms tenacity, work of rupture and yield point. 4
7 a. Explain the measurement of fibre strength by pressley tester 5
b. Explain the measurement of fibre parameters by HVI. 5
c. If a yarn of one lea weighs 2 grams determine count in tex, denier 5.
8 a. Explain Beesley method of measuring yarn count. 5
c. Explain the role of twist on yarn strength. 4
c. Explain the measurement of yarn twist by electronic twist tester 6
9 a. State the parameters influencing yarn hairiness. 4
b. Explain the measure of central tendency 5
c Explain the measures of dispersion 6
10 a. Discuss various frequency curves and their utility.
b. Find the arithmetic mean, mode and median for the following data 6
100, 102, 110, 138, 105, 105, 103 120
c. Calculate mean, and standard deviation for the following data 7
20,20, 21, 21, 22, 22, 23, 24, 25,26.

Model Question Paper - 2

Diploma Course in Textile Technology
IV semester
Subject: Textile Testing - I
Time ; 3Hrs Max Marks : 100

Note: 1) Section I is compulsory

2) Answer any two full questions each from Sections II, III, IV.

Section-I

1. a) Fill in the Blanks 1x5=5

i) Core sampling is used for _______ fibres
ii) The Length measured on Uster stapler is ________
iii) The formula for Degree of cell wall thickness _______
iv) Weight unit in English system of count is _______
 vi) Middle value of the series when data is arranged in
ascending order is_______
c) Explain the objectives of testing
Section-II

2 a Explain the zoning technique of fibre sampling. 5

b. State the factors affecting selection of sample. 4
c. Explain dye sampling technique of wool. 6
3 a Discuss the importance of moisture relations in textiles. 7
b. With a neat sketch, explain any Shirley moisture meter. 8
4 a. List the microscopic features of cotton, wool, silk. 3
b. Explain with a neat sketch fibrograph. 6
c. Explain with a neat sketch ATIRA fineness meter 6
Section-III

5 a. Explain the importance of fibre length. 6

c. Define effective length, and Staple and span length. 3
a. Discuss the importance of fineness. 6
6 a. What is FQI? 3
b. Explain caustic soda method of maturity determination 8
c. Define the terms tenacity, work of rupture and yield point. 4
7 a. Explain the measurement of fibre strength by pressley tester 5
b. Explain the measurement of fibre parameters by HVI. 5
c. If a yarn of one lea weighs 2 grams determine count in tex, denier 5.
8 a. Explain Beesley method of measuring yarn count. 5
c. Explain the role of twist on yarn strength. 4
c. Explain the measurement of yarn twist by electronic twist tester 6
9 a. State the parameters influencing yarn hairiness. 4
b. Explain the measure of central tendency 5
c Explain the measures of dispersion 6
10 a. Discuss various frequency curves and their utility.
b. Find the arithmetic mean, mode and median for the following data 6
100, 102, 110, 138, 105, 105, 103 120
c. Calculate mean, and standard deviation for the following data 7
25 ,30, 21, 25, 22, 22, 23, 24, 25,26.
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fifth Semester
Subject: APPAREL MANUFACTURE- I
Contact Hrs / Week: 04 Contact Hrs / Semester:64

Contents Hrs Marks

UNIT-I

1 Fabric sourcing 10 25

UNIT-II

2 Body measurements 02 5
3 Pattern making 10 25

UNIT-III

4. Spreading 4 10
5. Cutting 6 15

UNIT-IV

6 Sewing 12 35

UNIT-V
7 Fusing 5 13
8 Pressing 5 12
9 Packing 2 5
Industry Innovations 6
Tests and revision 4
Total 64Hrs
Details of Contents
UNIT - I
1. Sourcing
1.1 Introduction-Definition, Need, Method
1.2 Out sourcing-Meaning, Benefits and risks
1.3 Fabric sourcing-Markets, Domestic and international
1.4 Accessories sourcing-Linings, Interlinings, Zips, Buttons, Labels etc
1.5 Supply chain management-Concept
1.6 Fabric Inspection-Defects, 4 point and 10 point systems, Criteria for acceptance
2 Sampling
2.1 Types of samples-pro photo, fit preproduction, sales man sample
2.2 Importance
2.3 Quality requirements
2.4 Costing and approvals

UNIT-II

2. Body measurements

2 .1 Requirements
2. 2 The art and techniques of Body measurements and standard sizes.
2.3 Measurements prevalent in Garment industries.
3. Pattern making
3.1 Principles and practices of pattern making.
3.2 Types of Patterns
3.3 Methods of pattern making
3.4 Grading
3.5 Types of Grading
3.6 Computer applied pattern making and grading.
3.7 Pattern making for men, women and children ware.
3.8 Study of various types of kids wear and children’s wear
3.9 Measurements required for construction of kids & children’s wear (Baba suit, Baby
frock, shorts, Rompers, Pedal pushers).
3.10 Selection of fabrics, trimmings and seams for Children’s wear.
3.11 Factors affecting selection
3.12 Marker planning
3.13 Definition
3.14 Marker making
3.15 Efficiency
UNIT – III

4. Spreading
4.1. Requirements
4.2 Types
4.3. Methods
5. Cutting
5.1 Objectives
5.2 Requirements.
5.3 Methods
5.4 Sorting
 5.5 Stickering
5.6 Numbering
5.7 Bundling

UNIT – IV

6. Sewing
6.1 Seam appearance and performance
6.2 Classes of Stitches
6.3 Classes of Seams
6.4 Application of Seams
6.5 Sewing aids and tools
6.6 Sewing machines-Flat Lock and Over Lock machines
6.7 Buttoning
6.8 Button hole
6.9 Trimmings
6.10 Sewing needles
6.11 Sewing Threads and quality

UNIT-V
7. Fusing
7.1 Objectives
7.2 Methods of fusing
7.3 Fusing machines
7.4 Resin coating system
7.5 Variables controlling the quality of fusing
8. Pressing
8.1 Objectives
8.2 Equipments
9. Packing
9.1 Packing and packing standards

References
1. The technology of clothing manufacture, CARR 4 and lathan B. 1998, Blackwell Scientific
publication Oxford, England
2. Metric pattern cutting Aldric W. 1992 Blackwell Scientific publication Oxford, England.
3. Pattern cutting for women wear Blackwell Scientific publication Oxford, England
4. Fusing technology coocklin G. 1990 The textile institute Manchester
5. Practical clothing construction - II Marcy Matthews, Paprin pack printers, Chennai
6. Scientific garments cutting, K.M. Hedge and sons Poona
7. An introduction to quality control for apparel industry Pradip V. Mehta , ASRC quality
press New York
8. ISO 9000 Series Manual New Delhi
9. Apparel Manufacturing and sewn product analysis - Ruth E Clock
10. Sewing A- Z Morrison, Black science Publishers London 1990

General Educational objectives

1. Understand Sourcing and Sampling

2. Understand Body measurements
3. Understand Pattern making and Grading
4. Understand Spreading
5. Understand Cutting
6. Understand Sewing
7. Understand Fusing
8. Understand Pressing
9. Understand Packing

Specific Instructional Objectives

UNIT - I
1. Sourcing
1.1 Define sourcing and explain the need of Sourcing.
1.2 Explain Method of sourcing.
1.3 Explain meaning, benefits and risks of Out sourcing.
1.4 Explain Fabric sourcing and Types of Markets like Domestic and International.
1.5 Explain the Accessories sourcing-Linings, Interlinings, Zips, Buttons, and Labels etc.
1.6 Explain the concept of Supply chain management.
1.7 Explain Fabric Inspection-Defects, 4 point and 10 point systems, Criteria for
acceptance.
2 Describe Sampling.
2.1 Write a note on types of samples-pro photo, fit preproduction, sales man sample.
2.2 Explain importance of types of samples.
2.3 Describe the Quality requirements.
2.4 Explain Costing and approvals.

UNIT-II

2. Body measurements

2 .1 Describe the Requirements of Measurements

2. 2 Explain the art and techniques of Body measurements and standard sizes.
2.3 Describe the Measurements prevalent in Garment industries.
3. Pattern making
3.1 Describe the Principles and practices of pattern making.
3.2 State the Types of Patterns.
3.3 Describe the Methods of pattern making.
3.4 Grading
3.5 Define Grading and explain types of Grading.
3.6 Describe Computer applied pattern making and grading.
3.7 Describe Pattern making for men, women and children ware.
3.8 Describe various types of kids wear and children’s wear
3.9 Describe the Measurements required for construction of kids & children’s wear (Baba
suit, Baby frock, shorts, Rompers, Pedal pushers).
3.10 Explain the Selection of fabrics, trimmings and seams for Children’s wear.
3.11 State the Factors affecting selection of Children garments.
3.12 Describe Marker planning
3.13 Define Marker planning.
3.14 Describe Marker making
3.15 Write a note on Efficiency of Marker.
UNIT – III

4. Spreading
4.1. Explain the Requirements of spreading.
4.2 Describe types of Spreading.
4.3. Explain Methods of Spreading
5. Cutting
5.1 State the Objectives of Cutting.
5.2 Explain the requirements of Cutting.
5.3 State Methods of cutting
5.3.1 Describe Straight Knife, Circular Knife, Bent Knife.
5.3.2 Describe Drilling process
5.3.3 Explain Computerized cutting
5.3.4 Explain Laser cutting, Plasma cutting, Water jet cutting.
5.4 Brief description of Sorting,. Stickering, Numbering and Bundling.

UNIT – IV

6. Sewing
 6.1 Write a note on Seam appearance and performance.
6.2 Name Classes of Stitches.
6.3 List Classes of Seams.
6.4 State Application of Seams.
6.5 Explain Sewing aids and tools.
6.6 Explain application of Flat Lock and Over Lock Sewing machines.
6.7 Describe Buttoning machine.
6.8 Describe Button hole machine.
6.9 State and explain various Trimmings used in a garment.
6.10 Describe and compare Sewing needles.
6.11 Compare Sewing Threads and its quality.

UNIT-V
7. Fusing
7.1 State Objectives.
7.2 Describe Methods of fusing.
7.3 Describe important Fusing machines.
7.4 Write a note on Resin coating systems.
7.5 Explain the Variables which control the quality of fusing.
8. Pressing
8.1 Study Pressing.
8.2 List Pressing objectives.
8.3 List and explain Pressing equipments.
8.4 Explain pleating and permanent press.
9. Packing
9.1 List and compare Packing and packing standards
 Model Question Paper-I
Subject: Apparel Manufacture-I

Max. Marks-100
Note: a) Section I is compulsory Time-3 Hrs
b) Answer any two full questions each from the sections II, III, IV

SECTION-I
1 a) Fill in the balnks 5x1= 5
i) Main label generally denotes---------------------
ii) Checks and cross wise stripes are spread by-----------
iii) When a higher standard of cutting accuracy is required-------------knife is used.
iv) Class 500 are--------------- stitches.
v) ----------is a wrinkled appearance along a seam in an otherwise smooth fabric.
b) Explain the concept of supply chain management. 5

SECTION-II
2. a) What is sourcing? 2.
b) Explain meaning, benefits and risks of Out sourcing. 6
c) Explain 4 point system with example. 7
3. a) What is Sampling. 3
b) Explain Costing and approvals. 7
c) Explain the Requirements of Measurement 5
4. a) Describe the Principles and practices of pattern making. 6
b) Define Grading and and list types of Grading. 3
c) Explain the Selection of fabrics, trimmings and seams for Children’s wear. 6
SECTION-III
5. a) Define Marker planning. 2
b) Explain the Requirements of spreading. 6
c) Explain Spreading using a traveling machine. 7

6. a) Explain the requirements of Cutting. 5

b) Explain Computerized cutting. 6
c) Describe briefly Sorting,. Stickering, Numbering and Bundling. 4
7. a) Name Classes of Stitches. 2
b) Explain application of Flat Lock and Over Lock Sewing machines. 6
c) State and explain various Trimmings used in a garment. 7

SECTION-IV
8). a) Describe and compare Sewing needles. 5
 b) Describe Button hole machine 6
c) State Objectives of Fusing. 4
9. a) Write a note on Seam appearance and performance. 5
b) Explain the Variables which control the quality of fusing. 6
c) List Pressing purposes. 4
10.a) Explain Pressing equipments and methods. 8
b) List packing standards. 4
c) Compare Packing and packing standards. 3

Model Question Paper-2

Subject: Apparel Manufacture-I

Max. Marks-100
Note: a) Section I is compulsory Time-3 Hrs
b) Answer any two full questions each from the sections II, III, IV

SECTION-I
1 a) Fill in the blanks 5x1= 5
i) Temperature, pressure and time are------------of fusing.
ii) Feed dog is a part of-----------machine.
iii) Class 4 are------------seams.
iv) Made-to-measure garments are cut with-----------shears.
v) Anti-fusion paper are used in -----------------process.
b) Explain the need of Sourcing. 5

SECTION-II
2. a) Write a note on types of samples-pro photo, fit preproduction, sales man sample 6
b) Explain importance of types of samples. 4.
c) Explain 10 point system of fabric inspection. 5

3. a) Explain the Accessories sourcing-Linings, Interlinings, Zips, Buttons, and Labels. 5

b) Describe the Quality requirements of Samples. 5
c) Describe the Measurements prevalent in Garment industries. 5
4. a) State the Types of Patterns. 3
b) Describe the Methods of pattern making. 5
c) Describe Computer applied pattern making and grading. . 7
SECTION-III
5. a) Describe Marker planning. 5
 b) Describe various types of kids wear and children’s wear . 5
c) Describe types of Spreading. 5
6. a) State the Objectives of Cutting. 2
b) With a neat sketch explain Straight Knife cutting. 6
c) Describe drilling process. 4
7. a) Write a note on Water jet cutting. 5
b) List Classes of Seams. 3
c) Explain Sewing aids and tools. . 7

SECTION-IV
8). a) Describe Buttoning machine. 5
b) Explain Class 300 stitches. 5
c) Compare Sewing Threads and its quality. 5
9. a) Write a note on Seam appearance and performance. 5
b) Explain the Variables which control the quality of fusing. 6
c) List Pressing purposes. 4
10.a) Explain Pressing equipments and methods. 8
b) List packing standards. 4
c) Compare Packing and packing standards. 3
 DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY

Fifth Semester

COMMUNICATION AND ANALYSIS SKILL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

(CASP)
HOURS/WEEK: 06 TOTAL HOURS: 96

competence to be developed in learners:

I. To present orally any topic of the student’s interest to the rest of the class without the
assistance of media or any other aid (only talk) for at least 10 minutes creating interest in
the listeners and sustaining the interest with a meaningful conclusion.
II. To prepare a study report on any product/service in comparison with another one that is
comparable from technical specification to customer satisfaction.
III. To present with the aid of slides (6 to 10) about the study conducted above to the rest of
the class in about 10 minutes with the use of print for information and slides for graphs,
pictures, images, video and animations etc.

Note to teachers:

• A teacher may guide only 6 to a maximum of ten students per year. This is to ensure
active participation of each learner.
• All 96 hours need NOT be contact hours by the teacher. Students may be encouraged to
do activities on their own with peer group to ensure higher level of participation.
• There are ten different tasks to be completed in the course of 96 hours. On completion
of each task, record the result and the marks along with the initials of the learner for
future reference, inspection and evaluation.
• A few activities are suggested under each task. Teachers can improvise on the list and
add more activities as they progress from one batch to another.
• Students should not be compared with each other; instead they must be compared to the
standards given against each task.
• The standard suggested is minimum requirement, learners may excel. The services of
those who excel may be utilised to guide other learners to reach the suggested minimum.
• The tasks 8, 9 and 10 may be evaluated in the presence of the total group so that learners
get the benefit of knowing the inferences made by others and even their presentation
style.

Details of tasks must be completed:

(One group consists of maximum 6 nos.)
Task 1 – Communication skills (one to one personal communication). 6 hrs. 5 marks.
Method of achieving task: Practice in pairs through role play
Suggested activities:
1. Telephonic conversation of a customer and supplier.
2. A Textile show room person and a customer.
3. Negotiation between garment manufacturers and a technical representative of a buyer
4. Conversation between quality inspectors and the production supervisor of shop floor
regarding producing quality components
 Standards to be met:
• Given a telephone number, a student must be able to call and gather information
from the person, sustaining the conversation for about 3 min using proper
etiquettes and report on the enquiry made about the product or service. [e.g., call
a toll free number to ask details about a product or service]
• Given a situation, a student must be able to talk to a person face to face in
simulation, gather information about a product, discuss about it and also
negotiate with him in the specified time (here, time can be specified by the
teacher as per the need).

Task 2 – Communication exercise (one to many in simulation) 6 hrs. 5 marks.

Method of achieving task: Student should pick a topic and make presentation
Suggested Activities:
1. A very short talk highlighting the features of a branded shirt
2. A creative advertisement sequence for a consumer product being eco friendly.
3. A debate on increasing the productivity for a manufacturing industry.
4. A panel discussion among students on issues related to pollution control of chemical and
dyes.

Standards to be met:
• Given a brochure, one must be able to study about the product and understand it
in 15 min and talk about it to his group highlighting its features and explain it in
about 3 min.
• A student must be able to identify a topic of interest for debate, initiate the
debate and carry it on, dividing the group into two based on different
perspectives(e.g., For and against the topic)

Task 3 – Listening Skills: 6 hrs. 5 marks.

Method of achieving task: Listen to an advertisement and record the message
Suggested Activities:
1. View an advertisement of a branded product and write down the message behind.
2. Listen to the audio in a promotional CD for about 15 minutes of any chosen product or
service. Note down points and discuss among friends.
3. View a CD of an innovative safety practices observed in manufacturing industry for15
minutes and write down the summary in a paragraph of 20 lines.
4. Listen to a lecture on environmental effects of Nano textiles and write a summary in 200
words.

Standards to be met:
• Given an audio clip or a visual of an advertisement, one must be able to listen
carefully and understand it enabling him to write the message behind it in the
specified time (say in about 5 min.).
• A student must be able to listen to a lecture or watch a CD for 15 min, noting
down the key points and write a summary in 200 words in the next 15 min.
Note: Hints taken and the summary must be hand written by the student and
documented for evaluation.

Task 4 – Reading skills: 6 hrs. 5 marks.

Method of achieving task: Read available literature and make presentation
 Suggested activities:
1. Read an article from a magazine about the concept of Just in time and supply chain
management techniques in production industry in order to control the inventory and talk
to the rest of the group in about 5 minutes.
2. Read an advertisement of a new released Branded shirt by company and elaborate its
qualities after collecting information from a different source like the company web site
and a few customers.
3. Read an article on designing using CAD from the internet and discuss the merits.
4. Read an article on ERP packages from the internet and discuss the merits relevant to
industry
5. Read a note on usage of automated material handling system and storage retrieval
system from any technical journal and narrate in the class.

Standards to be met:
• Given an article from a journal or an advertisement from a magazine, one must
be able to comprehend it in 15 to 20 min. Later on read it out to an audience,
with proper intonation and elaborate it in the next 10 min.
• Given an article from the internet, a student must be able to gather more
information from the net about it, understand it and read it out for an audience
and narrate it.

Task 5- Writing Skills: 12 hrs. 10 marks.

Method of achieving task: Prepare a resume in writing& highlighting the skill sets
Suggested activities:
1. Write a resume and a covering letter for three different jobs
1) Wanted Merchandiser for Garment industry.
2) Wanted Supervisor for spinning industry.
3) Wanted Service Supervisor for Weaving Industry
2. Write a synopsis for given topics such as Nano textiles 100 words.
3. Write a summary on latest style & features of interior decoration
4. Write an essay on any topic related to smart textiles for 150 words.

Standards to be met:
 Given a job advertisement, a student must be able to write a suitable
resume and a covering letter in 30 min [Advertisements can be tailor-
made by the teacher deliberately to train their students- e.g., two
different jobs like a marketing person and an assistant in a Research &
Development section and train students to prepare two resume for these
jobs highlighting different achievements of the student in co-curricular
activities to suit each job]
 Given a topic, a student must be able to write a synopsis or summary or
an essay in about 150 words in the stipulated time.
Note: All these have to be hand written by the learner and documented for
evaluation.

Task 6- Knowledge of using Internet: 6 hrs. 5 marks.

Method of achieving task: Use the internet and perform the task identified
Suggested activities:
1. Create an e-mail id and mail to 6 others
1) Sending simple messages
 2) Forwarding messages with their comments.
2. Sending message with attachments
1) Adding files as attachments
2) Adding scanned attachments.
3. Collecting data from net
1) Apparel testing and care labelling
2) Fabric handle
4. Forwarding resumes to different jobs.

Standards to be met:
 Given an access to internet, one must be able to create an email ID, send mails,
forward simple mails and also mails with attachments including scanned
attachments and URL (web addresses for direct link). Also, they must be able to
collect data from different websites using internet search engines and forward
resumes to different job offering companies.
Note: Printouts of the mails, replies received and also the attachments with date
and time have to be documented.

Task 7- Oral communication: 12 hrs. 5 marks.

Method of achieving task: Conduct group discussion on a specific topic and record the
discussions
Suggested activities:
1. Debate on current topics like Total quality management
2. Group discussion on latest developments in Weaving.
3. Discussion on qualities required for good entrepreneur.
4. Debate on role of women in managing the industry.

Standards to be met:
 Given a topic of relevance, they must be able to form groups and discuss/debate
on it. Also one must take cue and participate actively in a group discussion .
Encourage students to note down the points of discussion and file the points in
the portfolio for evaluation.

Task 8- Data analysis: 18 hrs. 10 marks.

Method of achieving task: Collecting market data and analysing for meaningful inferences.
Suggested activities:
1. Collect data for any two products/machines of two different producers used in
manufacturing industry which includes technical details, specifications, cost and
customer satisfaction.
2. Use appropriate tools and collect data from authentic sources. Depending on the source
decide the number of units for collecting the data.
3. Analyse the data with a view to compare the two products/ machines.
4. Interpret the analysis for meaningful conclusions.
5. Record the whole process for any other person to verify.

Standards to be met:
 Given two products/equipments/service, one must collect adequate information
from an authentic source for each, like the company website or the printed
brochure and record the specifications.
  The maintenance of quality of the product/service needs to be studied from
personnel working at different levels in the company(3 -5 in number) for each
product/service. A set of questions needs to be prepared for collecting data. The
same questionnaire has to be used for collecting data from the personnel
mentioned above.
 One must compare the two products for all the parameters based on the
specifications. Also, a market survey has to be done preparing a printed
questionnaire of around 5 questions and collecting responses from 20 customers.
Then, analyse the data, compare them and interpret the analysis for meaningful
conclusions.
Note: This being a comprehensive task may require few weeks to finish. The
data collected and the analysis carried out need to be documented.

Task 9-Presentation Skills: 12 hrs. 10 marks.

Method of achieving task: report the data collected and analysed for inferences in task 8.
Student should present the analysis and interpretation of data collected in Task 8 for about
10 minutes supported by few slides (6 to 10) of pictures, graphs and images. The text
material if any may be printed and given to the audience. Discourage students from using
text material in slides.

Standards to be met:
 One must present the analysis done in task 8 using slides with pictures, graphs,
images etc in 10 min. The first slide may contain text only as per need but other
slides should preferably have pictures and images. Usage of graphs for
comparison and analysis is preferred. Text materials have to be given as
handouts to the audience.

Task-10- Pick & Speak: 12 hrs. 5 marks.

Method of achieving task: Pick and speak on any topic at spot
Suggested activities
Pick a topic from a lot and student should be allowed to speak for the duration of
2 to 3 minutes without the aid of any media.

Standards to be met:
 One must be able to talk extempore for 2 min on any topic picked randomly
from the lot, given a time of two minutes for organising his/her thoughts. The
topics can be kept simple and general (current events of interest like cricket or
tsunami). It must be totally an oral activity without the aid of any other media.

Suggested topics for presentation, discussion, and written & other related tasks.

 Advancements in spinning
 Latest fibres
 Hydrogen as alternative fuel
 Lean manufacturing
 Power plant safety
 Alternative materials for manufacturing
 Advancements in Weaving.
 Textiles for Medical applications
 Quality certification standards
  HVI testing
 SQC in textiles
 Time and Method study
 Industrial Waste disposal
 Preventive maintenance
 Industrial safety
 Plasma treatments
 Nano technology
 Smart textiles
 Energy conservation in textile industries
 Work ethics
 Care labelling
 IED
 R & D scope in garment industries
 Export marketing
 Latest finishes

FORMAT OF LOG SHEETS *

Sl.No. Date Task Progress of Initials of staff in charge and Evaluation
Task the student (as suggested in each
task)

Signature of Guide Signature of HOD

 All documented work as described in each task need to be filed in a portfolio

with task no.1 at the bottom and task 10 on top.
 The log sheet may be filed on top.
 Learners need to have only one portfolio which contains all original documents.
Duplicate copies need not be maintained. This is to ensure the authenticity of
data collected and the analysis conducted on the data.

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
(Total no. of students in one batch for end examination should not exceed 10)

1. Maintenance of portfolio & log book. 10

2. Evaluation of prepared report on all ten tasks 65
3. End examination:
A portfolio evaluation is recommended for the end examination evaluating the
record of all ten activities of each individual learner for consistency and in case of
any discrepancy the learner may be assessed on the criteria given against each task.
Marks awarded for evaluating the portfolio - 50
Total= 125.

Note to End examination evaluators:

• Check the genuineness and authenticity of all recorded activities in the portfolio.
 • The learner may be asked to do one activity of the choice of the examiner which
involves listening to instructions, writing a small paragraph of 50 words, reading it and
talking for a few minutes.
• The learner may be asked about his satisfaction of the marks awarded and in case of any
mismatch the examiner may assess his performance and alter the portfolio assessment
(here the benefit of doubt may be in favour of the learner i.e., an improvement may be
recorded but in case the examiner feels that the marks awarded is more the same may
be retained).
• Do not compare the performance of one student with that of another.
• Always compare the performance of a learner to the given standard.
• Total time taken for the evaluation of a portfolio need not exceed 15 minutes.

Recommended text book for the prescribed syllabus:

Ashan Academy (2011), Communication and Analysis skills, Orient
Blackswan, Hyderabad.

References:

1. Chakravarthi K. T. & Chakravarthi L. T. (2011), Soft Skills for Managers,

biztantra, New Delhi.
2. Alex K., (2009), Soft Skills: S. Chand & company Ltd, New Delhi.
3. Pink M. A. & S. E. Thomas. : Communication Skills, S. Chand & company
Ltd, New Delhi.
4. Siddons S. (2008), Presentation Skills, Universities Press, Hyderabad.
5. Adler.: Communication : Goals and Approaches, Cengage Learning.
6. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_Language_Skills_Assessment
7. http://www.how-to-write-a-resume.org/resume_writing_examples.html
8. http://www.mindtools.com/page8.html
9. http://lorien.ncl.ac.uk/ming/Dept/Tips/present/present.html

In case during the implementation of CASP any teacher has a suggestion to improve the
learners competence concerning any one of the ten tasks please feel free to mail to the following
addresses: 1) jointdirector.cdc@gmail.com or 2) ecb@vsnl.net
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fifth Semester
Subject: Chemical processing of Textiles lab-II

Contact Hrs / Week:06 Contact Hrs / Semester:96

Scheme of evaluation
1 Experimental work 1 40 marks
2 Experimental work 2 40 marks
3 Viva-voce 20 marks
100 marks
Experiments
Practice of Block and screen printing techniques
1 Printing of Cellulosic fabric using direct dye
2 Printing of Cellulosic fabric using basic dye
3 Printing of Cellulosic fabric using reactive dye
4 Printing of Cellulosic fabric using pigments
5 Printing of Cellulosic blends with Direct Dye
6 Printing of Cellulosic blends with reactive dye
7 Practice of printing with discharge style with suitable dye combinations
9 Printing of Synthetics with disperse dyes
10 Preparation of screens
11 Preparation of printing paste
12 Printing of Nylon fabric with acid dyes
13 Printing of Silk fabric with basic dyes
14 Printing of Wool fabric with acid dyes
15 Printing of fabric using Tie and dye method
16 Printing of fabric by Batik printing method
17 Study of garment washes and machines
19 Study of computer color mixing and matching
20 Study of Nano finishes and collection of samples
21 Study of garment dyeing machines

Note; Experiments from 17 to 21 are extra curricular activities of students for gain of
Knowledge and not for performance in the examination
List of Equipments Required
Sl. Name of the Equipment Specifications Quantity
No
1 Printing table 2mtrx1mtrx1.5mtr, top is covered 2
with cloth of thickness 1cm and
top is covered with resin cloth
2 Printing screens 6 inchx4inch 15
10 inch x 8inch 10
3 Squeeze Rubber made with wooden handle
Width 6inch 10
Width 3 inch 10
4 Wooden hand blocks Carved designs on top 10
Standard
5 Stirrer Motarised heavy duty 2
6 Water Bath Standard 4
7 Tray Mettalic, 10cmx10cm 5
8 Steamer/curing chamber Lab model 2
9 Hot plates Lab model 2

Materials Required/Consumables per batch of 20 students

Sl.No Material Specifications Qnty

1 Plain cotton Bleached 20 mts
>250 gsm
2 Cotton blend plain Bleached 20 mts
>250 gsm
3 Polyester fabric Bleached 10 mts
>200 gsm
4 Nylon Bleached 10 mts
>200 gsm
5 Woolen fabric/worsted Bleached 10 mts
>300 gsm
6 Silk fabric Bleached 10 mts
>150 gsm
7 Gum tragakanth Lab grade 20 kg
8 Sodium alginate Lab grade 5 kg
9 Sodium chloride Lab grade 10 kg
10 Sodium carbonate Lab grade 10 kg
11 Sodium Hydroxide Lab grade 5 kg
12 Diammonium Phasphate Lab grade 5 kg
13 Egg albumin Lab grade 5 kg
14 Rangalite- C Lab grade 5 kg
Sl.No Material Specifications Qnty
15 Tannic acid Lab grade 5 kg
16 Tartaric acid Lab grade 5 kg
17 Glycerine Lab grade 5 lts
18 Acetic acid Lab grade 5 lts
19 Resist salt Lab grade 5 lts
20 Direct Developer Lab grade 5 lts
21 Reactive dyes Lab grade 1/2kg
22 Direct dyes Lab grade 1/2 kg
23 Basic dyes Lab grade 1/2 kg
24 Disperse dyes Lab grade 1/2 kg
25 Acid dyes Lab grade ½ kg
26 Pigments Lab grade 1/2 kg
27 Vat dyes Lab grade 1/2 kg
28 Bees wax Lab grade 10 kg
29 Paraffin wax Lab grade 10 kg
30 Rosin wax Lab grade 1/2 kg
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fifth Semester
Subject: Chemical Processing of Textiles-II

Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact Hrs / Semester:64

Unit-I HRs Marks

1 Printing Fundamentals 4hrs 10
2 Methods and styles of printing 8hrs 30

Unit-II
3 Printing of natural fibers and viscose rayon fabrics 6hrs 15
4 Printing of manmade fabrics and blends 6hrs 15

Unit-III
5 Introduction to finishing 1hr 5
6 Mechanical finishes 7hrs 20

Unit-IV
7 Chemical Finishes 12hrs 30

Unit-V
8 Environmental aspects of chemical processing 8hrs 20
Industry Innovations 2Hrs
Tests and revisions 6hrs
64hrs
Details of Contents

Unit-I
1 Printing fundamentals
1.1 History of Calico Printing
1.2 Objects of Printing
1.3 Difference between dyeing and printing
1.4 Preparation of printing paste and screens
1.5 Sequence of Printing
1.6 Thickeners
1.7 Auxiliaries used in printing
1.8 After treatments given to Printed fabrics
2 Methods and styles of printing
2.1 Difference between styles and methods of printing
2.2 Different styles of Printing
2.2.1 Direct
2.2.2 Dyed
2.2.3 Discharge
 2.2.4 Resist
2.2.5 Azoic
2.2.6 Metallic
2.3 Different methods of Printing
2.3.1 Block Printing
2.3.2 Stencil Printing
2.3.3 Screen Printing
2.3.4 Hand screen Printing
2.3.5 Automatic Screen Printing
2.3.6 Rotary screen Printing
2.3.7 Duplex Printing
2.3.8 Roller Printing
2.3.9 Aerograph Printing (Spray printing)
2.3.10 Transfer Printing
2.3.11 Foam Printing
2.3.12 Digital printing

Unit-II
3 Printing of natural fibres and viscose rayon fabrics
3.1 Dyes suitable for Printing natural fibres and viscose rayon fabrics
3.2 Printing of cotton with Reactive and vat dyes
3.3 Printing of cotton /viscose rayon fabric with vat dyes
3.4 Pigment dyeing and Printing
3.5 Printing of silk and wool fabrics with Basic and acid dyes
4 Printing of manmade fabrics and blends
4.1 Printing of nylon fabric with acid dyes
4.2 Printing of polyester/ cotton blended fabric with disperse dyes
4.3 Printing of polyester/ cotton blended fabric with suitable dyes
4.4 Printing of acrylic fabrics with basic dyes
4.5 Fixation machines
4.5.1 Steamer
4.5.2 Star ager

Unit-III
5 Introduction to finishing
5.1 Objects of finishing
5.2 Classification of finishes
5.3 Finishing agents
5.4 Specialty Chemicals

6 Mechanical finishes
6.1 Importance of mechanical finishes
6.2 Calendaring
6.3 Raising
6.4 Embossing
6.5 Sanforizing
6.6 Dryers
6.7 Stentors
6.8 Plasma Treatments

Unit-IV
7 Chemical finishes
7.1 Objects of chemical finishes
7.2 Classification of chemical finishes
7.3 Application of chemical finishes
7.3.1 Easy care finishes
7.3.2 Soft finish
7.3.3 Resin finish
7.3.4 Water proof and water repellant finish
7.3.5 Flame retardant finish
7.3.6 Anti pilling finish
7.3.7 De- luster finish
7.3.8 Carbonization
7.3.9 Moth proof finish
7.3.10 Optical Whitening
7.4 Nano finishes

Unit-V
8 Environmental Concerns in chemical processing
8.1 Pollution control in Textile Industry
8.1.1 Causes of pollution in textile industry
8.1.2 Remedies to control pollution in textile industries
8.1.3 Toxicity of chemicals and dyes
8.1.4 Banned dyes and chemicals
8.1.5 ECO-Lables and their importance
8.1.6 Techniques of effluent treatment and effluent testing
8.2 Energy and water conservation
8.2.1 Study of energy and water conservation in chemical processing Industry

References
1 Textile printing - V. A. Shennai, Sevak Publication, Mumbai
2 Textile printing - L. W. C. Miles, Butterworths publication
3 An introduction to Textile Finishing - J.T.Marsh, B Publication 1979
4 NCUTE Publications on chemical processing
5 Textile printing and Finishing - R.S.Prayag
6 Chemical finishing of textiles-By. W. D. Schindler and P. J. Hauser, First
Edition, 2004. Published by The Textile Institute, UK.
 General Educational objectives

1 Understand Printing fundamentals

2 Study of Methods and styles of printing
3 Understand Printing of natural fibres and Man made fibres
4 Understand different finishing treatments
5 Understand Environmental aspects of CPT

Specific instructional objectives

Unit-I
1 Printing fundamentals
1.1 Explain History of Calico Printing
1.2 Explain Objects of Printing
1.3 State Differences between dyeing and printing
1.4 Discuss Preparation of printing paste and screens
1.5 Outline the Sequence of Printing
1.6 Explain Thickeners used in Printing
1.7 Discuss Classification, functions and properties of thickeners
1.8 Discuss Auxiliaries used in printing and their chemistry
1.9 Discuss After treatments given to Printed fabrics

2 Methods and styles of printing

2.1 State differences between styles and methods of printing
2.2 Describe following styles of Printing
2.2.1 Direct
2.2.2 Dyed
2.2.3 Discharge
2.2.4 Resist
2.2.5 Azoic
2.2.6 Metallic
2.2.7 Crimp
2.2.8 Burnt-out
2.3 Describe following methods of Printing
Block Printing, Stencil Printing, Screen Printing, Hand screen Printing, Automatic
Screen Printing , Rotary screen Printing, Duplex Printing, Roller Printing, Aerograph
Printing (Spray printing), Transfer Printing, foam Printing, digital printing
2.4 Explain Preparation of screen for Printing (in brief)

Unit-II
3 Printing of natural fibres and viscose rayon fabrics
3.1 Discuss Dyes suitable for Printing natural fibres and viscose rayon fabrics
3.2 Describe Printing of cotton with Reactive and vat dyes
3.3 Describe Printing of cotton /viscose rayon fabric with vat dyes
3.4 Describe Pigment dyeing and Printing
 3.5 Explain Printing of silk and wool fabrics with Basic and acid dyes

4 Printing of manmade fabrics and blends

4.1 Explain Printing of nylon fabric with acid dyes
4.2 Explain Printing of polyester/ cotton blended fabric with disperse dyes
4.3 Explain Printing of polyester/ cotton blended fabric with suitable dyes
4.4 Explain Printing of acrylic fabrics with basic dyes
4.5 Explain working and uses of Following Fixation machines
4.5.1 Steamer
4.5.2 Star ager

Unit-III
5 Introduction to finishing
5.1 State Objects of finishing
5.2 Write the Classification of finishes
5.3 Explain chemistry of Different finishing agents
5.4 Explain Specialty Chemicals used in finishing

6 Mechanical finishes
6.1 Explain the following
6.2 Calendaring
6.3 Raising
6.4 Embossing
6.5 Sanforizing
6.6 Dryers
6.7 Stentors
6.8 Plasma Treatments

Unit-IV
7 Chemical finishes
7.1 State Objects of chemical finishes
7.2 Write Classification of chemical finishes
7.3 Explain the application of following chemical finishes
7.3.1 Easy care finishes
7.3.2 Soft finish
7.3.3 Resin finish
7.3.4 Water proof and water repellant finish
7.3.5 Flame retardant finish
7.3.6 Anti pilling finish
7.3.7 De- luster finish
7.3.8 Carbonization
7.3.9 Moth proof finish
7.3.10 Optical Whitening
7.4 Explain Nano finishes
 Unit-V
8 Environmental Concerns in chemical processing
8.1 Pollution control in Textile Industry
8.1.1 State Causes of pollution in textile industry
8.1.2 Explain Remedies to control pollution in textile industries
8.1.3 Explain Toxic of chemicals and dyes
8.1.4 State Banned dyes and chemicals
8.1.5 Explain the ECO-Labels and their importance
8.1.6 Explain Techniques of effluent treatment and effluent testing
8.2 Energy and water conservation
8.2.1 Explain energy and water conservation in chemical processing Industry

MODEL QUESTION PAPER -I

Subject: TEXTILE CHEMISTRY-II

Hrs;3 Max marks 100

Note: 1) Section-I is compulsory
2) Answer any two full questions each from the Sections II,III,IV

SECTION-I
1.a) i) printing is also called as ________ 5x1=5
ii) Rotary screen printing was introduced in the year_________
iii) Urea is called as__________
iv) Calendaring is used to impart_____
v) Sanforising treatment is given to fabric to produce_____________
b) Name the essential ingredients of printing paste 5
section-II
2.a) Explain the working of rotary screen printing 9
b) Name three styles of printing
c) Name three method of printing 3
3.a) Explain screen printing 3
b) Name five printing defects 7
c) Explain Digital printing 4
4.a) Explain the procedure to print polyester by disperse dyes 4
b) Highlight the importance of steamer and star ager 8
c) Name dyes which are suitable for printing natural fibres 3
SECTION-III
5.a) With a neat sketch explain Friction calendar machine 9
b) Highlight the importance of mechanical finishes 3
c) Define sanforising 3
6.a) List the objects of finishing 7
b) Explain the working of stentor machine 4
c) Explain the objects of Sanforising principle 4
7.a) Classify and explain the various chemical finishes given to the material 8
b) Differentiate between water proof and water repellant finishes 5
c) Explain optical whitening treatment 2
SECTION-IV
8.a) Explain nano finishes 9
b) Explain fire proof finish 3
c) Explain moth proof finish 3
9.a) Compare between stiff, soft and resin finish 7
b) Explain Raising machine 4
c) Explain carbonization 4
10.a) List various causes of pollution in textile industry and their remedies. 5
b) List any five banned dyes and chemicals 3
c) Explain energy and water conservation 7

MODEL QUESTION PAPER –II

Subject: TEXTILE CHEMISTRY-II

Exam Hrs;3 Max marks 100

Note: 1) Section-I is compulsory
2) Answer any two full questions each from the Sections II,III, and IV

SETION-I
1.a) Fill in the blanks 5x1=5
i) Dispers prints( colours) are used for_______ fibers
ii)Thickener used in reactive prints is______
iii) Acid prints are used on______ fabrics
iv) Zero -Zero finish is given to___ fibres
v)DMDHEU is _________
b) Write a note on water repellency finishes 5
SECTION-II
2.a) State the styles of printing? Explain discharge method of printing. 7
b) What is Digital printing 3
c) Write a note on stencil printing 5
3.a) With a neat sketch explain roller printing 9
b) Write a note on 6
a) Duplex printing.
b) Transfer printing.
4.a) Explain briefly preparation of screen 6
b) Name the dyes used for cotton printng 3
c) Give the print recipe for cotton using reactive dyes 6
SECTION-III
 5.a) Explain the printing of cotton with vat dyes 3
b) What is pigment dyeing. 9
c) Name the dyes used for printing of silk 3
6.a) Explain printing of silk with reactive dyes 3
b) What are the difficulties in printing of synthetics 9
c) Name dyes used for printing of synthetics. 3
7.a) What is star ager? State its importance 2
b) What are the objects of finishing 5
c) Explain embossing 2
SECTION-IV 8

8.a) What is sanforising? Explain with a neat sketch sanforising machine. 8

b) What are the objects of Drying? 3
c) Explain the machine used for damping? 4
9.a) State the importance of optical whitening 3
b) What is flame retardent finish?how it is applied on fabrics 7
c) Explain carbonization 5
10.a) What is Pollution 3
b) What Explain energy conservation in textiles 5
c) Explain pollution control in chemical processing 7
 PROJECT WORK - SCHEDULING
I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII XIII XIV XV XVI
FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT
NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH VACA NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH
TASKS RESOURCE NEEDED T T T T T T T T TION T T T T T T T T
Internet / library /
industry / Research
Literature survey for project Centres

Finalisation of the Area in which

the project has to be done (
Example : Design / Manufacturing Internet / library /
/ Thermal Engineering ) industry

Laboratory /
Finding out Facility to do the Industry/ Project
project Sites
Laboratory /
Collecting Data / Doing Industry/ Project
experiments / writing of code Sites
Using relevent
Analysis of Data software

Results and Fine tuning the Laboratory /

experiment using the Data Industry/ Project
Analysis Sites

Report writing
Submission of Project Report and
Viva voce
 DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER
(Final end examination will be in Sixth Semester)

SUBJECT: PROJECT WORK AND INDUSTRIAL VISIT

Contact Hrs/Week: 3 Hrs. In V SEM Contact Hrs/Week: 3 Hrs. In VI SEM

Total Contact Hrs: 48 Hrs + 48Hrs

As far as possible students should be given application oriented project problems with a view to:

1. Develop an understanding regarding the size and scale of operations and nature of field
work in which students are going to play their role after completing the course of study in
Biotechnology.
2. Develop an understanding of subject based knowledge given in the classroom in the context
of its application at work places.
3. Provide first hand experience to develop confidence amongst the students to enable them to
use and apply acquired technical knowledge and skills to solve practical problems of the
world of work.
4. Develop special skills and abilities like interpersonal skills, communication skills, attitudes
and values.
5. Practical exposure to an industrial activity

For the fulfillment of above competencies, polytechnics may establish close linkage with
8-10 relevant organizations for providing such an experience. It is necessary that each organization
is visited well in advance by respective teachers and activities to be performed by students are well
defined. The chosen activities should be such which are of curricular interest to students and of
professional value to industrial/field organizations.

Each Project batch must have Maximum of 4 students.

Effort should be made to identify actual field problems to be given as project work to the
students. Project selected should not be too complex which is beyond the comprehension level of
the students. The placement of the students for such a practical cum project work should match
with the competency profile and interest of students.

Students may be assessed both by industry and polytechnic faculty.

The suggested performance criteria are given below:

a) Punctuality and regularity (Log book - mandatory and to be produced during IA verification)
b) Initiative in learning / Demonstration
c) Level / proficiency of practical skills acquired
d) Originality
 e) Scope for patentability
f) Sense of responsibility
g) Self expression/Communication skills
h) Interpersonal skills.
g) Report writing skills
h) Viva voce
Some of suggested projects are given below: These are only guidelines; teacher may take any
project related to Biotechnology depending upon the availability of projects. Preference should be
given to practical oriented projects.

Project work

Students have to select any one topic of their own interest under the guidance
Of the department faculty in their areas of specialization, emphasizing the principles
Studied in the theory and practical courses. The selected work will be guided by
a staff of the department.

The Project Report should consist of following items.

1. Abstract
2. Objective
3. Introduction
4. Review of Literature
5. Materials and Methodology
6. Result and Discussion
7. Conclusion and scope for future study
8. References.
____________________________________________________________
GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF PROJECT REPORTS

1. Project reports should be typed neatly in Times New Roman letters with font size 14 for titles and 12
for text on both sides of the paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x 297 mm). The
margins should be: Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75".
2. The total number of reports (Hard bound) to be prepared are
 One copy to the department /library
 One copy to the concerned guide(s)
 One copy to the candidate.
3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and suggested
corrections, if any, must be incorporated.

4. Every copy of the report must contain

  Inner title page (White)
 Outer title page with a plastic cover
 Candidate declaration and Certificate in the format enclosed both from the institution and
the organization where the project is carried out.
 An Abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the work.
5. The organization of the report should be as follows
1. Inner title page
2. Certificate from the institution and the organization where
the project is carried out
3. Acknowledgments Usually numbered in
roman
4. Abstract or Synopsis
5. Table of Contents
6. List of table & figures (optional)
Chapters (to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies the
scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present developments, Main
body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections and subsections.
The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g.
Chapter 2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc.
The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of
chapter centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their headings must be
left justified with section number and its heading in font size 16 and subsection and its heading
in font size 14. The body or the text of the report should have font size 12.
The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise
The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any, their
utility along with the scope for further work.
Reference or Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the order of
their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square brackets for e.g.
[3]. The section on references should list them in serial order in the following format.
1. For textbooks – Dr.Paramar S, Welding process and technology, Khanna publishers,
New Delhi, 2 Edition, 2003.
2. For papers – Y.Javadi and I.sattari, Welding distortion in pipes, Journal of pressure
vessels and piping, Vol 85, Aug 2008, pp 337-343
.
PROJECT EVALUATION:
1. Relevance of the subject in the present context 10 mark
2. Literature Review 10 mark
 3. Methodology 40 mark
4. Results & Discussion 10 mark
5. Industrial visit report 10 mark
6. Presentation 20 mark
TOTAL 100 mark
SESIONAL MARKS EVALUATION:
1. First review (During the end of V th semester) 25 mark
2. Second review (During the end of VI th semester) 25 mark
TOTAL 50 mark
NOTE: 1.Final Sesional marks to be awarded at the end of 6 TH SEMESTER ONLY
2. The candidate declaration and certificate sample copy are enclosed here for incorporation in final project
report
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I A Marks:

Scheme of Evaluation

1 Log record 05
2 Synopsis & Report 10
3 Presentation 10
Total 25
 CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION

I, ------------------------------------------ a student of Diploma in ------------------------------ Department

bearing Reg No---------------------------------------of ---------------------------------------------- hereby
declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and conclusions provided in this
project work titled “-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
“submitted to State Board of Technical Examinations, Government of Karnataka for the award
of Diploma in -----------------------------------.
To the best of my knowledge, this project work has not been submitted in part or full elsewhere in
any other institution/organization for the award of any certificate/diploma/degree. I have
completely taken care in acknowledging the contribution of others in this academic work. I further
declare that in case of any violation of intellectual property rights and particulars declared, found at
any stage, I, as the candidate will be solely responsible for the same.

Date:

Place: Signature of candidate

Name: --------------------
Reg No-------------------
 DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION
NAME OF THE INSTITUTION
Address with pin code
Department of ……………………………………………………..
CERTIFICATE

Certified that this project report entitled --------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------”which is being submitted

by Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a bonafide student of
…………………………………….in partial fulfillment for the award of Diploma in -----------------
Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of students own work carried out under
my/our guidance. It is certified that all corrections/suggestions indicated for internal Assessment have been
incorporated in the Report and one copy of it being deposited in the polytechnic library.

The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of Project work
prescribed for the said diploma.

It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve any
statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project only for
the purpose for which it is submitted.

Guide(s)
Name and signature

Examiners
1
2
Head of Department
Dept. of --------------------
 ROADMAP FOR PROJECT GUIDES

1. The project work is proposed to be carried out during the V and VI semesters so that
learners prepare during the V semester, do some field work based on the preparation during
the mid semester vacation and report the analysis and inferences during the VI semester.
2. The learners would reach a level of maturity by the time they reach V semester and so a
meaningful project lasting for a year can be executed by them.
3. To execute the project with involvement needs constant guidance and monitoring of the
progress of the learners by the guide.
4. This does not mean teacher has to advice learners.
5. Be confident about the ability of the learner and “intellectually provoke” them with
challenging questions. These questions should prompt the learners to search information
and update themselves (to be carried out during the first two weeks).
6. Do not feed information to learners. Instead crate a ‘cognitive dissonance’ (a challenging
question or situation that the learner is not able to find an immediate answer but feels the
need to search for information to find a solution).
7. Defer judgement on learners and give them identified sources if required like a journal
article, book or a web site.
8. Even if the learners report their inability to solve do NOT give or prescribe a solution.
9. Be patient and give time for the learner to construct his knowledge.
10. Give corrective feedback to the learner by challenging his solutions so that his logic is
questioned and it develops further.
11. This leads to the first activity viz., literature survey and conceiving a project.
12. During this phase meet the project team in a group and create a healthy competition among
the learners to search different sources and synthesise their findings in the group.
13. Aim for bringing out a workable innovative project conceived within the first eight weeks as
given in the schedule attached.
14. During these two phases and the third phase the teacher should assess the strengths and
weakness of the members of the group and allocate differential work to team members on
the remaining tasks to be carried out during the next thirty weeks.
15. This is to ensure active participation of all the members of the team.
16. By the end of the twelfth week finalise the project and a schedule of further activities for
each member indicating the time frame in which his activities are to be executed may be
made ready. A soft copy of this schedule may be collected from each learner by the guide
to follow up.
17. This schedule prepared by each learner need to be documented for checking further progress
of the project.
18. The next few phases of the project may require active guidance of the guide especially
regarding the sources of collecting data, if a sample data is to be collected the number of
 units has to be decided, collating the data/fabricating, tryout/analysis and finally coming out
with meaningful conclusions or models or application.
19. Data like models, designs, technical specifications, source code, protocols and original
records need be collected from one authentic source as there will not be any variation. The
teacher may guide the learners to authentic source.
20. Data having limited variability like product/service quality, processes and standards,
procedures need to be collected from a sample as there is a variation. The number of units
from whom (source) the data is to be collected is called sample. The sample needs to be
representative of the expected variation. The decision on the size of the sample and the
number of units need guidance from the teacher. For example, data regarding the quality of
a product/service need be collected from 3 to 5 personnel at different levels of a service
provider or dealers of a product. The numbers given are suggestive but a guide based on his
experience has to make valid suggestions.
21. Data having a wide range of variation like customer satisfaction where the customers are
members of the public need a larger number of units to accommodate the diversity. A tool
like questionnaire with predetermined questions need to be prepared, tried out on a small
sample and finalise the questions. Data may be collected from at least 30 units. This
number is suggested to apply statistical analysis for meaningful conclusions. Guides may
decide on the sample size depending on the accessibility of data.
22. The intention of the above three points viz., 19, 20 and 21 is to ensure objectivity in data
collection i.e., to reduce the subjectivity of the human mind.
23. All the above activities need to be completed before three to four weeks before the end of V
semester (refer the spread sheet related to scheduling).
24. The learners may be instructed to collect data objectively with identified sample during the
next 4 to six weeks which includes the mid semester holidays. This would enable the
learners to visit the field and collect data without the constraint of reporting to institution
and attending classes on a regular basis.
25. The collected data need to be organised and entered to spread sheets or similar formats for
analysis. Qualitative data may be converted to quantitative using a rating scale or similar
data organisation procedures.
26. The result of most analysis on spreadsheet could be obtained in tables or graphs as per the
requirement.
27. Activities mentioned in points 24, 25 and 26 may be carried out by learners during 4 to 8
weeks after commencement of VI semester.
28. Interpretation of the analysed tables and graphs to arrive at meaningful inference. The guide
at this stage may defer his ideas on interpretation allowing the learners to do this. In case
the learners err in the process they may be given corrective feedback.
29. A report of the whole process of doing the project may be written, word processed and
submitted in triplicate.
 30. Guides may contact industries and try to solve their problems so that the learners get a field
experience and they get ready for the industry.
31. Innovations and innovative practices may be encouraged among the learners to be pursued
as a project. Developing prototypes, (in simulation or real) trying out feasibility of new
ideas, changing existing systems by adding modules, combining, assembling new modules
and developing new systems may be given higher priority over routine bookish projects.
32. The schedule of events proposed is for an investigative project as a model. Guides may
alter the prescribed schedule to suit the kind of innovative projects sited in point No.31
above.
33. Industry personnel may be involved in conceiving, executing and evaluating projects. This
gives credibility to the institute and acceptance of learners for absorption into the company.

GUIDELINES TO LEARNERS TO CARRY OUT A TWO SEMESTER PROJECT

1. Carry out the project work through the V and VI semesters. Preparation must be done
during the V semester and based on this, field work should be done during the mid semester
vacation and reporting of analysis and inferences should be done in the VI semester.
2. You have the ability and the level of maturity needed to conceive an innovative and
meaningful project accomplishing which gives you recognition by the industry and
empowers you with the power of knowledge.
3. Understand your strength and weakness and make an effort to find the strength and
weakness of other peers in the team.
4. Complement each other’s strength rather than compete with peers within the team. This
will enable you to complete a comprehensive and innovative project relevant to the
industrial needs rather than doing a routine copy of what others have done.
5. Seek guidance from the teacher and update him/her about the progress.
6. Be confident about your ability and that of other members of your group. Take extra efforts
to collect information, share with your peers and synthesise your knowledge.
7. Question everything including the ideas of your teacher. Accept the ideas and instructions
which are internally consistent (logical).
8. Involve actively in group activities and contribute towards the tasks.
9. Do not depend too much on the teacher as a source of information, search on your own and
build your knowledge structure. Search for authentic sources like journal articles, books
and authentic sites rather than blogs and tweets.
10. Though brief, record your thoughts and activities including searches immediately.
11. Prepare a schedule for your work on a spread sheet and encourage your peers to do the
same.
12. Show your schedule and that of others to the teacher and get his feedback.
13. Keep reviewing the schedule every fortnight and take corrective steps if needed. For doing
this keep the general guideline schedule given in the curriculum as a backdrop.
14. Tools used for data collection like instruments, testing machines, questions to be asked and
software may be tried out and standardised by the twelfth week of the project. Seek the
teacher’s help who is experienced in doing this.
15. Collect data dispassionately or objectively (without applying your personal prejudice).
Complete this task before the VI semester begins.
16. While entering data into the spread sheet ask your peer member to verify. This will ensure
accuracy of data entry.
17. Use appropriate mathematics/statistics for calculations. Seek help from external sources
(other than your teacher) if required.
18. The results of your analysis need to be graphically represented and documented. You may
also add photographs and video clips to increase the validity.
19. This task needs to be completed within 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester.
20. Interpret the data (after analysis) and arrive at meaningful inferences on your own in
discussion with your peers. Get it ratified by your teacher. Suggestions from the teacher
may be discussed among your peers and incorporated if they are internally consistent.
21. The project report may be word processed (videos, photographs attached in soft copy) and
submitted in triplicate two weeks before the end of VI semester.
22. Involve passionately in the team work, make constructive contributions and come out with
an industry friendly project which will equip you in your professional development.
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fifth Semester
TEXTILE TESTING-II

Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact Hrs / Semester:64

Contents No. of Hours Marks

Unit-I
1 Yarn strength 6 15
2 Yarn evenness 6 15
Unit-II
3 Fabric Dimensions 4 10
4 Dimensional Stability 2 5
5 Air permeability 2 5
6 water permeability 4 10
Unit-III
7 Fabric strength 8 20
8 Fabric stiffness 2 5
9 Fabric drape 2 5
10 Crease recovery 1 5
Unit-IV
11 Serviceability 4 10
12 Colour fastness 2 5
13 Thermal Comfort 2 5
14 Quality Control 2 5
Unit-V
15 Probability Distributions 3 10
16 Tests of significance 4 12
17 Control charts 5 13
Industry Innovations and environment concerns 6
Tests and revision 4
Total 64

Details of contents
Unit-I
1 Yarn Strength
1.1 Terms and Definitions related to strength
1.2 Measurement of strength by Uster tester
1.3 Measurement of strength by Scott Serigraph
1.4 Measurement of CSP by Lea tester
2 Evenness
2.1 Terms and Definitions related to evenness
2.2 Types of Periodic Variation
2.3 Description of Roving levelness Tester
2.4 Description of Fielden Walker Tester
2.5 Description of Uster Tester
2.6 Uster classimate Description
2.7 Variance Length Curves
2.8 Causes for irregularity
Unit-II
3 Fabric Dimensions
3.1 Measurement of Length
3.2 Measurement of Width
3.3 Measurement of Crimp
3.4 Measurement of Thickness
4 Dimensional Stability
4.1 Theory of shrinkage
4.2 Measurement of Shrinkage
5 Air permeability
5.1 Terms and Definitions
5.2 Measurement Of Air Permeability
5.3 Factors affecting Air Permeability
6 Water permeability
6.1 Terms and Definitions
6.2 Methods of Testing
Wetting time test, spray test,
Drop test, Bundesman test, Hydrostatic head test
Unit-III
7 Fabric strength
7.1 Measurement of Fabric Tensile Strength
7.2 Measurement Of Tearing Strength
7.3 Measurement of Bursting Strength
7.4 Measurement of seam strength
8 Fabric stiffness
8.1 Terms and Definitions
8.2 Measurement of Stiffness By Cantilever and Heart loop method
9 Fabric drape
9.1 Concept of Drape and drape coefficient
9.2 Measurement of Fabric Drape By Drape Tester
10 Crease recovery
10.1 Crease recovery angle
10.2 Crease recovery angle measurement
Unit-IV
11 Serviceability
11.1 Introduction
11.2 Pilling tests
11.3 Abrasion Resistance, factors affecting, and tests
12 Color fastness tests
12.1 Wash fastness
12.2 Rubbing fastness
12.3 Light fastness
12.4 Perspiration fastness
13 Thermal comfort
13.1 Meaning
13.2 Measurement
14 Quality Control
14.1 Meaning of terms associated with Quality control
14.2 Six sigma limits
14.3 Quality assurance
14.4 ISO 9000
Unit-V
15 Probability Distributions
15.1 Properties of Normal, Binomial, Piosson Distributions
15.2 Random Errors
15.3 Sample Size
15.4 Simple problems from above topics
16.1 Significance tests
16.2 Simple problems on-t-Test, F-test, Z-test
17 Control charts
17.1 Introduction
17.2 Importance
17.3 Basis of Control chart
17.4 x & R charts, p chart, np chart, c charts
17.5 Problems on above

References
1 Principles of textile testing J.E.Booth, Butterworth, Wendon II- Edition
2 Hand book of textile testing and Quality control -Wiley Easter Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
1969 - Grover and Hambey
3 Textile testing- Skinkle T. B. Taraurwal sons and co. Ltd.
4 Characteristics of raw cotton -Textile insti8tute
5 Physical Testing -I & II Keshavan and Angappan SSM ITT, Tamilnadu 1987
6 Physical Testing-Saville
 General Educational Objectives

1 Understand Yarn Strength

2 Understand Evenness
3 Understand Fabric Dimensions
4 Understand Dimensional Stability
5 Understand Air permeability
6 Understand Water permeability
7 Understand Fabric strength
8 Understand Fabric stiffness
9 Understand Fabric drape
10 Understand Crease recovery
11 Understand Serviceability
12 Understand Color fastness tests
13 Understand Thermal comfort
14 Understand Quality Control
15 Understand Probability Distributions
16 Understand Significance tests
17 Control charts

Specific Instructional objectives

Unit-I
1 Yarn Strength
1.1 Define Terms and Definitions related to strength
1.2 Describe Measurement of strength by Uster tester
1.3 Outline the method of Measurement of strength by Scott Serigraph
1.4 Outline the method of Measurement of CSP by Lea tester
2 Evenness
2.1 Define Terms and Definitions related to evenness
2.2 Explain Types of Periodic Variation
2.3 Explain Description of Roving levelness Tester
2.4 Explain description of Fielden Walker Tester
2.5 Explain description of Uster Tester
2.6 Explain Uster classimate
2.7 Explain Variance Length Curves
2.8 Explain Discuss Causes of irregularity
Unit-II
3 Fabric Dimensions
3.1 Describe of Measurement Length
3.2 Describe Measurement Width
3.3 Explain Measurement Crimp
3.4 Explain Measurement of Thickness
4 Dimensional Stability
4.1 Explain Theory of shrinkage
4.2 Explain Measurement of Shrinkage
5 Air permeability
5.1 Define Terms and Definitions
5.2 Explain Measurement Of Air Permeability
5.3 Discuss Factors affecting Air Permeability
6 Water permeability
6.1 Define Terms and Definitions
6.2 Explain Methods of Wetting time test, spray test,
Drop test, Bundesman test, Hydrostatic head test
Unit-III
7 Fabric strength
7.1 Explain Measurement of Fabric Tensile Strength by Instron and CRT Tester
7.2 Describe Measurement Of Tearing Strength
7.3 Explain Measurement of Bursting Strength
7.4 Describe Measurement of seam strength
8 Fabric stiffness
8.1 Define Terms and Definitions
8.2 Describe Measurement of Stiffness By Cantilever and Heart loop method
9 Fabric drape
9.1 Define the terms Drape and drape coefficient
9.2 Describe Measurement of Fabric Drape By Drape Tester
10 Crease recovery
10.1 Define Crease recovery angle
10.2 Describe Crease recovery angle measurement
Unit-IV
11 Serviceability
11.1 Define
11.2 Explain Pilling tests
11.3 Explain Abrasion Resistance, factors affecting, and tests
12 Color fastness tests
12.1 Describe measurement of Wash fastness
12.2 Explain method of measurement of Rubbing fastness
12.3 Explain method of measurement Light fastness
12.4 Explain methodof measurement Perspiration fastness
13 Thermal comfort
13.1 Define thermal comfort
13.2 Explain Measurement of thermal property of fabrics
14 Quality Control
14.1 Define terms associated with Quality control
14.2 Discuss ISO 9000 Series
14.3 Explain six sigma limits
 Unit-V
15 Probability Distributions
15.1 State Properties of Normal, Binomial, Piosson Distributions
15.2 Write a note on Random Errors
15.3 Calculate Sample Size from the data
15.4 Calculate area under normal curve
16 Significance tests
16.1 Work out Calculate problems on
t-Test
F-test
Z-test
17 Control charts
17.1 Introduction
17.2 State Importance
17.3 State Basis of Control chart
17.4 Explain construction of X & R charts, p chart, np chart, c charts
17.5 Work out Problems on above

Model paper-I

Subject: TEXTILE TESTING-II

NOTE ; Answer all sections

Section-I is compulsory
Answer two full questions each from sections ,II,III,IV
Section-I
1 a Fill in the blanks
i) Lea tester is used to measure_______
ii)Uster classiment is used to find______ .
iii) Instron tester works on the principle of______
iv) Most influncecial parameter on air permeability of fabrics is______
v) _______ fabrics will have high Tearing strength
B) Define
1) tensile strength b) work of rupture
c) tenacity d) water repellency
Section-II
2, a) With a neat sketch explain any one yarn strength measuring instrument. 9
b) Explain CRL , CRT , methods of loading 6
3, a) Explain the Uster evenness tester with a sketch 9
b) Write a note on variance-length curves 4
c) Classify periodic variations 2
4, a) Explain the measurement of Thickness of yarn 8
b) Explain the importance of crimp 7
Section-III
5), a) Explain the measurement of air permeability by shirly permeability meter 9
 b) Discuss the factors influencing tensile strength of fabric 6
6) a) What is fabric assistance ? 2
b) Name instruments used to measure strength of fabrics 4
c) Explain measurement of strength by Instron 9
7) , a) What is ISO 9000 series? 3
b) Name control charts? State their significance 3
c) State the properties of normal distribution 3
d) Define quality controls and quality assurance 6
Section-IV
8) , a) What is Pooled estimate? Write formula for it 4
b) What is T test and F test 6
c) One hundred ring bobbin are tested for count and the mean count is found
to be 34.2s .The farme is nominally spg 34s . If the SD of sample is 0.62 ,
can be we conclude that the frame is really spinning off count ? 5
9) , a) What is contact angle ? 3
b) Explain with neat sketch drop penetration tester 9
c) What are factors affecting pilling? 3
10) , a) Explain Martin dale abrasion tester 7
b) Discuss control charts and their utility 8
**************

MODEL PAPER-II
Subject: TEXTILE TESTING-II
NOTE ; Answer all sections
Section-I is compulsory
Answer two full questions each from sections ,II,III IV

1, a), Fill in the blanks 5

i) Fabric defects follows_____ chart
ii) t-test is used for______ samples
iii) Standard atmosphere for testing is______%RH
iv)Area under normal distribution curves is__________
v) The angle of deflection is Shirley stiffness testers is ________
b) Discus quality control in textiles 5
SECTION -II
2, a) What are periodic variations? Explain 6
b) State the indices which measures irregularities 2
c) Explain with a neat sketch Uster evenness tester 7
3, a) Discus the cause and effects of irregularity 7
b) Explain pendulum lever principle 8
4, a) Explain measurement of single yarn strength 7
b) What is CSP? State its importance 5
c) What are the factors which influence the strength 3
SECTION-III
5, a) What is the use of Shirley taper line grating on what principle it works 3
 b)Discuss crimp and its influnce on fabric properties 8
c) What is crimp amplitude? State its relation with thickness 6,
6 a) Explain with a neat sketch mearurement of stiffness by shirley stiffness tester 9
b) Give mathematical expression of drape co-efficient 2
c) Define serviceability and wear 4
7 a) Define water proof, shower proof and water repellent 6
b) Explain with a neat sketch drop penetration tester 9
SECTION-IV
8 a) Explain measurement of bursting strength of fabrics 7
b) What is shrinkage ? How it is measured 8
9 a) State various fastness test carried out for fabrics 3
b) How wash fastness is measured 6
c) Discuss ISO 9000 series 6
10 a) What is control chart? Give control chart limits in graphical manner 6
b) Filament yarn was tested for strength before and after a chemical treatment.
In each case 10 test specimen were tested and the3 following results were obtained

Untreated Treated
Filament filament
Number of tests 10(n1) 10(n2)
Mean strength(g) 295(x1) 271(x2)
Standard deviation 8(sd1) 12(sd2)

Is there sufficient evidence to show that the chemical treatment has

Weakened the filament? 9
********
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Fifth Semester
Subject:Textile Testing lab-II

Contact Hrs / Week: 06 Contact Hrs / Semester:96

TEXTILE TESTING LAB -II

Scheme of evaluation
1 Procedure 10 marks
2 Experimental work 20 marks
3 Tabulation 20 marks
4 Calculations 15 marks
4 Interpretation of result 10 marks
5 Viva- voce 20 marks
6 Record 05 marks

100 marks

List of Experiments
1 Determination of single yarn strength
2 Determination of single yarn strength in loop and knot form
3 Determination of Lea yarn strength
4 Determination of Evenness of yarn
5 Determination of Tensile strength of fabrics
6 Determination of bursting strength of fabrics
7 Determination of tearing strength of fabrics on Elmondorf tester
8 Determination of Seam strength of fabrics
9 Determination of Stiffness properties of fabrics
10 Determination of Crease recovery angle of fabrics
11 Determination of Drape coefficient of fabrics
12 Determination of Dimensional stability of fabric
13 Determination of Tearing strength on Ballistic strength tester
14 Assessment of Water repellency of fabrics
15 Determination of wash fastness of fabrics by different treatments
16 Determination of Rubbing fastness of fabrics by Crock meter
17 Determination of perspiration fastness of fabrics
18 Determination of Air permeability of fabrics
19 Determination of Abrasion resistance of fabrics
20 Assessment of Pilling tendency of fabrics
21 Determination of Crimp of fabrics
22 Determination of Thickness of fabric and study of hysteresis
23 Determination of Constructional parameters of fabric
24 Study of International standards for children garments
25 Study of International and domestic brands
26 Study of International care labeling system
27 Study of Information on specialty tests for technical textiles
28 Study of Information on Apparel testing.

Note; Experiments from 24 to 28 are extra curricular activities of students for gain of
knowledge and not for performance in the examination

List of Equipments Required

Sl.No Name of the Equipment Specifications Quantity
1 Single yarn strength tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
2 Lea Tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
3 ASTM evenness boards ASTM standards 1
4 Fabric tensile strength tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
5 Elmodorf tearing strength tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
6 Bursting strength tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
7 Drape meter IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
8 Stiffness tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
9 Crease recovery tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 3
10 Crock meter IS/BS/AATCC standards 3
11 Spray tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 3
12 Abrasion tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
13 Air permeability tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
14 Thickness Gauge IS/BS/AATCC standards 4
15 Crimp tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
16 Pilling tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
17 Perspirometer IS/BS/AATCC standards 3
18 Shrinkage apparatus IS/BS/AATCC standards 3
19 Laundry meter IS/BS/AATCC standards 1
20 Ballistic tester IS/BS/AATCC standards 1

Materials Required/Consumables per batch of 20 students

Sl.No Material Specifications Qnty
1 Plain fabric Scoured , Mercerized 20mtrs
2 Twill fabric Scoured , Mercerized 20mtrs
3 Plain fabric Dyed 10mts
4 Twill fabric Dyed 10mts
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Sixth Semester
Subject: Apparel Manufacture Lab

Contact Hrs / Week:06 Contact Hrs / Semester:96

Scheme of evaluation

1 Prepare pattern and stitch the garment

i) Pattern preparation 30
ii) Stitching 40

Note- The experiment Numbers 1-10 to be given for performance in the exam

2. Identification 10
3. Viva voce 20
100

CONTENTS

1. Practice of sewing for lines

2. Practice of sewing for Geometric figure.
3. Prepare samples for basic Hand stitches, seams, darts & pleats.
4. Preparing samples for Necklines – Bias facing, Bias Binding & Fitted facing.
5. Preparing samples for collars – Peter Pan collar, Full shirt collar, Shawl collar.
6. Preparing samples for pockets – patch pocket, bound pocket & front hip pocket.
7. Preparing samples for plackets – continuous bound placket, 2 piece placket,
8. Preparing samples for Sleeves – Plain, Puff, Raglan, Kimono.
9. Step by step construction of Jabala
10. Step by step construction sun suit
11. Step by step construction of Briefs
12. Step by step construction of banyans
13. Step by step construction T shirt
14. Step by step construction Casual shirt (2 Sessions)
15. Step by step construction of Ladies Sal war Kameez (2 Sessions)
16. Step by step construction of Ladies top (2 Sessions)
17. Step by step construction of f trouser (2 Sessions)
CONSUMBALES: (to be brought by students)
1. Bobbin case
2. Scissors
3. Needles
4. Canvas Material
5. Sewing Threads
6. Fusing canvas
7. Elastics
8. Sponge
9. Fabric

List of Equipments Required for batch 0f 20 students

Sl.No Name of the Equipment Specifications Quantity

1 Single needle lock stitch machine Standard 20
2 Flat lock machine with elastic attachment Standard 1
3 Feed off the arm machine Standard 1
4 Over lock machine Standard 5
5 Button holing & button stitching machine. Standard 1 each
6 Ironing Table Standard 1
7 Steam Iron Box Standard 1
8 Dopuble needle lock stitch machine Standard 2
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Sixth Semester
Subject: Apparel manufacture-II
Contact Hrs / Week : 04 Contact Hrs / Semester: 64hrs

Contents Contact Hrs Marks

UNIT-I

1 Statistical process control 15hrs 40

UNIT-II 08hrs 24
2 Industrial Engineering

UNIT-III 10hrs 25

3 Merchandising

UNIT-IV 15hrs 40

4 Sewing skills and GSD

5 R & D and IED

UNIT-V 06hrs 15

6 Embroidery

Tests and Revisions 04hrs

Environmental concerns and 06hrs
Industry innovations
Total 64hrs
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Sixth Semester
Subject: Apparel manufacture-II
Contact Hrs / Week: 04 Contact Hrs / Semester: 64

Details of Contents

UNIT-I

1 Statistical process control

Types of Inspection in garments
AQL
JC penny
Traffic light
Six sigma-Origin and meaning, levels and methods, application
Carton drop Test
General tolerance limits
Defect classification in garments
International standards for children’s garments
Care labeling- International, American, British , Canadian and Japanese systems
UNIT-II
2 Industrial Engineering
Work Study- Definition, objects procedure, conditions of working and environment
Method study- Definition, objects procedure, String diagram, Charts, motion study
Work measurement- Definition, purpose, procedure, uses, techniques, work sampling,
time study
Lean Manufacturing-History, definition, type of wastes-5S, Implementation, Goals
and strategies
UNIT-III

3 Merchandising
Definition
Role of merchandiser
Compare merchandising and marketing
Merchandising strategies and process- production lines, dimensions of product
change, line planning, line development, line presentation
Product standards and specifications
Product and Quality Standards
Product Development and the Design Function
Role of Product Change in the Design
3.10 Post adoption Style. Development of Apparel Design
3.12 Export marketing: Terms, Shipping, Sea shipments, air shipment, Documentation,
Containers, Export finance, Rules and regulations
UNIT-IV
4 Sewing Skills & GSD Methods
4.1 General Sewing Data GSD-Measurement of work, Method and Method Analysis
4.2 Predetermined Motion Time System (PMTS),
4.3 GSD Analysis, Standard Minute Value
4.4 Knowledge Skill Attitude (KSA) Test
5 R&D
5.1 Flow of Work - Sewing Section and it's objectives
5.2 Elements of Cost and Major areas of Excess Cost
5.3 Analysis of Style , Patterns & Preparation of Duplicate Patterns
5.4 Order Sheets
5.5 Analysis of Organizational Behavior(OB)
5.6 Line Balancing Concepts
5.7 Budgeted Efficiency
5.8 MIS
5.9 Capacity Study– Rating

UNIT-V

6 Embroidery
6.1 Introduction and origin of embroidery
6.2 Knowledge on embroidery stitches
6.3 Indian traditional embroideries
6.4 Knowledge on surface ornamentations
6.5 CAD Software’s used for embroideries
6.6 Types of embroidery machines and their working
7 Washing
7.1 Flow of Work – Washing
7.2 Different Types of Washing
7.3 Understanding types of washing machines and the Washing Process.

References
1. E. Glock Ruth and I. Kunz Grace, "Apparel Manufacturing - Sewn Product
Analysis",Blackwell Scientific Publications, 1996.
2. 2. Jeannette Jamow, Kitty G.Dickerson, "Inside the Fashion Business", Prentice-Hall
of India, 1997.
3. Sheila Paine, “Embroidered textiles”, Thames and Hudson Ltd., 1990. Gail
Lawther, “Inspirational Ideas for Embroideery on clothes & ccessories”, Search
Press Ltd., 1993.
4. Singer, “Sewing Active Wear”, Cy DeCosse Incorporated, 1986.
5. Singer, “Sewing Pants That Fit”, Cowles Creative Publishing Inc., 1989.
6. Harold Carr & Barbara Latham, “The technology of Clothing Manufacture”,
Blackwell Science Inc., 1994.
 7. Singer, “Sewing Lingerie”, Cy DeCosse Incorporated, 1991.
8. Gerry Cooklin, “Garment technology for Fashion Designers”, Blackwell Science,
1997
9. Johnson Maurice, E. Moore, “Apparel Product Development”, Om Book Service,
2001.
10. Katherin McKelvy, “Fashion Source Book”, Om Book Service, 2001.

General Educational objectives

1. Understand Statistical process control

2. Understand Industrial Engineering
3. Understand Merchandising
4 Understand Sewing Skills & GSD Methods
5 Understand R&D and IED
6 Understand Embroidery stitches, machines and Washing

Specific Instructional objectives

UNIT-I

1. Statistical process control

1.1 List types of Inspection in garments.
1.2 Explain AQL system
1.2.1 Work out small problems on AQL
1.3 Explain JC penny system
1.3.1 Work out small problems on JC penny system
1.4 Explain Traffic light
1.5 Six sigma
1.5.1 Explain the origin and meaning of six sigma.
1.5.2 Describe the Levels and methods of six sigma.
1.5.3 State the applications of six sigma.
1.6 Describe Carton drop Test
1.7 Explain general tolerance limits.
1.8 Explain Defect classification in garments
1.9 State International standards for children’s garments
1.10 Explain Care labeling- International, American, British , Canadian and Japanese
systems
UNIT-II
2. Industrial Engineering
Work Study
Define work study
State Objects
 2.1.3 Write the procedure,
2.1.4 State the conditions of working and environment
2.2 Method study
2.2.1 Define
2.2.2 State objects
2.2.3 Write the procedure
2.2.4 Explain String diagram, Charts, and motion study
2.3 Work measurement
2.3.1 Define
2.3.2 State the purpose
2.3.3 Write the procedure
2.3.4 State uses,
2.3.5 Explain techniques, work sampling, and time study
2.4 Lean Manufacturing-
2.4.1 Define
2.4.2 Explian-5S,
2.4.3 Write the Implementation procedures,
2.4.4 Explain the Goals and strategies
UNIT-III

3 Merchandising
3.1 Define
3.2 Explain the role of merchandiser
3.3 Compare merchandising and Marketing
3.4 Write a note on production lines, dimensions of product change, line planning,
line development, line presentation
3.5 Explain Product standards and specifications
3.6 Write a note on Standards for Quality, fit, and Performance, Use of
Specifications- Writing Specifications for Apparel Manufacturing.
3.7 Explain Product Development and the Design Function
3.8 Write a note on Role of Product Change in the Design
3.9 Write a note on Post adoption Style. Development of Apparel Design
3.10 Write a note on Export marketing
3.11 Write a note on Shipping, Sea shipments, air shipment,
3.12 Write a note on Documentation
3.13 Write a note on Containers,
3.14 Write a note on Export finance, Rules and regulations
3.15 Work out problems on costing of garments with suitable data
 UNIT-IV

4 Sewing Skills & GSD Methods

4.1 General Sewing Data GSD
4.1.1 Write a note on Measurement of work
4.1.2 Write a note on Method and Method Analysis
4.1.3 Write a note on Predetermined Motion Time System (PMTS)
4.1.4 Write a note on GSD Analysis and Standard Minute Value
4.1.5 Write a note on Knowledge Skill Attitude (KSA) Test
5 R&D
5.1 Write a note on Flow of Work in Sewing Section
5.2 Explain Elements of Cost and Major areas of Excess Cost
5.3 Write a note on Analysis of Style , Patterns & Preparation of Duplicate Patterns
5.4 Write a note on Order Sheets
5.5 Write a note on Analysis of Organizational Behavior(OB)
5.6 Write a note on Line Balancing Concepts
5.7 Write a note on Budgeted Efficiency
5.8 Write a note on MIS
5.9 Write a note on Capacity Study– Rating

UNIT-V

6 Embroidery
6.1 Write a note on origin of embroidery
6.2 Explain different embroidery stitches
6.3 Write a note on Indian traditional embroideries
6.4 Write a explanatory note on surface ornamentations
6.5 Write a note on CAD Software’s used for embroideries
6.6 State and explain types of embroidery machines and their working
7 Washing
7.1 Write a note on Flow of Work in Washing
7.2 Write a note on Different Types of Washing
7.3 Write a note on types of washing machines and the Washing Process.
 MODEL QUESTION PAPER I
Sub; Apparel Manufacture-II

NOTE ; Answer all sections

Section-I is compulsory
Answer two full questions from sections ,II,III,IV

SECTION I

. 1. Fill in the blanks 5

a i) ________ is an example for inspection system
ii) The aim of industrial engineering is _________
iii) Write the symbol for do not wash_____
iv) Systematic method analysis is known as_______
v) Expansion of PMTS________
b Write a note on JC penny system 5
Section-II
2 a) Explain Types of Inspection 8
b) Explain traffic light system 7
3 a) Explain six sigma limits 6
b) Explain carton drop test 5
c) State International standards for children’s garments 4
4 a) Explain International Care labeling 7
b) Define work study 3
c) State working conditions for work study 5
Section-II
5 a) Explain method study 8
b) Explain wok measurement 7
6 a) State the differences between merchandising and marketing 5
b) Explain the role of merchandiser 7
c) Define line planning 3
7 a) write the specimen cost sheet of merchandiser 5
b) Write a note on dimensions of product change 5
c) Write a note on Predetermined Motion Time System 5
Section-III
8 a) Write a note on GSD Analysis 5
b) Write a note on Standard Minute Value 5
c) Write a note on Flow of Work in Sewing Section 5
9 a) Write a note on Order Sheets 5
b) Write a note on Line Balancing Concepts 5
c) Write a note on Indian traditional embroideries 5
10 a) Explain different embroidery stitches 7
b) Define garment washing 3
c) Write a note on CAD Software’s used for embroideries 5
 MODEL QUESTION PAPER II
Sub; Apparel Manufacture-II

NOTE ; Answer all sections

Section-I is compulsory
Answer two full questions from sections ,II,III,IV

Section-I

. 1. Fill in the blanks 5

a i) AQL is______ system
ii) Important tool in time study is _________
iii) The symbol for Dry clean in American system is _____
iv) Fish bone stitch is an example of ___________
v) Expansion of KSA_______
b Write a note on Export regulations 5
Section-II
3 a) Explain AQL system 6
b) Explain Garment defects 6
c) write a note on 100% inspection 3
3 a) State the applications of six sigma limits 5
b) Explain general tolerance limits if six sigma 5
c) State International standards for children’s garments 5
4 a) Explain American Care labeling system 5
b) Define Method study 3
c) Explain lean manufacturing 7
Section-II
5 a) Explain time study 8
b) Explain charts in method study 7
6 a) Explain merchadising strategies 5
b) Explain the role of merchandiser 7
c) Define line presentation 3
7 a) Explain different shipments 5
b) Write a note on Documentation 5
c) Write a note on 5 types of waste 5
Section-III
8 a) Write a note on KSA Analysis 5
b) Write a note on General sewing data 5
c) Write a note on Flow of Work in Sewing 5
9 a) Write a note on MIS 5
b) Write a note on Capacity study 5
c) Write a note on origin of embroidery 5
10 a) Explain surface ornamentation 6
b) Write the flow sheet for washing 4
c) Explain one head embroidery machine 5
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Sixth Semester(Elective)
Subject: APPLIED ELECTRONICS IN TEXTILES

Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact Hrs Marks

Content
Unit-I
1 Introduction to Automation in Textiles 4 10
2 Sensors & Transducers used in textiles 6 15

Unit-II

3 Signal Conditioning & Data Converters(BDT) 6 30

4 Control systems 6

Unit-III
5 Final Control Element 10 25

Unit-IV
6 Microprocessors as a Control Element 12 30

Unit-V
7 Basics of Power Electronic as a Control Element 8 35
8 Trends in Textile Electronics 4
9 Industry Innovations and environmental aspects 6
Tests 4
Total 64

DETAILS OF CONTENTS
Unit-I

1 Introduction to Automation
1.1 Closed loop control
1.2 Open loop control
1.3 Feed Forward control
1.4 Application in Textile Processes
1.5 Basic Definitions of Control & Instrumentation
2 Sensors & Transducers used in Textile
2.1 Active sensors
2.2 Passive sensors
2.3 Optical sensors
2.4 Temperature sensors
2.5 Flow sensors
2.6 Force sensors
2.7 Pressure Transducer
2.8 Yarn Tension sensors
2.9 Yarn Evenness sensors
2.1 PH sensors
2.11 Humidity Measuring sensors
Unit-II

3 Signal Conditioning & Data Converters (BDT)

3.1 Block Diagram of Signal Conditioning
3.2 Bridges
3.3 Operational Amplifier
3.4 A\D & D\A Converters
4 Control systems
4.1 Multiplexer
4.2 Sample & hold circuit
4.3 Data acquisition system
4.4 Interfacing Techniques
Unit-III

5 Final Control Element

5.1 Signal conversion
5.2 Pneumatic to Electronic converters
5.3 Electronic to Pneumatic Converters
5.4 Actuators
5.5 Final Control Elements
Unit-IV
6 Microprocessor as a Control Element
6.1 Microprocessor or Architecture
6.2 Introduction to 8085
6.3 Interfacing Technique
6.4 Use of Microprocessor in Control
6.5 Brief study of Microcontrollers
Unit-V

7 Basics of Power Electronic as a Control Element

7.1 SCR
7.2 Thyristor
7.3 TRIAC
7.4 Triggering Circuits
7.5 Rectifiers
7.6 Inverters
7.7 Speed Control in Textile M/cs
8 Trends in Textile Electronics
8.1 PLC Application in Textile
8.2 Neural Network image processing
8.3 Introduction to Fuzzy Control
 8.4 application of image processing

References
1 NCUTE series on electronic controls in textiles
2 Control system by Nagrath- McGrowhill Publications

General Educational Objectives

1 Understand Automation in textile

2 Understand Sensors & Transducers used in Textile
3 Understand Signal Conditioning & Data Converters (BDT)
4 Understand Control systems
5 Understand Final Control Element
6 Study of Microprocessor as a Control Element
7 Understand Basics of Power Electronic as a Control Element
8 To Know Trends in Textile Electronics

Specific Instructional objectives

Note ; Most of the Topics are Block Diagram Explanations

Unit-I
1 Introduction to Automation in textile
1.1 Explain Closed loop control
1.2 Explain of Open loop control
1.3 Explain of Feed Forward control
1.4 Discuss the applications of above in Textile Processes
1.5 State the basic Definitions of Control & Instrumentation
2 Sensors & Transducers used in Textile
2.1 Explain the principle of Active sensors
2.2 Explain the principle of Passive sensors
2.3 Explain the principle of Optical sensors
2.4 Describe the principle of Temperature sensors
2.5 Describe the principle of Flow sensors
2.6 Explain the principle of Force sensors
2.7 Explain the principle of Pressure Transducer
2.8 Explain the principle of Yarn Tension sensors
2.9 Describe the principle of Yarn Evenness sensors
2.1 Explain the principle of PH sensors
2.11 Explain the principle of Humidity Measuring sensors

Unit-II

3 Signal Conditioning & Data Converters (BDT)

3.1 Explain Signal Conditioning
3.2 Explain Bridges
3.3 Explain working of Operational Amplifier
3.4 Explain working of A\D & D\A Converters
4 Control systems
4.1 Explain working of Multiplexer
4.2 Write a Brief Note on Sample & hold circuits
4.3 Write a Brief Note on Data acquisition system
4.4 Explain interfacing Techniques

Unit-III

5 Final Control Element

5.1 Briefly explain Signal conversion
5.2 Briefly explain Pneumatic to Electronic converters
5.3 Write a brief note on Electronic to Pneumatic Converters
5.4 Write a brief note on Actuators
5.5 Write a brief note on Final Control Elements

Unit-IV

6 Microprocessor as a Control Element

6.1 Explain Microprocessor or Architecture
6.2 Explain 8085
6.3 Explain Interfacing Technique
6.4 Explain Use of Microprocessor in Control
6.5 Write a brief note on Microcontrollers

Unit-V

7 Basics of Power Electronic as a Control Element

7.1 Explain SCR
7.2 Explain Thyristor
7.3 Explain TRIAC
7.4 Explain Triggering Circuits
7.5 Explain Rectifiers
7.6 Explain Inverters
7.7 Explain Speed Controls in Textile M/cs
8 Trends in Textile Electronics
8.1 Explain PLC Application in Textile
8.2 Explain Neural Network image processing
8.3 Explain Fuzzy Control
8.4 Explain application of image processing

Model paper-I
Subject: APPLIED ELECTRONICS IN TEXTILES
 Exam Duration;3Hrs Max Marks 100

NOTE ; Answer all sections

Section-I is compulsory
Answer two full questions from sections ,II,III,IV

Q1,a i)Draw frame autoleveller is __________loop Controller 5

ii) An example for active sensor is _________
iii) ________ is a force sensor
iv) 8085 is ________
v)Expand TRIAC_________
b) Write about yarn evenness sensors 5
SECTION-II
2,a) Explain close loop control in textile process 9
b) Define control system 3
c) What are Transducers 3
3, a) What are optical sensor? Explain its application in textiles 8
b) Give the block diagram of working of active sensors 4
c) State the utility of force sensors 4
4, a) Write about humidity measuring sensors 3
b) With a block diagram explain signal conditioning 9
c) What are analog to digital converters 3
SECTION -III
5, a) What are operational amplifiers? Explain with block diagram 9
b) What is
1) sample circuit 2) hold circuit 6
6, a) Explain with block diagram any one interfacing technique 9
b) What are "Actuators" Explain explain briefly 6
7, a) Explain interfacing technique of 8085 8
b) What are the uses of microprocessor in control 4
c) State PLC application in textiles 3
SECTION -IV
8,a) Explain SCR with neat sketch. 8
b) Write about speed control in textile machines 4
c) Write about application of image processing in textiles 3
9,a) Explain neutral network image processing 9
b) Explain "Fuzzy " control in textiles 6
10,a) Explain electronic to pneumatic converters 9
b) Explain microprocessor application in textiles 6
 MODEL PAPER-II

APPLIED ELECTRONICS IN TEXTILES

NOTE ; Answer all sections
Section-I is compulsory
Answer two full questions from each sections ,II,III,IV

SECTION -I

1a) i) An example for closed controller in spinning is ___________

ii) Uster Evenness tester works on ___________ sensor
iii) Dobby uses _________ type microprocessor
iv) Expand TRIAC
v) Give an example of neural network image processing _________
textile field

b) PLC application in textiles 5

SECTON -II
2a) Explain with block diagram open loop control in textile process 9
b) What is instrumentation ? Why we need to study instrumentation ? 6
3a) What are optical sensors ?Explain any one type of optical sensor 9
b) State the application of Flow and Force sensors 6
4a) What is Feed Forward control? State its applications in textile process 6
b) Explain yarn tension sensors applications in winding department 7
c) What is signal conditioning 2
SECTON -III
5a) What is multiplexer? Explain its working 9
b) What is data acquisition system? 3
c) What are interfacing techniques? 3
6a) What is the principle of pneumatic to electronic conversion 4
b) Explain with block diagram electronic signals to pneumatic signals 9
c) State the uses of signal conversions 2
7a) Explain interfacing technique of microprocessors 9
b) Discuss the usefulness of micro processor control in textile process 6

SECTION -IV
8a) Discuss usefulness of speed controllers in textile machines 7
b) Describe with block diagram triggering circuits 8
9a) What are rectifiers? With block diagram explain working of rectifiers 9
b) What is TRIAC 3
c) State the uses of SCR 3
10a) What is fuzzy control 3
b) State the use of Thysister 3
c) Explain the application of image processing in textiles 9
 GOVT. OF KARNATAKA
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION
Subject Title : Basic Management Skills &
Indian constitution

Q P Code :
Hours Per Week : 04
Hours Per Semester : 64

BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION

TOPIC ANALYSIS
Hours Weightage of
SL.No Major Topics
Allotted Marks
SECTION-I
1 Management Skills 09 15
2 Operations Management 12 35
SECTION-II
3 Total Preventive Maintenance 04 10
4 Total Quality Management 06 20
5 Safety and Environmental issues 06 20
SECTTION-III
6 Indian Constitution 08 20
7 Parliamentary System and procedures 05 10
8 Empowerment of Women 08 15
9 Environmental Awareness and Industry 03 -
Innovations
Tests 03 -
Total 64 145

CONTENTS

1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS

1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS.

1.11 Know Thyself/ self –Discovery.
1.12 Know others and understand the perspective of others.
1.13 Intergroup communications.
1.14 Art Of Communications
 1.2 TEAM BUILDING and TEAMWORK SKILLS.

1.21 Aspects of team building.

1.22 Team v/s Group.
1.23 Inter group collaboration.

2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
2.1 Production & Productivity
2.1.1 Stages involved in Product Design
2.1.2 Factors considered while designing a Product
2.1.3 Types of Production
2.1.4 Factors to improve Productivity
2.2 Production, Planning & Control
2.3 Make or Buy Decision
2.3.1 Criteria considered for make or buy decision
2.3.2 Analysis for make or buy decision
2.4 Purchasing
2.4.1 Methods of Purchasing Material or Component
2.4.2 Steps involved in purchasing of material or component
2.5 Stores Management
2.5.1 Methods of Storing
2.5.2 Tools required for Stores Management
2.5.3 Codification System
2.6 Logistics Management
2.6.1 Different means of Transportation
2.6.2 Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material Handling,
Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance Buying
2.7 Inventory & Inventory Control
2.7.1 Functions of Inventory Control
2.7.2 Inventory Control Techniques
2.7.3 Inventory Management Software
2.8 Introduction to MRP and ERP

3.TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

3.1 Maintenance and concept of TPM

3.2 Economics involved in preventive maintenance
3.3 Techniques of TPM
3.4 Benefits of TPM
3.5 Planned Maintenance and Predictive Maintenance
4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
4.1 Quality and Inspection
4.1.1 Factors affecting Quality
4.1.2 Relation between Quality & Cost
4.1.3 Quality Control
4.2 Concept of TQM
4.2.1 Tools and Techniques of TQM
4.3 Quality Management System
4.3.1 I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards
4.3.2 Procedures and Documentation of ISO 9000 certification

5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

5.1 Accident and Safety
5.2 Accident Prevention, Accident Reporting and Crisis Management
5.3 Safety provisions under Indian Factories Act
5.4 Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001
5.5 Environmental issues addressed by organization

6. INDIAN CONSTITUTION

6.1 Indian Constitution-Formation of Constituent Assembly-Framing of the

Constitution-Drafting Committee-Contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar,
Chairman of Drafting Committee and the members in drafting a
constitution for India.
6.2 Preamble-objectives-Directive principles
6.3 Features of Constitution
6.4 Fundamental Rights
6.5 Fundamental duties
6.6 Amendments for Indian Constitution
6.7 Human Rights

7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES.

7.1 Government-Meaning-organs-functions.
7.2 Parliament-meaning-Two houses-Lok Sabha-Composition-election-
Presiding officer-term-RajyaSabha- Composition-election-Presiding
officer-term
7.3 Powers of parliament
7.4 Executive Role - President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of
Ministers
7.5 Indian Judiciary system-Supreme Court-High Court-subordinate courts
7.6 Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-Public Service Commission-
Finance Commission
7.7 Structure of State government- State Legislature-Governor-Chief
Minister-Council of Ministers
 7.8 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system-Village panchayath-
taluk panchayath-Zilla panchayath
7.9 Local bodies-Municipalities and Corporations

8.0 EMPOWERMENT OF WOMEN.

8.1 Concept, Definition and need for Women's Empowerment

8.2 Strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and indicators for
women’s empowerment.
8.3 Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities
8.4 Women and Development:
8.4.1 Goals and Objectives of National Policy for Women's
Empowerment
8.4.2 Advancement of Women through Five-Year Plans
8.4.3 Special Programs for Women's Development.
8.5 Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights and Special
Legislations for Women.
8.6 Case Studies.

SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES

1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS
1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS.
1.11.1 Importance of knowing yourself-Process of knowing yourself.
1.11.2 SWOT analysis-Benefits of SWOT analysis
1.11.3 SWOT analysis grid and questions to complete the grid.
1.12.1 Importance of knowing others-Process of knowing others.
1.13.1 Resolving Win/Lose Situations into win/win through inter group
communications.
1.14.1 Defining communication- Special features of communication.
1.14.2 Communication process- Channels of communication.
1.14.3 Formal and informal communication network.
1.14.4 Barriers to communication- Tips of effective communication.
1.14.5 Tips of powerful presentation- Art of public speaking- Importance of
public speaking- Benefits of public speaking- Public speaking tips.

1.2 TEAM WORK AND TEAMWORK

1.21.1 Meaning and aspects of team building- Skills needed for teamwork-
A model of team building.
1.22.1 Team v/s Group- Characteristics of a effective team- Role of a team
leader- Role of a team members- A successful team of nine persons.
1.23.1 Inter group collaboration- Advantages of inter group collaboration.
 1.23.2 Difficulties faced in inter-group collaboration.
1.23.3 Factors shaping inter group collaboration.

2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
2.1 Define Production & Productivity
2.1.1 Explain various stages involved in product design
2.1.2 List factors considered while designing a product
2.1.3 Explain Job, Batch & Mass production with their advantages and
disadvantages
2.1.4 List factors to improve/increase productivity
2.2 State the functions of PPC- planning, routing, scheduling, dispatching and
inspection
2.3 State the importance of make or buy decision
2.3.1 List the criteria considered for make or buy decision
2.3.2 Briefly explain methods of analysis for make or buy decision-
Simple cost analysis, Break even analysis & Economic analysis
2.4 Define purchasing
2.4.1 Explain briefly different methods of purchasing the material or
component.
2.4.2 Explain the steps involved in purchasing of Material or Component
2.5 Explain Stores Management
2.5.1 Explain different methods of storing
2.5.2 Explain briefly Bin Card, Material Issue Requisition, Material
Returned Note and Store Ledger
2.5.3 Explain advantages and systems of Codification
2.6 Explain Logistics Management
2.6.1 Explain different means of transportation
2.6.2 Explain Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material
Handling, Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance
Buying
2.7 Define Inventory and Inventory Control
2.7.1 List important functions of Inventory Control
2.7.2 Explain briefly Inventory Control Techniques – ABC, VED, SDE,
MNG Analysis
2.7.3 List few Inventory Management Softwares
2.8 Describe about MRP & ERP. List the software’s used

3. TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

3.1 Explain Maintenance and explain the concept of TPM
3.2 Explain the economics involved in preventive maintenance
3.3 Describe the techniques of TPM
3.4 List the benefits of TPM
3.5 Explain planned maintenance and predictive maintenance

4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

 4.1 Define Quality, Inspection & explain its importance
4.1.1 List factors affecting quality
4.1.2 Explain the relation between cost & quality
4.1.3 Define and Explain quality control
4.2 Explain concept of TQM
4.2.1 Explain briefly tools & techniques of TQM – Flow charts, Control
charts, Histograms, Pareto charts, Check sheets, Scatter diagram,
Cause and effect diagram, 5-S, Poka-yoke, Kaizen, Re-engineering
and Six-sigma
4.3 Define QMS
4.3.1 Explain briefly I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards – ISO 9000, ISO
9001 & ISO 9004
4.3.2 Explain procedures and documentation involved in ISO 9000 series
certification

5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

5.1 Define accident and safety
5.2 Explain accident prevention, accident reporting and crisis management
5.3 List the safety provisions under Indian Factories Act
5.4 Explain Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001
5.5 Give a brief summary of ISO 14000 series and IS16949 & IS16959
certifications

6. INDIAN COSTITUTION

6.1 Introduction to Indian Constitution

6.2 Discuss the Formation of Constituent Assembly
6.3 Discuss the Contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar as a Chairman of Drafting
Committee and the members in drafting a constitution for India.
6.4 Discuss Preamble and its main objectives
6.5 State the Directive principles
6.6 Discuss the Features of Constitution
6.7 Mention the number of parts, articles, schedules and discuss the article -1
6.8 Discuss Fundamental Rights
6.9 Discuss Fundamental duties
6.10 Explain the Amendment and its procedure
6.11 Discuss Human Rights and its significance

7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEM

7.1 Discuss the Parliamentary system of Government.

7.2 Discuss the about:
7.2.1 Loka Sabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term
7.2.2 RajyaSabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term
7.3 Powers of parliament
7.3.1How law is made, three readings
 7.3.2Diffrence between Bill and act
7.3.3Administrative control- Explain importance of questioning- concept
of Question hour- concept of zero hour
7.3.4 Briefly explain about Confidence motion and Censure motion
7.4 Explain the meaning of the budget
7.5 President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of Ministers their
appointments and functions
7.6 Discuss the formation and functions of supreme court-High court-
Subordinate court.
7.7 Discuss the importance of Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-
Public Service Commission-Finance Commission
7.8 Discuss the about state legislature:
7.8.1 Legislative assembly: Composition, election, Presiding officer and
term
7.8.2 Legislative council: Composition, election, Presiding officer and
term
7.9 Governor-Chief Minister-Council of Ministers their appointments and
functions
7.10 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system
7.11 Discuss the formation and functions of Village panchayath-taluk
panchayath-Zilla panchayath and urban local bodies such as
Municipalities and Corporations

8. Empowerment of Women

8.1 Explain the Concept and Definition of Women's Empowerment.

8.2 Discuss the different strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and
indicators for women's empowerment.
8.3 Discuss the Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities.
8.4 Explain Women and Development
8.4.1 List the Goals and Objectives of National Policy-2001 for
Women's Empowerment.
8.4.2 Discuss the emphasis given on the Advancement of Women
through Five-Year Plans.
8.4.3 List the Various Special Programs for Women's
Development from government.
8.5 State Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights -Fundamental
Rights Article 14, 15, 15(3), 16-Directive of State Policy Article 39,42-
Fundamental Duties 51(A)(e) and Reservation of seats Article 243(D)(3),
Article 243(T)(3) - explain the following Special Legislation for Women-
Dowry Prohibition Act 1961, Domestic Violence Act 2005,Sexual
Harassment at Workplace Bill 2006, Equal Remuneration Act 1976,Hindu
succession Act,1956, Prenatal diagnostic techniques (regulation and
prevention of misuse) act,1994.
8.6 Case Studies.
Reference Books:
1. Soft Skills- by Dr. K. Alex, S Chand & Company Ltd.
1 Total Quality Management- Prof. Dr. H D Ramachandra
2 Industrial Organization and Engineering Economics- T.R.Banga
& S C Sharma
2 Total Quality Management- S Raja Ram, M Shivashankar.
3 Industrial management and organizational behavior- K.K.Ahuja
4 Industrial management and engineering economics- O.P.khanna
5 Production and operations management-Dr .K.Aswathappa and
Dr.Sreedhar Bhatt- Himalaya publishers
6 Introduction to the Constitution of India- Dr. Durga Das Basu
7 The constitution of India - P.M.Bhakshi- Universal law
publishers
8 Our constitution-National Book Trust of India
9 Our Parliament-National Book Trust of India
10 Our Judiciary-National Book Trust of India
11 Empowerment of rural women in India-Hemalatha H.M and
Rameshwari Varma,Hema Prakashana.
12 The right to development-centre for development and human
rights-Sage Publications.
13 Industrial Engg. &Mgmt Science By- T R Banga & SC Sharma.

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

FIFTH SEMESTER

BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION

Time: 3Hrs Max marks: 100
Part-I is compulsory and Answer any two full questions from Part-II, Part-III, and
Part-IV

PART- I
1. A) Fill in the blanks with appropriate words:- 5X1=5
I) The Constitution of India came into effect on ______________.
ii) The term of the chairperson of Rajyasabha is_________ years
iii) ______________ is an unforeseen event
iv) The ISO ______________ is related with Environmental management systems
 v) Increased ________ leads to the benefits for both employer and employee
B) State the qualities of a good leader 5

PART-II
2 a) Explain SWOT analysis-Mention benefits of SWOT analysis 5
b) Explain special features of communication. 5
c) Explain Formal and informal communication network. 5
3 a) Explain the motivating factors 5
b) State the qualities of a good leader 5
c) Explain the process of team building 5
4 a) State the characteristics of entrepreneur 5
b) Lists the steps involved for setting up small scale/Medium scale industries
c) Define outsourcing and mention its features 5
PART-III
5 a) State the functions of Production planning and Production control 5
b) Define inventory and inventory control 5

c) State the importance of material management 5

6 a) Explain the total productive maintenance . 5

b) List the various types of preventive measures to avoid an accident 5

c) List the factors affecting quality 5

7 a) Explain the concept of Total quality management 5
b) List the various types SQC tools 5

c) State the importance of material management 5

PART-IV
8 a) What is a constitution? 5
b) Why Dr. B R Ambedkar is known as architect of Indian Constitution? 5
c) What is sovereignty? 5
9 a) Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India? 5

b) Explain three tier panchayath system 5

c) Mention the salient features of Indian constitution. 5
10 a) what are the approaches to empowerment of women? 5
b) List the goals and objectives of national policy for women's empowerment.5
c) Write a note on dowry prohibition act. 5

Question Bank on Indian Constitution

1. What is a government?
2. What is a constitution?
3. Why constitution is called the rule of the State?
4. Write the importance of the constitution.
5. To draft a constitution to India was the most challenging task. Why?
6. What are the contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar in drafting a constitution for
India?
7. What is the importance of republic day?
8. What is the importance of preamble?
9. Why is preamble said to be the soul of the constitution?
10. What is sovereignty?
11. What is the objective of Socialism?
12. The principle of Secularism is suitable to India. How?
13. Why is India called republic?
14. Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India?
15. Mention the aspects which strengthen the bond of fraternity in India?
16. In the present context unity and integrity are most essential in India. Why?
17. Though Directive principles are not enforceable by law they are important in the
constitution. How?

18. Mention the salient features of Indian constitution.

19. How is written constitution, advantageous than unwritten constitution?
20. Indian constitution is one of the lengthiest constitution. Mention the factors to
substantiate the statement.
21. State the notable features borrowed from the following constitutions: a) U. S. A.
b) England c) Ireland d) Canada.
22. Why is Indian constitution termed as flexible constitution?
23. What is universal Adult Franchise?
24. Write the advantages of single citizenship.
25. Why is Indian judiciary said to be an independent judiciary?

25. What is the importance of Fundamental rights?

27. How can it be said that Fundamental rights are not absolute?
28. Mention the Fundamental rights.
29. Give reasons as to why certain sections of the society are provided concessions
and privileges in spite of right to equality.
30. How does cultural and educational right protect the interests of the minorities?
31. Mention the right introduced in 2010 under right to equality what is the
 importance of it?
32. Name the right that bans child labour and provides protection to women against
exploitation.
33. The right to Constitutional remedies is said to be the heart and soul of our
constitution. Why is it said so?

34. Rights and Duties are like the two sides of the same coin - Substantiate the
statement.
35. Mention a few fundamental duties that you have to follow as a citizen of this
country.
36. When and in which the fundamental duties part of the constitution was
incorporated?

37. Name the body that has powers to amend the provisions of the constitution in
India.
38. What is the procedure followed in parliament to amend the provisions of
Fundamental rights and Directive principles?

39. Write the procedures to be followed to amend the constitutional provisions.

 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
Sixth Semester
Subject: COMPUTER AIDED TEXTILE DESIGN LAB

Contact Hrs / Week:06 Contact Hrs / Semester:96

Scheme of evaluation
Any two questions on the following
1 Exercise of one example from Auto cad or algorithm 40
2 Exercise of one example from Dobby or Jacquard or Knit wear Design 40
4 Exercise of one example from fashion designing 40
5 Exercise of one example from Garment PDS 40
6 Viva-voce 20
Total 100
List of Experiments
1 Use of auto cad packages for generation of geometric motifs of textile designs
2 Application of paint brush and other related software for creation of motifs
3 Utilization of fashion design software for creating Fashion designs
4 Utilization of design software for creating textile designs intended for jacquard
5 Utilization of design software for creating textile design intended for knitting.
6 Utilization of design software for creating textile design intended for printing
7 Utilization of design software for pattern designing, grading and marker planning.
14 Working on scanners, digitizers, and plotters.
15 Designing of labels, logos, ties, textile machinery, packaging materials used for textiles
etc.

List of Equipments Required

Sl.No Name of the Equipment Software/specifications Quantity

1 Dobby software Lectra/Gerber/wincad/textronics 20
2 Jacquard soft ware Lectra/Gerber/wincad/textronics 20
3 Garment PDS Lectra/Gerber/wincad/Reach 20
4 Fashion Designing Reach/Fashion studio/textronics 10
5 Auto cad Auto desk 10
6 Computers Able to support above softwares 20
and Plotter & Scanner
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
VI Semester
Subject: Fashion Designing (Elective)

Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact Hrs / Semester:64

Contents
Hrs Marks
Unit-I
1 Principles of Design 12hrs 35
2 Elements of Design
Unit-II
2 Color Concepts 10hrs 25

Unit-III
4 Design Developments 10hrs 25

Unit-IV
5 Structural and Decorative Fashion design 10hrs 30
6 Fashion Industry
Unit-V 12hrs 30
7 Marketing, sales and Merchandising
Industry Innovations 06hrs
Tests and Revision 04hrs
Total 64 Hrs
Details of contents
Unit-I
1 Elements of Design
1.1 Different types of lines on dresses
1.2 Different types of dress shapes
1.3 Different types of Texture on dresses
1.4 Light and Shade effects on dresses
2 Principles of Design
2.1 Introducing unity on dress Emphasis of dress
2.2 Rhythm on dress
2.3 Radiation and gradation on dress
2.4 Illusion created by lines shades and textures

Unit-II
3 Color concepts
3.1 Warm and cool colors
3.2 Psychology of color on dress
3.3 Illusion created by colors on different seasons
3.4 Primary and secondary and tertiary colours in light and pigment theory
3.5 Arrangement of figures
3.6 Historical Designs

Unit-III
4 Design development
4.1 Motif development
4.2 types
4.3 Source identification
4.4 Developing
4.4.1 Placing on garments
4.4.2 Development Through pictures
4.4.3 Development via Visuals, Audio Mood Evoking media
4.4.4 Development by Naturals things
4.4.5 Still life
4.4.6 Textures
4.5 Applications of the above on fabrics

Unit-IV
5 Structural and decorative Fashion Design
7.1 Different types of structural design on dress
7.2 Study of decorative items
7.3 Different type of decorative design on dress
7.4 Characteristics of good decorative design
6 Fashion Industry
8.1 Importance
8.2 Work of fashion director
8.3 Brief study of American,French, Italian and Indian designers
8.4 Fashion capitals
8.5 Fashion shows
8.6 Fashion magazines and videos

Unit-V
7 Marketing, Sales and Merchandising
9.1 Marketing
9.2 Sales
9.3 Merchandising
9.4 Customers / Buyers
9.5 Product / Costing
9.6 Lead time
9.7 Time planning and scheduling
9.8 Raw materials and accessories sourcing
9.9 In house manufacturing follow up
9.10 Sub contracts
9.11 Packaging - Distribution - Delivery
9.12 Market research - promotion
 References
1 The psychology of dress -Frank Alvah
Double Day page and Company
2 How you look on dress -Byrta,
CARSON,McGROW HILL Book-Co
3 Fabrics and dress -Ruth tone and Tarplay LONDON
Houghton, MIFFLIN Co. LONDON
4 Art in everyday life GOLD Steiin and GOLD Stein
Houghton, MIFFLIN Co. LONDON
5 Elementary costume Design -Harrison Feather Stona Dorathy John Willey and sons
6 Dress Designing -H F Kepworth
The English University press Ltd LONDON
7 Individuality and clothes -Margaret storey Funnel and W S Analls,Co Lippion Cott
8 Essential of Designs -Degrmo Winslow Macillion .Co. NewYork
9 The art of costume and personal appearance Grace margarit Morton John Willey and sons

General educational objectives

1 Understand Elements of Design

2 Understand Principles of Design
3 Understand Color concepts
4 Understand Design development
5 Understand Structural and decorative Fashion Design
6 Understand Fashion Industry
7 Understand Marketing, Sales and Merchandising

Specific Instructional Objectives

1 Elements of Design
1.1 Explain Different types of lines on dresses
1.2 Explain Diferent types of dress shapes
1.3 Explain Different types of Texture on dresses
1.4 Explain Light and Shade effects on dresses
2 Principles of Design
2.1 Explain Introducing unity on dress Emphasis of dress
2.2 Explain Rhythm on dress
2.3 Explain Radiation and gradation on dress
2.4 Explain Illusion created by lines shades and textures
3 Color concepts
3.1 Name Warm and cool colors
3.2 Explain Psychology of color on dress
3.3 Explain Illusion created by colors on different seasons
3.4 Describe Primary and secondary and tertiary colours in light and pigment theory
3.5 Describe Arrangement of figures
3.6 Explain Historical Designs
4 Design development
4.1 Explain Motif development
4.2 Name types
4.3 Explain Source identification
4.4 Explain Developing
4.4.1 Explain Placing on garments
4.4.2 Explain Development Through pictures
4.4.3 Explain Development via Visuals, Audio and Mood Evoking media
4.4.4 Explain Development by Naturals things
4.4.5 Explain Still life
4.4.6 Explain Textures
4.5 Explain Applications of the above on fabrics
5 Structural and decorative Fashion Design
7.1 Explain Different types of structural design on dress
7.2 Explain of decorative items
7.3 Compare Different types of decorative design on dress
7.4 State Characteristics of good decorative design
6 Fashion Industry
8.1 State Importance
8.2 Describe Work of fashion director
8.3 Explain in brief American, French, Italian and Indian designers
8.4 Explain Fashion capitals
8.5 Explain Fashion shows
8.6 Explain Fashion magazines and videos
7 Marketing, Sales and Merchandising
9.1 Explain Marketing
9.2 Explain Sales
9.3 Explain Merchandising
9.4 Explain relation ship between Customers / Buyers
9.5 Prepare cost sheet of Product
9.6 Explain Lead time
9.7 Explain Time planning and scheduling
9.8 Explain Raw materials and accessories for sourcing
9.9 Explain In house manufacturing follow up
9.10 Explain Sub contracts
9.11 Explain Packaging - Distribution - Delivery
9.12 Explain Market research - promotion
 Model Question Paper-I
Subject: Fashion Designing

Note: a) Section I is compulsory

b) Answer any two full questions each from the sections II, III, IV
c) Colors can be used for sketching where ever required
SECTION-I
1, a. Fill in the Blanks
i) Style is_____ where as fashion changes
ii) Shade can be obtained by adding____
iii) Tube skirts are example of______
iv) Illusion is created by horizontal line is______
v) Development of style according to the season is called as________
b. Name primary secondary and tirtiary colours in pigment theory 5
SECTION-II
2, a) Define line & shape in elements of design 6
b) Explain dark & light values of element of design 9
3, a) what is balance ? Explain the different types of balance & their uses in dress
with figure 9
b) Define texture of a fabric 3
c) what is harmony & rhythm on dress 3
4, a) What do you mean by proportion ? & expain 7
b) What is colour scheme? Explain psychology of colour on dress 5
c) Give an account of dimensions of colours 3
SECTION-III

5, a) Explain Indian art 7

b) What is savage art? State it features. 5
c) What is modern art? 3
6, a) What do you mean by motif development 3
b) Explain about introducing repeat on fabrics 5
c) Explain the application of texture in design development 7
7, a) How will you develop design through picture ? Explain 9
b) What do you mean by structural design 3
c) Name the different types of decorative items 3
SECTION - III
8, a) Differentiate structural design & decorative design with examples 9
b) Explain importance of fashion industry 4
c) What is fashion capital 2
9, a) What is merchandising? Explain role of merchandiser 9
b) What is “lead time " ? 3
c) What is "market research" ? 3
10, a) Explain marketing of garments 9
b) Who is " sub contractors " 3
c) What is market promotion 3
 Model Question Paper-II
Subject: Fashion Designing

Note: a) Section I is compulsory

b) Answer any two full questions each from the sections II, III, IV
c) Colors can be used for sketching where ever required
SECTION-I
1, a) Fill in the balnks
i) ________ is a warm colour. 5x1=5
ii) ________ is an example for fashion accessories.
iii) _________is example for neutral color.
iv) The meaning of Haute Couture is _______
v) The designer ware is ____ from street fashion.
SECTION-II
2, a) Write sketch explain briefly different lines on dress 9
b) Name the elements of design 4
c) What is principle of design 2
3, a) What is 9
1) unity on dress 2) emphasis on dress
3) balance on dress
b) What do you mean by radiation and gradation on dress 6
4, a) What is the illusion created by 9
1) lines 2) shapes
3) texture
b) How will you created dress design with the help of texture for various occasion 6
SECTION-III
5, a) Briefly explain colours dimensions 8
b) Explain briefly arrangement of figures in design 7
6, a) Explain about introducing repeat on fabrics 6
b) How will you develop design through pictures? Explain 9
7, a) Differentiate structural and decorative designs with eg 8
b) Explain in detail the importance of fashion shows 7
SECTION-IV
8, a) List the characteristics of a good decorative design 4
b) What do you mean by structrual design 4
c) Explain the role of media in design development 7
9, a) Explain the role of fashion designer 8
b) Compar American and Indian designers 4
c) Define "fashion" 3
10, a)What is time planning and scheduling 6
b)What is product development 3
c) Explain product costing 6
 PROJECT WORK - SCHEDULING
I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII XIII XIV XV XVI
FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT FORT
NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH VACA NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH NIGH
TASKS RESOURCE NEEDED T T T T T T T T TION T T T T T T T T
Internet / library /
industry / Research
Literature survey for project Centres

Finalisation of the Area in which

the project has to be done (
Example : Design / Manufacturing Internet / library /
/ Thermal Engineering ) industry

Laboratory /
Finding out Facility to do the Industry/ Project
project Sites
Laboratory /
Collecting Data / Doing Industry/ Project
experiments / writing of code Sites
Using relevent
Analysis of Data software

Results and Fine tuning the Laboratory /

experiment using the Data Industry/ Project
Analysis Sites

Report writing
Submission of Project Report and
Viva voce
 DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER
(Final end examination will be in Sixth Semester)

SUBJECT: PROJECT WORK AND INDUSTRIAL VISIT

Contact Hrs/Week: 3 Hrs. In V SEM Contact Hrs/Week: 6 Hrs. In VI SEM

Total Contact Hrs: 48 Hrs + 96 Hrs

As far as possible students should be given application oriented project problems with a view to:

1. Develop an understanding regarding the size and scale of operations and nature of field
work in which students are going to play their role after completing the course of study in
Biotechnology.
2. Develop an understanding of subject based knowledge given in the classroom in the context
of its application at work places.
3. Provide first hand experience to develop confidence amongst the students to enable them to
use and apply acquired technical knowledge and skills to solve practical problems of the
world of work.
4. Develop special skills and abilities like interpersonal skills, communication skills, attitudes
and values.
5. Practical exposure to an industrial activity

For the fulfillment of above competencies, polytechnics may establish close linkage with
8-10 relevant organizations for providing such an experience. It is necessary that each organization
is visited well in advance by respective teachers and activities to be performed by students are well
defined. The chosen activities should be such which are of curricular interest to students and of
professional value to industrial/field organizations.

Each Project batch must have Maximum of 4 students.

Effort should be made to identify actual field problems to be given as project work to the
students. Project selected should not be too complex which is beyond the comprehension level of
the students. The placement of the students for such a practical cum project work should match
with the competency profile and interest of students.

Students may be assessed both by industry and polytechnic faculty.

The suggested performance criteria are given below:

a) Punctuality and regularity (Log book - mandatory and to be produced during IA verification)
b) Initiative in learning / Demonstration
c) Level / proficiency of practical skills acquired
d) Originality
 e) Scope for patentability
f) Sense of responsibility
g) Self expression/Communication skills
h) Interpersonal skills.
g) Report writing skills
h) Viva voce
Some of suggested projects are given below: These are only guidelines; teacher may take any
project related to Biotechnology depending upon the availability of projects. Preference should be
given to practical oriented projects.

Project work

Students have to select any one topic of their own interest under the guidance
Of the department faculty in their areas of specialization, emphasizing the principles
Studied in the theory and practical courses. The selected work will be guided by
a staff of the department.

The Project Report should consist of following items.

1. Abstract
2. Objective
3. Introduction
4. Review of Literature
5. Materials and Methodology
6. Result and Discussion
7. Conclusion and scope for future study
8. References.
____________________________________________________________
GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF PROJECT REPORTS

1. Project reports should be typed neatly in Times New Roman letters with font size 14 for titles and 12
for text on both sides of the paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x 297 mm). The
margins should be: Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75".
2. The total number of reports (Hard bound) to be prepared are
 One copy to the department /library
 One copy to the concerned guide(s)
 One copy to the candidate.
3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and suggested
corrections, if any, must be incorporated.

4. Every copy of the report must contain

  Inner title page (White)
 Outer title page with a plastic cover
 Candidate declaration and Certificate in the format enclosed both from the institution and
the organization where the project is carried out.
 An Abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the work.
5. The organization of the report should be as follows
1. Inner title page
2. Certificate from the institution and the organization where
the project is carried out
3. Acknowledgments Usually numbered in
roman
4. Abstract or Synopsis
5. Table of Contents
6. List of table & figures (optional)
Chapters (to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies the
scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present developments, Main
body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections and subsections.
The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g.
Chapter 2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc.
The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of
chapter centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their headings must be
left justified with section number and its heading in font size 16 and subsection and its heading
in font size 14. The body or the text of the report should have font size 12.
The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise
The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any, their
utility along with the scope for further work.
Reference or Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the order of
their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square brackets for e.g.
[3]. The section on references should list them in serial order in the following format.
1. For textbooks – Dr.Paramar S, Welding process and technology, Khanna publishers,
New Delhi, 2 Edition, 2003.
2. For papers – Y.Javadi and I.sattari, Welding distortion in pipes, Journal of pressure
vessels and piping, Vol 85, Aug 2008, pp 337-343
.
PROJECT EVALUATION:
1. Relevance of the subject in the present context 10 mark
2. Literature Review 10 mark
 3. Methodology 40 mark
4. Results & Discussion 10 mark
5. Industrial visit report 10 mark
6. Presentation 20 mark
TOTAL 100 mark
SESIONAL MARKS EVALUATION:
1. First review (During the end of V Th semester) 25 mark
2. Second review (During the end of VI Th semester) 25 mark
TOTAL 50 mark
NOTE: 1.Final Sesional marks to be awarded at the end of 6 TH SEMESTER ONLY
2. The candidate declaration and certificate sample copy are enclosed here for incorporation in final project
report
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I A Marks:

Scheme of Evaluation

1 Log record 05
2 Synopsis & Report 10
3 Presentation 10
Total 25
 CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION

I, ------------------------------------------ a student of Diploma in ------------------------------ Department

bearing Reg No---------------------------------------of ---------------------------------------------- hereby
declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and conclusions provided in this
project work titled “-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
“submitted to State Board of Technical Examinations, Government of Karnataka for the award
of Diploma in -----------------------------------.
To the best of my knowledge, this project work has not been submitted in part or full elsewhere in
any other institution/organization for the award of any certificate/diploma/degree. I have
completely taken care in acknowledging the contribution of others in this academic work. I further
declare that in case of any violation of intellectual property rights and particulars declared, found at
any stage, I, as the candidate will be solely responsible for the same.

Date:

Place: Signature of candidate

Name: --------------------
Reg No-------------------
 DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION
NAME OF THE INSTITUTION
Address with pin code
Department of ……………………………………………………..
CERTIFICATE

Certified that this project report entitled --------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------”which is being submitted

by Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a bonafide student of
…………………………………….in partial fulfillment for the award of Diploma in -----------------
Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of students own work carried out under
my/our guidance. It is certified that all corrections/suggestions indicated for internal Assessment have been
incorporated in the Report and one copy of it being deposited in the polytechnic library.

The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of Project work
prescribed for the said diploma.

It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve any
statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project only for
the purpose for which it is submitted.

Guide(s)
Name and signature

Examiners
1
2
Head of Department
Dept. of --------------------
 ROADMAP FOR PROJECT GUIDES

1. The project work is proposed to be carried out during the V and VI semesters so that
learners prepare during the V semester, do some field work based on the preparation during
the mid semester vacation and report the analysis and inferences during the VI semester.
2. The learners would reach a level of maturity by the time they reach V semester and so a
meaningful project lasting for a year can be executed by them.
3. To execute the project with involvement needs constant guidance and monitoring of the
progress of the learners by the guide.
4. This does not mean teacher has to advice learners.
5. Be confident about the ability of the learner and “intellectually provoke” them with
challenging questions. These questions should prompt the learners to search information
and update themselves (to be carried out during the first two weeks).
6. Do not feed information to learners. Instead crate a ‘cognitive dissonance’ (a challenging
question or situation that the learner is not able to find an immediate answer but feels the
need to search for information to find a solution).
7. Defer judgement on learners and give them identified sources if required like a journal
article, book or a web site.
8. Even if the learners report their inability to solve do NOT give or prescribe a solution.
9. Be patient and give time for the learner to construct his knowledge.
10. Give corrective feedback to the learner by challenging his solutions so that his logic is
questioned and it develops further.
11. This leads to the first activity viz., literature survey and conceiving a project.
12. During this phase meet the project team in a group and create a healthy competition among
the learners to search different sources and synthesise their findings in the group.
13. Aim for bringing out a workable innovative project conceived within the first eight weeks as
given in the schedule attached.
14. During these two phases and the third phase the teacher should assess the strengths and
weakness of the members of the group and allocate differential work to team members on
the remaining tasks to be carried out during the next thirty weeks.
15. This is to ensure active participation of all the members of the team.
16. By the end of the twelfth week finalise the project and a schedule of further activities for
each member indicating the time frame in which his activities are to be executed may be
made ready. A soft copy of this schedule may be collected from each learner by the guide
to follow up.
17. This schedule prepared by each learner need to be documented for checking further progress
of the project.
18. The next few phases of the project may require active guidance of the guide especially
regarding the sources of collecting data, if a sample data is to be collected the number of
 units has to be decided, collating the data/fabricating, tryout/analysis and finally coming out
with meaningful conclusions or models or application.
19. Data like models, designs, technical specifications, source code, protocols and original
records need be collected from one authentic source as there will not be any variation. The
teacher may guide the learners to authentic source.
20. Data having limited variability like product/service quality, processes and standards,
procedures need to be collected from a sample as there is a variation. The number of units
from whom (source) the data is to be collected is called sample. The sample needs to be
representative of the expected variation. The decision on the size of the sample and the
number of units need guidance from the teacher. For example, data regarding the quality of
a product/service need be collected from 3 to 5 personnel at different levels of a service
provider or dealers of a product. The numbers given are suggestive but a guide based on his
experience has to make valid suggestions.
21. Data having a wide range of variation like customer satisfaction where the customers are
members of the public need a larger number of units to accommodate the diversity. A tool
like questionnaire with predetermined questions need to be prepared, tried out on a small
sample and finalise the questions. Data may be collected from at least 30 units. This
number is suggested to apply statistical analysis for meaningful conclusions. Guides may
decide on the sample size depending on the accessibility of data.
22. The intention of the above three points viz., 19, 20 and 21 is to ensure objectivity in data
collection i.e., to reduce the subjectivity of the human mind.
23. All the above activities need to be completed before three to four weeks before the end of V
semester (refer the spread sheet related to scheduling).
24. The learners may be instructed to collect data objectively with identified sample during the
next 4 to six weeks which includes the mid semester holidays. This would enable the
learners to visit the field and collect data without the constraint of reporting to institution
and attending classes on a regular basis.
25. The collected data need to be organised and entered to spread sheets or similar formats for
analysis. Qualitative data may be converted to quantitative using a rating scale or similar
data organisation procedures.
26. The result of most analysis on spreadsheet could be obtained in tables or graphs as per the
requirement.
27. Activities mentioned in points 24, 25 and 26 may be carried out by learners during 4 to 8
weeks after commencement of VI semester.
28. Interpretation of the analysed tables and graphs to arrive at meaningful inference. The guide
at this stage may defer his ideas on interpretation allowing the learners to do this. In case
the learners err in the process they may be given corrective feedback.
29. A report of the whole process of doing the project may be written, word processed and
submitted in triplicate.
 30. Guides may contact industries and try to solve their problems so that the learners get a field
experience and they get ready for the industry.
31. Innovations and innovative practices may be encouraged among the learners to be pursued
as a project. Developing prototypes, (in simulation or real) trying out feasibility of new
ideas, changing existing systems by adding modules, combining, assembling new modules
and developing new systems may be given higher priority over routine bookish projects.
32. The schedule of events proposed is for an investigative project as a model. Guides may
alter the prescribed schedule to suit the kind of innovative projects sited in point No.31
above.
33. Industry personnel may be involved in conceiving, executing and evaluating projects. This
gives credibility to the institute and acceptance of learners for absorption into the company.

GUIDELINES TO LEARNERS TO CARRY OUT A TWO SEMESTER PROJECT

1. Carry out the project work through the V and VI semesters. Preparation must be done
during the V semester and based on this, field work should be done during the mid semester
vacation and reporting of analysis and inferences should be done in the VI semester.
2. You have the ability and the level of maturity needed to conceive an innovative and
meaningful project accomplishing which gives you recognition by the industry and
empowers you with the power of knowledge.
3. Understand your strength and weakness and make an effort to find the strength and
weakness of other peers in the team.
4. Complement each other’s strength rather than compete with peers within the team. This
will enable you to complete a comprehensive and innovative project relevant to the
industrial needs rather than doing a routine copy of what others have done.
5. Seek guidance from the teacher and update him/her about the progress.
6. Be confident about your ability and that of other members of your group. Take extra efforts
to collect information, share with your peers and synthesise your knowledge.
7. Question everything including the ideas of your teacher. Accept the ideas and instructions
which are internally consistent (logical).
8. Involve actively in group activities and contribute towards the tasks.
9. Do not depend too much on the teacher as a source of information, search on your own and
build your knowledge structure. Search for authentic sources like journal articles, books
and authentic sites rather than blogs and tweets.
10. Though brief, record your thoughts and activities including searches immediately.
11. Prepare a schedule for your work on a spread sheet and encourage your peers to do the
same.
12. Show your schedule and that of others to the teacher and get his feedback.
13. Keep reviewing the schedule every fortnight and take corrective steps if needed. For doing
this keep the general guideline schedule given in the curriculum as a backdrop.
14. Tools used for data collection like instruments, testing machines, questions to be asked and
software may be tried out and standardised by the twelfth week of the project. Seek the
teacher’s help who is experienced in doing this.
15. Collect data dispassionately or objectively (without applying your personal prejudice).
Complete this task before the VI semester begins.
16. While entering data into the spread sheet ask your peer member to verify. This will ensure
accuracy of data entry.
17. Use appropriate mathematics/statistics for calculations. Seek help from external sources
(other than your teacher) if required.
18. The results of your analysis need to be graphically represented and documented. You may
also add photographs and video clips to increase the validity.
19. This task needs to be completed within 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester.
20. Interpret the data (after analysis) and arrive at meaningful inferences on your own in
discussion with your peers. Get it ratified by your teacher. Suggestions from the teacher
may be discussed among your peers and incorporated if they are internally consistent.
21. The project report may be word processed (videos, photographs attached in soft copy) and
submitted in triplicate two weeks before the end of VI semester.
22. Involve passionately in the team work, make constructive contributions and come out with
an industry friendly project which will equip you in your professional development.
 Department of Technical Education
Diploma Course in Textile Technology
VI Semester (Elective)
Subject: Technical Textiles

Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact Hrs / Semester:64

Chapter No. Contents No. of Hrs. Marks

Unit-I
1 Introduction to technical textiles 2 5
2 Non wovens 6 15
3 Finishing of Technical fabrics 2 5
Unit-II
4 Coating of Textiles 2 5
5 Textile composites 2 5
6 Textiles in filtration 4 10
7 Geo Textiles 4 10
Unit-III
8 Medical Textiles 4 10
9 Textiles in defense 6 15
Unit-IV
10 Safety textiles 2 5
11 Transportation textiles 6 15
12 Textiles in Agriculture 2 5
13 Textiles in Paper Making 2 5
Unit-V
14 Construction Textiles 2 5
15 Sports Textiles 1 5
16 Smart Textiles 4 10
17 Nano Textiles 3 10
18 Environmental Concerns 2 5

Details of content
Unit-I
1 Introduction to technical textiles
1.1 History
1.2 Definition
1.3 Scope
2 Non wovens-
2.1 Introduction-
2.2 Methods of batt production-Carding machines, air laying, wet laying, Dry
laying, spun laying and Melt blown
2.3 Methods of Bonding –Thermal, needle, Hydro entangle and adhesive methods
2.4 Applications
3 Finishing of Technical fabrics
3.1 Over view of mechanical and chemical finishes for technical textiles
3.2 Heat setting
 Unit-II
4 Coating Of Textiles
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Chemistry of coating
4.3 Coating techniques
4.4 Fusible interlinings and laminating
5 Textile composites
5.1 Composite materials
5.2 Reinforcement-woven, braided and knitted
5.3 Stitched fabrics
6 Textiles in filtration
6.1 Dry filtration-Dust collection, principle, cleaning mechanisms fibre properties
fibres used and applications
6.2 Wet filtration-, principle, Rotary drum filter, fibre properties, fibres used and
Applications
7 Geo Textiles
7.1 Geo synthetics
7.2 Fibres used and properties
7.3 Applications in Soil erosion, Reinforcement, embankment, Roads, Drainage
7.4 Testing of Geo textiles
Unit-III
8 Medical Textiles
8.1 Introduction
8.2 Fibres used and properties of medical textiles
8.3 Implantable textiles
8.4 Non Implantable textiles
8.5 Extra corporeal devices
8.6 Healthcare and hygiene products
9 Textiles in defense
9.1 Typical Military and Defense Textiles
9.2 Environmental Protection
9.3 Ballistic protection
9.4 Camouflage, concealment and deception
9.5 Nuclear protection
9.6 Biological and chemical protection
Unit-IV
10 Safety textiles
10.1 Mechanical protection
10.2 Electrical protection
10.3 Toxicity protection
11 Transportation textiles
11.1 Textiles in Passenger cars
11.2 Textiles in Heavy vehicles
11.3 Textiles in Trains
11.4 Textiles in Air crafts
11.5 Marine textiles
12 Textiles in Agriculture
12.1 Fibers used and properties required
12.2 Applications in farming, animal husbandry and horticulture
13 Textiles in Paper Making
13.1 Paper making process
Unit-V
13 Construction Textiles
properties and fibres used
Applications
Canopy and awnings
Acoustic textiles
14 Sports Textiles
properties and fibres used
Applications
15 Smart Textiles
Concepts
Design
Applications
16 Nano Textiles
Introduction
Design
Applications
17 Environmental Concerns

General objectives
1 Understand Introduction to technical textiles
2 Understand Non wovens
3 Understand Finishing of Technical fabrics
4 Understand Coating of Textiles
5 Understand Textile composites
6 Understand Textiles in filtration
7 Discuss and Understand Geo Textiles
8 Discuss an d understand Medical Textiles
9 Understand Textiles in defense
10 Understand Safety textiles
11 Understand Transportation textiles
12 Understand Textiles in Agriculture
13 Understand Textiles in Paper Making
14 Understand Construction Textiles
15 Understand Sports Textiles
16 Understand Smart Textiles
17 Understand Nano Textiles
18 Understand Environnemental Concerns
 Specific objectives
3 Introduction to technical textiles
1.1 Write the History of technical textiles
1.2 Define technical and industrial textiles
1.3 Discuss Scope
4 Non wovens-
2.1 Define
2.2 Explain following Methods of batt production-Carding machines, air laying, wet
laying, Dry laying, spun laying and Melt blown
2.3 Explain following Methods of Bonding –Thermal, needle, Hydro entangle and
Adhesive methods
2.4 State applications
3 Finishing of Technical fabrics
3.1 Briefly explain mechanical finishes, Flame proof, antistatic, antibacterial and
water proof finishes for technical textiles
3.2 Explain Heat setting
4 Coating Of Textiles
4.1 State applications
4.2 Write a note on Chemistry of coating
4.3 Explain Coating techniques
4.4 Explain Fusible interlinings and laminating
5 Textile composites
5.1 Write a note on Composite materials
5.2 Write a note on Reinforcement-woven, braided and knitted
5.3 Write a note on Stitched fabrics
6 Textiles in filtration
6.1 Explain in detail Dry filtration
6.3 Explain in detail Wet filtration
6.4 state Applications
6.5 Explain principle of dry and wet filtration
6.6 Explain reverse jet and rotary drum filters
7 Geo Textiles
7.1 Write a note on Geo synthetics
7.2 Write a note on Fibres used and properties
7.3 Explain applications in Applications in Soil erosion, Reinforcement,
Embankment, Roads, Drainage
7.4 State and Explain Testing of Geo textiles
Unit-III
8 Medical Textiles
8.1 Define compatibility, Biomaterials
8.2 Discuss the Suitability of Fibres for medical use
8.3 Explain properties of medical textiles
8.3 Explain Implantable textiles
8.4 Explain Non Implantable textiles
8.5 Explain Extra corporeal devices
8.6 Explain Healthcare and hygiene products
9 Textiles in defense
9.1 State Typical Military and Defense Textiles
9.2 Explain Environmental Protection
9.3 Explain Ballistic protection
9.4 Explain Camouflage, concealment and deception
9.5 Explain Nuclear protection
9.6 Explain Biological and chemical protection
Unit-IV
10 Safety textiles
10.1 Explain Mechanical protection
10.2 Explain Electrical protection
10.3 Explain Toxicity protection
11 Transportation textiles
11.1 Explain Textiles in Passenger cars
11.2 Explain Textiles in Heavy vehicles
11.3 Explain Textiles in Trains
11.4 Explain Textiles in Air crafts
11.5 Explain Marine textiles
12 Textiles in Agriculture
12.1 Explain Fibers used and properties required
12.2 Explain Applications in farming, animal husbandry and horticulture
13 Explain Textiles in Paper Making
Unit-V
18 Construction Textiles
Explain properties and fibres used
State Applications
Explain Canopy and awnings
Explain Acoustic textiles
19 Sports Textiles
Explain properties and fibres used
Explain Applications
20 Smart Textiles
Write about smart textiles
Explain Smart textiles
State Applications
21 Nano Textiles
Define The concepts nano, super critical angle, nano materials
Explain Design of Nano textiles
State Applications of nano textiles
22 Explain Impact of technical textiles on Environment
 MODEL QUESTION PAPER I
Sub; TECHNICAL TEXTILES

NOTE ; Answer all sections

Section-I is compulsory
Answer two full questions from sections ,II,III,IV

SECTION I
Q 1 a) Fill in the blanks______ 1x5=5
i) Textiles used in railways road constructon are known as__________
ii) ________fibrei sused for tyre cord
iii) Ballistic protection textiles should posses’ ________
iv) _______ fibre is used for parachute
v) Air laying is a process of ____________
b) Discuss scope of technical textiles 5

SECTION II

2 a) Classify non wovens 3

b) Explain Spun laying process 6
c) State applications of non wovens 6
3 a) Explain needle puncher Technique of Non woven production 7
b) State the mechanical finishes applied on technical textiles 2
c) Explain chemistry of coated fabrics 6
4 a) Explain reinforced composites 5
b) Explain pulse jet cleaning with a neat sketch 5
c) State the applications wet filtration 5
SECTION III
5 a) With a neat sketch explain textiles application in reinforcement 5
b) Discuss properties of Geo textiles 5
c) Write a note on chitin and collagen 5
6 a) Discuss Extra corporeal textiles 8
b) Name typical military textiles 7
7 a) Explain Environmental protective clothing 6
b) Explain Ballistic protective clothing 6
c) What are nuclear protective fabrics? 3
SECTION IV
8 a) Explain Electrical protective clothing 5
b) Write a note on air craft textiles 5
c) Write a note on marine textiles 5
9 a) What are protective clothing in agriculture? Explain briefly 5
b) State application of textiles in Animal husbandry 5
c) Discuss impact of technical Textiles on environment 5
10 a) Explain Architecture textiles 8
b) Explain Nano tech textiles 7

********

MODEL QUESTION PAPER II

Sub; TECHNICAL TEXTILES

NOTE ; Answer all sections

Section-I is compulsory
Answer two full questions from sections ,II,III,IV

SECTION I
Q 1 a) Fill in the blanks 1x5=5
i) Textiles used in railways Soil are known as__________
ii) ________fibre are used for Seat belts
iii) Mechanical protection should posses’ ________property of fibre
iv) _______ fibre is used for parachute
v) Spun laying is a process of ____________
b) Explain the significance of technical textiles 5

SECTION II

2 a) Define non wovens 3

b) Explain air laying process 6
c) Explain adhesive methods of manufacture of non wovens 6
3 a) Explain needle punch Technique of Non woven production 7
b) State the Chemical finishes applied on technical textiles 2
c) Explain Manufacture of coated fabrics 6
4 a) Explain Stitched fabrics 5
b) Explain Rotary drum filter with a neat sketch 5
c) State the applications Dry wet filtration 5
SECTION III
5 a) With a neat sketch explain textiles application in reinforcement 5
b) State the applications of geo textiles 5
c) Write a note on Bio compatibilityn 5
6 a) Discuss Bio textiles 8
b) Explain the importance of military textiles 7
7 a) Explain camouflage clothing 6
b) Explain Visual decoys 6
c) State nuclear battle hazards? 3
SECTION IV
8 a) Explain Mechanicalprotective clothing 5
 b) Write a note on air craft textiles 5
c) Write a note on marine textiles 5
9 a) What are protective clothing in agriculture? Explain briefly 5
b) State application of textiles in Animal husbandry 5
c) Discuss impact of technical textiles on environment 5

10 a) Explain the properties of sports textiles. 7

b) Smart textiles. 8

*********
 FIRST SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Scheme of Study and Examination
(With effect from 2009-10)

Contact Hours Scheme of Examination

Sl QP Theory Subject Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min
N Code Theory Pract Total Duration Max Min Marks Marks marks for
o . in Hours marks marks passing
1 9TX11 Textile Fibers 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
2 9SC03S Applied Science 5 --- 5 3 100 35 25 125 45
3 9SC01M Applied Mathematics-I 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
4 9ME02M Mechanical Engg.Sci. 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
5 9TX15P Basics of computer skills --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
6 9SC10P Applied Science lab --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Total 17 12 29 600 750 300
** Common With Other Branches

SECOND SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY

Scheme of Study and Examination
(With effect from 2009-10)

Contact Hours Scheme of Examination

Sl. Subjects Exam End Exam. I.A Total Min
N QP Theory Pract Total Dur Max Min Marks Max. marks for
o. Code ical Hrs marks mark Marks passing
s
1 9SC02M Applied Maths-II 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
2 9TX22 Yarn Manufacture -I 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
3 9TX23 Fabric Manufacture-I 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
4 9CP01E English Communication 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
5 Basic electrical & 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
9EE01E
electronics Engg
6 9TX26P Yarn Manufacture lab-I --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
7 9TX27P Fabric Manufacture lab-I --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Total 20 12 32 700 875 345

** Common With Other Branches

DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY

Course objectives:
The three year full time Diploma courses in Textile Technology has the primary
objective of creating technical manpower to meet the needs of the Global textile
manufacturing industries. In the present scenario, the textile industry in India is facing
severe competition in the national and international markets. The continuous Thrust for
Indian Textile industry have to meet the quality requirements and cost competitiveness in
the Indian as well as global textile markets.
To meet the Above requirements, the curriculum is framed to impart the theoretical
and practical knowledge in various textile manufacturing processes such as Spinning,
Weaving, Knitting, Dyeing, Garment making , Technical textiles, fashion and Finishing
with the latest sophisticated machineries. The subjects imparting basic knowledge on
Textile raw materials, Testing, basics of engineering, Textile management are
included in the curriculum. Since the advent of computers and its applications has
revolutionized the textile industry at present, basic practical on computer applications and
Textile CAD are also incorporated in the curriculum. Knowledge on latest technologies
emerging in the Textile industry is imparted through the various elective subjects in the
curriculum. English Communication Skill. Practical and Disaster management are also
included in the syllabus.
The students, after successful completion of the course will be able to work as,
1. Supervisor in spinning mills
2. Supervisor in weaving units
3. Supervisor in wet processing units
4. Supervisor in garment making units.
5. Quality control assistant in Q.C laboratories of textile industry and
6. Start a weaving unit of his/her own.
7. Start a knitting unit of his/her own
8. Start a garment making unit of his/her own.
9. Work as technical assistant in government organizations such as Textile committee,
Central Silk board , Jute board, Department of industries and commerce as factory
inspectors.
10. Technical assistant, fabric co-coordinators, Merchandisers in garment manufacturing
organizations.
11. Work as garment designers in Ordinance Clothing Factories
 Department of Technical Education
DIPLOMA COURSE IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
THIRD SEMESTER
Scheme of study and Examination.
SL Contact Hours Scheme of Examination
. Q P CODE Subjects Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min
No Theory Practi Total Duration Max Min Marks Max. marks for
cal in Hours marks marks Marks passing
with IA
marks
1 9TX31 Yarn Manufacturing-II 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
2 9TX32 Fabric Manufacturing-II 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
3 9TX33 Fabric structure and 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
applied Design-I
4 9TX34P Computer aided 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Engineering Graphics
5 9TX35P Yarn Manufacturing Lab- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
II
6 9TX36P Fabric Manufacturing 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Lab-II
7 9TX37P Fabric structure and 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
applied Design Lab-I
Total 16 24 40 700 305 175 875 375
 Department of Technical Education
DIPLOMA COURSE IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
FOURTH SEMESTER
Scheme of Study and Examination.

Contact hours Scheme of examination

Sl. Exam. End Exam. I.A Total Min
No. Subjects Theory Practical Total Duration Max Min Marks Max. marks
QP
in Hours Marks marks Marks for
CODE
passing
with IA
marks
1 Chemical Processing of 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
9TX41
Textiles-I
2 9TX42 Textile Testing-I 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

3 Fabric Structure & 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9TX43
Applied Design-II
4 9TX44 Knitting Technology 4 --- 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
5 Chemical Processing of --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
9TX45P
Textiles Lab-I
6 9TX46P Textile Testing Lab-I --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
7 Fabric Structure & --- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
9TX47P
Applied Design Lab-II
Total 16 18 34 700 290 175 875 360
 DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION
DIPL0MA COURSE IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Fifth Semester
Scheme of Study and Examination.
(With effect from 2011-12)

Sl. Subjects Q P Code Contact Hours Exam. Scheme of Examination Total Min
No. Duration Max. Marks
End Exam. I. A. Marks for
Marks with IA passing
with IA
Theory Theory Pract. Total Max. Min.
Marks passing
Marks
1) Chemical Processing of Textiles-II 9TX51 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
2) Textile Testing-II 9TX52 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
4) Apparel Manufacture-I 9TX53 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Practical
5) Chemical processing of Textiles 9TX54P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Lab-II
7) Textile Testing Lab-II 9TX55P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
8) CASP Lab 9TX56P 6 6 3 50 25 75 125 60
9) Project 9TX57P 3 3 - - - 25 25
Total 12 21 33 550 225 775 315
 DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION
DIPL0MA COURSE IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Sixth Semester
Scheme of Study and Examination.
(With effect from 2011-12)

Sl. Subjects Q P Code Contact Hours Exam. Scheme of Total Min

No. Duration Examination Max. Marks
End Exam. I. A. Marks) for
Marks with passing
IA with IA
Theory Thy Pract. Total Max. Min.
Marks passing
Marks
1) Basic Management 9ME61 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Skills And Indian
constitution
2) Apparel Manufacture-II 9TX61 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
3) Electives (Opt Any
One)
1 Technical Textiles 9TX62EA
2 Fashion Designing 9TX62EB
3 Applied Electronics in 9TX62EC 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45
Textiles
Practical
4) CATD lab 9TX63P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
5) Apparel Manufacture 9TX64P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60
Lab
6) Project work 9TX65P 3 3 3 100 50 25 125 60
Total 12 15 27 600 150 750 315